World Culture and Geography Part 1

Earth’s Interlocking Systems C H A P T E R UNIT Introduction to World Geography Why It Matters: You live on a unique planet in the Sun’s planetary system. It is the only planet capable of supporting a wide variety of life forms. As human beings we adapt and alter the environments on Earth. Fiery volcanic eruption Human Geography C H A P T E R Cave of Hands, Santa Cruz, Argentina People and Culture C H A P T E R Landsat satellite Understanding the Earth and Its Peoples C H A P T E R Indonesian rice fields 12 3 4 1 1CONNECT Geography & History Understanding the Earth and Its Peoples ESSENTIAL QUESTION In what ways does geography help us understand our world? 1 GEOGRAPHY Themes and Elements of Geography 2 GEOGRAPHY Technology Tools for Geographers CULTURE 3 Careers in Geography Culture c. A.D. 1st century Strabo describes the world known to the Greeks and Romans in his 17-volume Geography. Geography c. A.D. 2nd century Greek geographer Ptolemy writes his 8-volume Geography on mapmaking. Geography ▲ 1100 Chinese begin using the magnetic compass. A.D. 1 Use the satellite image and the time line to answer the following questions. 1. The large continent in the center of the image is Africa. How would you describe the land? 2. Which of the events listed on the time line made this image possible? C H A P T E R N S E W 1 2 Chapter 1B A A B History 1960s Geographic Information Systems (GIS) development begins. History 1972 First Landsat satellite is launched. Geography 1983 The Global Positioning System (GPS) becomes operational. History 1730 John Hadley creates the basic design for a sextant. ▼ 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to explore Earth and its people @ClassZone.com GEOGRAPHY Satellite View of the Earth Today Amazon Rain Forest The Amazon rain forest in South America is the largest rain forest in the world. Sahara Desert The Sahara is the largest desert in the world. 31 S E CTI ON GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE YOU READ Think about what you already know about the Earth’s physical geography. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Geographers have specialized ways to view and interpret information about the world. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES geography geography the study of people, places, and environments environment environment the physical surroundings of a location spatial spatial where a place is located and its physical relationship to other places, people, or environments location location an exact position using latitude and longitude, or a description of a place in relatiio to places around it place place a geographical term that describes the physical and human characteristics of a location region region an area that has one or more commmo characteristics that unite or connect it with other areas BACKGROUND VOCABULARY three-dimensional three-dimensional an image in which there is a sense of depth and perspective Reading Strategy Re-create the web diagram shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the diagram to help you find main ideas about the themes and elements of geography. Skillbuilder Handbook, page R4 Visual Vocabulary Three-dimensional shapes FIND MAIN IDEASTHEMES & ELEMENTS OF GEOGRAPHY 4 Chapter 1SECTION1 GEOGRAPHY Connecting to Your World Have you ever drawn a map to show someone how to get to your house? Or have you described your hometown to someone who doesn’t live there? If you answered yes to these questions, you were doing what geographers do. Geographers try to answer the questions, “Where are things located?” and “Why are they there?” Basic questions like these form the framework for the subject called geography. Geography Geography is the study of people, places, and environments. An environment environment is the physical surroundings of a location. Ways of Thinking About Geography KEY QUESTION What are the themes and elements of geography? Geographers study the world in spatial spatial terms. This means they look at the space where a place is located and its physical relationship to other places, people, and environments. Geographers—and students of geography— use two different methods to organize geographic information: the five themes and the six essential elements of geography. The categories vary slightly, but the graphic on the next two pages will help you learn how to apply these ideas as you read this text. Three-Dimensional Model This computer-generated model is used to study geographic conditions in the Los Angeles region.5 Themes and Elements of Geography34521 The world is a big place and studying it is a complicated task. You can make that job easier by learning five core themes of geography. These themes can help you answer geographic questions. The Five Themes of Geography Where are things located? Location Location means either an exact positiio using latitude or longitude, or a description of a place in relation to places around it. What is a particular location like? Place Place describes physical characteristtic such as mountains or rivers, as well as human characteristics such as the people who live there. How are places similar or different? Regions Regions have physical or human characteristics that unite them and make them different from or similar to other regions. How do people, goods, and ideas move from one location to another? Movement of people, goods, and ideas changes places and regions and the people who live there. How do people relate to the physical world? Humans adapt to their environment and change elements of it. REGION MOVEMENT HUMAN–ENVIRONMENT INTERACTION PLACE LOCATION Interstate Cloverleaf Gobi Desert Beijing, China Rio de Janeiro, Brazil Pacific Ocean Windsurfing 6 Chapter 1245613 Geographers study the locations of places and distributions or patterns of features by using maps, data, and other geographic tools. Knowing about the world in spatial terms helps geographers understtan physical and human patterns. Geographers look for characteristics of places and then compare their similarities and differences. Geographers study changes in the Earth’s surface. Where and why people choose to live in certain locatiion may depend on Earth’s surface conditions. Geographers study human settlement patterns and use of resources. This information helps explain human interactions and lifestyles. Geographers study how people interact with the environment and how they use resources. Geographers study patterns and processes in the world. This information helps people understand the past and plan for the future. Geographers use six key ideas or elements to help them understand people, places, and environments on the Earth. HUMAN SYSTEMS ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIETY THE USES OF GEOGRAPHY PLACES AND REGIONS THE WORLD IN SPATIAL TERMS Mount Everest PHYSICAL SYSTEMS Six Essential Elements Volc ano Specialist South A sian Teapickers Surveyor Washington, D.C. Understanding the Earth and Its Peoples 7CONNECT Five Themes of Geography Now that you have seen the geograaphi themes and elements side by side, let’s look more closely at an example of one of the themes and elements as it applies to a particular place. The theme of human-environment interaction is a good place to get an idea of how a geographer thinks. For thousands of years, people have found it valuable to settle by rivers. A river can provide food, water, transportation, and other needs of daily life. However, rivers can flood, destroying homes and villages, and taking human life. So, humans began to alter their environment by building walls called levees to protect the land from floods. Sometimes they created dams to control the flow of water and to save some water for times when they needed it. A geographer who asks the questions “Where do people choose to live?” and “Why here?” will answer that the river provides many needs for a group of people. So, people will likely be found in areas that have rivers as a resource. As it turns out, we know that early civilizations such as those in Egypt, Southwest Asia, India, and China began in river valleys. Six Essential Elements Using the six elements helps geographers make sense both of physical processes on the Earth and of human systems devised by the people who live there. Let’s look at the element of physical systems. Geographers want to know how these systems work to reshape the Earth’s surface and what impact these changes have on plants, animals, and people. Volcanoes to Geography Chicago The skyline of Chicago towers over the shore of Lake Michigan. One of the largest cities in the United States, Chicago has long been the economic and cultural centte of the region. CRITICAL THINKING Find Main Ideas Look at the image of Chicago at right. Which of the fi ve themes and six elements of geography do the captions refl ect? Chicago is a major hub for Great Lakes water transportation and a main railroad headquarters. High-rise buildings maximize the use of valuable land. Chicago is located in the upper Midwest of the United States. 8 Chapter 1ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 1 TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of KEY IDEAS 3. What two questions do geographers try to answer? 4. How do geographers use the five themes? 5. What are the six elements that geographers use to look at the world? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Summarize What does it mean to study the world in spatial terms? 7. Compare and Contrast How do you think the study of geography differs from that of history? 8. CONNECT to Today How does studying geography help you understand the world in which you live? 9. ART Make a Poster Create a poster that lists the five themes and six elements of geography. For each theme or element, include the definition and a photograph or drawing to illustrate it. • geography • environment • spatial USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Find Main Ideas Use your completed web diagram to answer the following question: What are the five themes of geography? are an example of a physical force that changes the shape of the Earth’s surface and may have a dramatic effect on human populations. A volcanic eruption may kill people, plants, and animals living in the area. Flows of lava may change the landscape, burn forests or crops, and possibly alter the course of rivers. Islands in the Pacific Ocean have been created by volcanic eruptions, and still others have disappeaare between the waves when they were blown apart by eruptions. Volcanoes can also trigger earthquakes. Geographers studying physicca systems point out that many volcanoes take place in certain areas of the world. Studying this pattern of volcanic action helps explain where and why people live in certain locations. Using the five themes of geography and the six essential elements will help you to think like a geographer. The themes and elements will help you to think about particular places and the physical processes and human activities that shaped those places in the past—and contiinu to do so. They will also enable you to look for patterns and connecttion in geographic information. You will be better able to answer the two main geographic questions, “Where are things located?” and “Why are they there?” You will learn about the tools used to record and analyze geographic information in the next section. FIND MAIN IDEAS Identify the fi ve themes and six essential elements of geography. THEMES & ELEMENTS OF GEOGRAPHY Understanding the Earth and Its Peoples 92 S E CTI ON Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Geography is the study of Earth’s physical features and the interaction of people with the environment and with each other. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Geographers use technological tools to help them understand both Earth’s physical processes and the activities of people on Earth. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES globe globe a model of the earth in the shape of a sphere map map a representation of a part of the Earth cartographer cartographer (kahr•TAHG•ruh•fur) a geographhe who creates maps surveyor surveyor a person who measures the land remote sensing remote sensing obtaining information about a site by using an instrument that is not physically in contact with the site Landsat Landsat a series of information-gathering satellites that orbit above Earth Global Positioning System Global Positioning System (GPS) (GPS) a system that uses a network of earthorbiitin satellites to pinpoint location Geographic Information Systems Geographic Information Systems (GIS) (GIS) a computer or Internet-based mapping technology BACKGROUND VOCABULARY database database a collection of information that can be analyzed debris debris (duh•BREE) the scattered remains of something broken or destroyed Reading Strategy Re-create the web diagram shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the diagram to summarize ideas about geographers’ technological tools. Skillbuilder Handbook, page R5 GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com SUMMARIZE GEOGRAPHERS’ TECHNOLOGICAL TOOLS 10 Chapter 1Connecting to Your World When you were a much younger student, you probably used paper and pencil to do your schoolwork. Now, when you have an assignmeen to complete, you most likely use a computer and the Internet. Today’s geographers and other scientists use high-tech instruments and advanced computer software to create maps and databases. A database database is a collection of information that can be analyzed. Geographers use these tools and their analysis to answer geographic questions. The Science of Mapmaking KEY QUESTION How has technology changed mapmaking? In their work, geographers use photographs, graphs, globes, and maps. A globe globe is a model of the Earth in the shape of a sphere. It shows the actual shape of the Earth. But you can only see half at any one time, and it is not easy to carry around. So, geographers use maps. A map map is a representation of a part of the Earth. Maps can help geographers see patterns in the way human or physical processes occur. Cartographers Cartographers (kahr•TAGH•ruh•furs) are geographers who create maps. Gerardus Mercator A Flemish cartographer, Mercator developed a type of map still used today. SECTION2 GEOGRAPHY Landsat Satellite This satellite provides visible and infrared views of the Earth. 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to see how satellites gather data @ClassZone.com GEOGRAPHY 11 Technology Tools for GeographersANALYZING Primary Sources Strabo (c. 64 B.C.–A.D. 23) was a Greek who wrote books about geography and history. His 17-volume Geography is the main source for information about the world known to the ancient Greeks and Romans. Strabo drew the map below for his geography book. Cartographers create maps from data collected in surveys. Surveyors Surveyors are people who map and measure the land. They go out to a location and mark down the physical features they see, such as rivers, mountains, or towns. Today, cartographers use technologically advanced tools that provide a much more detailed and accurate pictuur of the world. To create modern maps, geographers often use remote sensing equipment. Remote sensing Remote sensing means obtaining information about a site by using an instrument that is not physically in contact with the site. Generally, these instruments are cameras mounted on airplanes or Earth-orbiting satellites. Satellites Two of the best-known satellites are Landsat and GOES. Landsat Landsat is actually a series of information-gathering satellites that orbit more than 100 miles above the Earth. Each has a variety of sensing devices to collect images and data. Each time a satellite makes an orbit, it gathers information from an area about 115 miles wide. Landsat can scan the entire Earth in 18 days. GOES, or Geostationary Operational Environmental Satellite, is a weather satellite. This satellite flies in an orbit at the same speed as the DOCUMENT–BASED QUESTION Which two continents labeled on the map were known to the ancient Greeks and Romans? Strabo ONLINE PRIMARY SOURCE To see more works of Strabo, go to the Research & Writing Center @ClassZone.com 12 Chapter 1COMPARING Earth’s rotation. In this way it remains “stationary” above a fixed area. It gathers images of conditions that are used to forecast the weather. In 2006, there were two GOES satellites. One provided images from the eastern United States and the other from the west. You see GOES images when you watch a TV weather forecast. Global Positioning System The U.S. Department of Defense developed technology to help American military forces know exactly where they were. The Global Positioning System (GPS) Global Positioning System (GPS) employs a network of Earth-orbiting satellites to collect information about the location of a receiver. The satellites beam the receiver’s exact positiionlatitude, longitude, elevation, and time—to Earth. This informattio is displayed on the receiver. A GPS receiver can be small enough to fit in your hand. It has an electronic position locator that sends a beam from where you and the device are to an orbiting satellite. The satellite measures where the GPS device is and beams back your exact position. GPS can be used from any point on the Earth and in any type of weather. You can use its data to help you figure out “Where am I?” and “Where am I going?” GPS data can be used to determine locatiion aid in navigating from place to place, create maps, and track the movement of people and things. Animal biologists, for example, use GPS devices to track animals and learn about their habits. DRAW CONCLUSIONS Explain how technology has changed mapmaking. CRITICAL THINKING Evaluate Which of these mapping styles would be the most valuable for determining where earthquake damage has occurred? Mapping Styles: Washington, D.C. Road Maps Road maps are created from information including aerial photographs, road surveys made with hand-held digitizers, and maps showing the positions of such features as lakes and mountains. Satellite Images Satellite images are produced by equipment that records information in a digital format. The information is then converted to images that look like photographs. Infrared Images Infrared images measure the radiation emitted by water bodies, vegetation, and buildings. In this type of image, the warm areas appear in light blue, areas with vegetatiio appear red, and water is black. Understanding the Earth and Its Peoples 13 Image not available for electronic use. Please refer to the image in the textbook.CONNECT Geographic Information Systems KEY QUESTION How do Geographic Information Systems work? A very technologically advanced tool geographers use is the Geographic Geographic Information Systems (GIS) Information Systems (GIS). GIS is a computer-based mapping technologgy The complete system is able to gather, store, analyze, and display spatial information about places. It combines information from a variety of sources into digital databases. GIS can integrate geographic information, such as maps, aerial photographs, and satellite images. It can also include information such as population figures, economic statistics, or temperature readinngs Someone using GIS selects the information needed to answer a geographic question. Then GIS combines layers of information to give the user a better understanding of how the data works together. It can display the information in different ways, such as on a map, design, chart, or graph. The diagram below shows how GIS works. Geography & Technology GIS GIS is a tool that allows geographers to solve problems by combining geographic informattio about a location from several sources. CRITICAL THINKING Summarize What geographic information is combined in the fi nal map? 4 A land use map shows areas that have few homes. 1 A question or problem is posed. An example is, “In what general area near this town might an airpoor be located?” A section of land is identifi ed for problem solving. 2 Computer databases hold geographic information about the location. The user selects layers of information that answer the question, “What geographic characteristics are important for a good airport site?” 3 A terrain map is selected to identify all areas fl at enough for landing airplanes. 5 A base map shows where roads are located so that the airport can be reached and safety concerns are addressed. 6 The layers of information are combined to create a composite map showing possible sites for the airport. 14 Chapter 120 Sears Towers = 29,035 ft. 1 Mount Everest not to scale ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 2 GIS projects can range from simple, specific site questiion to more complex global problems. For example, you could use GIS to determine the quickest and safest path to walk to your school. The federal government was able to use GIS to predict the location of debris debris (duh•BREE) from the space shuttle Columbia, which broke up upon reentry into the Earth’s atmosphere in 2003. GIS can be used to plan for hurricane evacuations or to monitor the possible spread of avian flu. Urban planners use GIS to determine where to place a park or where to relocate a dangerous highway intersection. Private companies use GIS to decide where to drill for oil or even where to place a new fast-food restaurant. GIS makes it possible for geographers to answer geograaphi questions quickly and accurately. They are bettte able to see relationships between data, to understand the past and present, and to predict future situations. In the next section, you will learn about the many different kinds of jobs geographers perform. SUMMARIZE Explain how GIS works. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of KEY IDEAS 3. What were two early means of showing the Earth’s surface? 4. How did remote sensing change the way geographic data were obtained? 5. What are some ways GIS can be used? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Make Inferences How were early geographers limited in gathering geographic information? 7. Draw Conclusions How does technology help geographers? 8. CONNECT to Today In what ways do you think that new geography technology might aid military forces in modern warfare? 9. TECHNOLOGY Make a Multimedia Presentation Use an Internet-based GIS to demonstrate the uses of this geographic tool. Give examples of the different tasks a GIS can do. • map • cartographer • Geographic Information Systems (GIS) USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Summarize Use your completed web diagram to answer the following question: What are some geographers’ tools besides maps and globes? GEOGRAPHERS’ TECHNOLOGICAL TOOLS HOW TALL IS MT. EVEREST? Mt. Everest is growing. In 2004, scientists used satelliit images and advanced computer technology to measure Mt. Everest, the world’s tallest peak. They determined that it was 29,035 feet high—7 feet taller than previously believed. It would take 20 Sears Towers to equal the height of Mt. Everest. Understanding the Earth and Its Peoples 153 S E CTI ON GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Geographers use technology to help them do their jobs of finding information about selected areas. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Geographers do many different kinds of jobs as they gather data and analyze and interpret it. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES location analyst location analyst a person who studies an area to find the best location for a client climatologist climatologist a geographer who studies climates urban planner urban planner a person who creates plans for developing and improving parts of a city geomorphology geomorphology (JEE•oh•mawr•FAHL•uh•jee) the study of how the shape of the Earth changes REVIEW VOCABULARY surveyor surveyor a person who maps and measures the land Geographic Information Systems (GIS) Geographic Information Systems (GIS) a computer-based mapping technology urban urban having to do with a city Reading Strategy Re-create the web diagram shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the web diagram to categorize details about careers in geography. Skillbuilder Handbook, page R7 CATEGORIZE CAREERS Visual Vocabulary Climatologist 16 Chapter 1SECTION3 CULTURE Connecting to Your World “What are you going to be when you grow up?” is a question that you may have been asked. You may not even know there are a variety of geography-related jobs. The Association of American Geographers lists nearly 150 different geography jobs. So, if you are interested in people, places, and environments, consider a job in geography. Your work will not be limited to maps—it might range from analyzing data to planning projects, or making decisions about the environment. Processing Geographic Data KEY QUESTION What is a geographer’s main activity? A geographer’s main activity is analyzing geographic information to answer geographic questions. Jobs processing geographic data begin, of course, with collecting the information. One on-the-ground job in data collection is that of a surveyor surveyor. Surveyors map and measure the land directly. They may mark boundaries, study the shape of the land, or even help find sewer and water systems beneath the Earth. Surveyor A surveyor in Dhaka, Bangladesh, gathers data for a project. Modern Cartographer A cartographer works at updating a street map.17 Careers in GeographyCONNECT Geography & Culture High-tech information-gathering jobs include working with Geographic Information Systems Geographic Information Systems (GIS) (GIS) data. Some examples of these jobs include remote sensing specialists and GIS analysts. Take a look back at the GIS feature in Section 2 to get an idea of what a job using GIS would be like. Data analysis jobs require the ability to think criticallly high-level computer skills, and a college education. Once data have been processed, a geographer may study the informattio to use in planning projects such as a new urban area, a disastte evacuation plan, or the placement of a new highway. Planners can also help determine how to make a neighborhood a better place to live. These jobs, too, require good critical thinking, writing, and computer skills, as well as a college education. Planners are valuable to the success of a community. FIND MAIN IDEAS Explain the main job of a geographer. Advising Businesses and Government KEY QUESTION How do geographers help businesses and government? About half of jobs using geography are in business and government. All kinds of businesses use geographic information to help build and expand their operations. A location analyst location analyst studies an area to find the best location for a client. The client might be a large retail store chain that wants to know which locatiio would be best for opening a new store. The location analyst can study GIS reports on such elements as transportation networks or population in an area and give the business owners the positive and negative points about a location being considered. In 1967, the Mexican government was looking for a location to create a new internatioona tourist resort. They used location analyyst to find an area that had good beaches and was easy to reach from the United States. The result was Cancún, today one of the world’s most desirable vacation sites. Businesses connected with natural resources such as forests also rely on geographeers Geographers help them understand the relationship between their business and the environment where their business is located. Climatologists Climatologists are geographers who study Cancún Then and Now In 1967, Cancún was a small, swampy island on Mexico’s Caribbean coast. It had white sand beaches, many birds and mangrove trees, but few people. After it was selected as a resort site, it was quickly transformed. Today, Cancún has more than 100 hotels and 500,000 permanent residents. Many work in the tourist industry that serves the millions of visitors who come each year from all over the world. 18 Chapter 1CONNECT climates. They are used by businessse that need information about climate to conduct their operatioons For example, coffee-growers in Brazil must have an idea if the weather during the next year will be helpful or harmful to their crop. To determine this, a climatologist might study the long-term climate data about the region to project future weather patterns. City governments often use an urban planner urban planner to create plans for improving parts of the city. Planners may help locate and design residentiia or business areas, or parks and recreational spaces. They may find a location for an airport, mass transit routes, or sewer and water lines. FIND MAIN IDEAS Explain how geographers help business and government. Geography Competitions Across the United States and in foreiig countries, students in grades four through eight compete in geograaph contests. Students are quizzed on all types of geography, including physical geography—such as locatiion of places and land and water features—and human geography. Students compete in Washington, D.C., for the right to represent the United States in internatiiona competition for the world championship. CRITICAL THINKING Journal Entry Start a page in your journal with questions you could use in a geography contest at your school. Urban Planners Planners help city governments locate projects being built in a city. What questions might a planner ask to help a city find the right location for a project? to Your World 19ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 3Physical and Human Geography KEY QUESTION What jobs are available related to physical and human geography? Physical geographers are sometimes called earth scientists. Some study such topics as geomorphology geomorphology (JEE•oh•mawr•FAHL•uh•jee), that is, the study of how the shape of the Earth changes. Others study weather and climate. Still others study water, the oceans, soils, or ecology. Jobs in these fields require special scientific training. Some geographers study social, political, and economic issues as they relate to place or region. Human geographers are usually hired by government agencies to analyze a specific problem. These geograppher work closely with political scientists, economists, and sociologgists Together, they provide possible solutions to problems from many different aspects of life in an area. And, of course, geographers teach the subject at all levels of education, from elementary schools to universities. But no matter what geography jobs people might hold, they are always trying to answer the basic geographic questions: “Where are things located?” and “Why are they there?” SUMMARIZE Name some physical and human geography jobs. Surveying the Public Human geographers ask residents about problems in the neighborhood. Why would geographers ask residents questions about their neighborhood? TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of • location analyst • climatologist • urban planner USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Categorize Use your completed web diagram to answer the following question: In what ways could a business use the skills of a geographer? KEY IDEAS 3. What are three requirements for most careers in geography? 4. Who are the two major employers of geographers? 5. What questions do all types of geographers ask? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Find Main Ideas How important are geographers to businesses? 7 Summarize How do you train for a geographer’s job in business and government? 8. CONNECT to Today How do planners help governments with public projects? 9. WRITING Write a Job Description Select a specific job in the field of geography and research it on the Internet. Then write a description of the job’s skill requirements and its responsibilities. If possible find a person doing that job and do an interview or have that person speak to the class. CAREERS 20 Chapter 13 7 6 10 14 19 11 globe globe CHAPTER SUMMARY Key Idea 1 Geographers have specialized ways to view and interpret information about the world. Key Idea 2 Geographers use technical tools to help them understand both the Earth’s physical processes and the activities of people on Earth. Key Idea 3 Geographers do many different kinds of jobs as they gather data and analyze and interpret it. 1. I am a model of the Earth. _____________________________________ 2. I am in orbit 100 miles above the Earth. _____________________________________ 3. I am the study of people, places, and things. ________________________________ 4. I create plans for improving parts of a city. _____________________________________ 5. I am an advanced technology tool used by geographers._________________________ 6. I am a representation of a part of the Earth. _____________________________________ 7. I am a person who creates maps. ___________ 8. I am a group of places that have something in common. ____________________________ 9. I am a description of the physical and human characteristics of a location. _____________________________________ 10. I am a person who maps and measures the land. _________________________________ cartographer climatologist environment Geographic Information Systems geography globe Global Positioning System Landsat location analyst map spatial surveyor place region urban planner Complete an online crossword puzzle to test your knowledge of basic geographic terms. ACROSS 1. a model of the Earth Use the online flip cards to quiz yourself on terms and names introduced in this chapter. Flip Cards ? a representation of a part of the Earth Use the Terms & Names list to complete each sentence on paper or online. NAME GAME Crossword Puzzle 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to complete these and other activities online @ClassZone.com For Review and Study Notes, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 21 Image not available for electronic use. Please refer to the image in the textbook.Assessment C H A P T E R VOCABULARY Explain the significance of each of the following. 1. spatial 2. remote sensing 3. environment 4. database 5. geography Explain how the terms and names in each group are related. 6. map, globe 7. map, cartographer 8. place, region 9. remote sensing, Landsat, Global Positioning System, Geographic Information System 10. cartographer, surveyor, climatologist, urban planner KEY IDEAS 1 Themes and Elements of Geography 11. What are the three topics you study in geography? 12. Why is geography considered both science and social studies? 13. What is the difference between location and place? 14. What forces continually change Earth’s surface? 2 Technology Tools for Geographers 15. What is remote sensing? 16. How do satellites aid in mapmaking? 17. What two basic geography questions does the Global Positioning System help you answer? 18. What is an example of a technologically advanced geographer’s tool? 3 Careers in Geography 19. What is the main activity of a geographer’s job? 20. What does a location analyst do? 21. What does an urban planner do? 22. What types of geography are included in physical geography? CRITICAL THINKING 23. Categorize Create a table that lists the five themes of geography and shows two examples of geographic information that would be included in each theme’s description. 24. Find Main Ideas How do people adapt to their physical world? 25. Summarize How does modern technology help geographers? 26. Connect to Economics What role do geographers play in business operations? 27. Connect Geography & History How does the study of geographic patterns help us to understand past events? 28. Five Themes: Human-Environment Interaction What can be learned about people by studying their interaction with the environment? In what ways does geography help us understand our world? Written Response Write a two-or threeparaagrap response to the Essential Question. Be sure to consider the key ideas of each section as well as specific ideas about how geographers answer geographic questions. Use the rubric below to guide your thinking. Response Rubric A strong response will: • discuss the two basic geographic questions • identify and describe the five themes and six essential elements of geography Answer the ESSENTIAL QUESTION FIVE THEMES GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION 22 Chapter 1 1 III II I 30˚S 20˚S 10˚S 0˚ 10˚N 20˚N 30˚N Tropic of Cancer Equator 50˚E 40˚E 30˚E 10˚E 20˚E 0˚ 10˚W Tropic of Capricorn Mediterranean Sea INDIAN OCEAN ATLANTIC OCEAN Cairo Johannesburg Nairobi Lagos 00 400 800 kilometers 400 800 miles NN SS EE WW City I I I 30˚S 20˚S 10˚S 0˚ 10˚N 20˚N 30˚N Tropic of Cancer Equator 50˚E 40˚E 30˚E 10˚E 20˚E 0˚ 10˚W Tropic of Capricorn Mediterranean Sea INDIAN OCEAN ATLANTIC OCEAN Cairo Johannesburg Nairobi Lagos 00 400 800 kilometers 400 800 miles N S E W 02468 10 D N O S A J J M A M F J 0 20 40 60 80 100Climate: Dakar, Senegal Source: 􀁖􀁖􀁖􀀑􀁖􀁎􀁑􀁋􀁃􀁂􀁋􀁈􀁌􀁀􀁓􀁄􀀑􀁂􀁎􀁌 Temperature (°F) Precipitation (in.) STANDARDS–BASED ASSESSMENT • Online Test Practice @ClassZone.com • Test-Taking Strategies and Practice at the front of this book POLITICAL MAP Use the map to answer questions 1 and 2 on your paper. 1. Which of the cities shown on the map is located south of the Tropic of Capricorn? A. Cairo B. Johannesburg C. Nairobi D. Lagos 2. Which of the cities shown on the map is located at approximately 30º N and 31º E? A. Cairo B. Johannesburg C. Nairobi D. Lagos CLIMATE GRAPH Examine the climate graph below. Use the information in the graph to answer question 3 on your paper. 3. In which months does Dakar get the most rainfall? Africa: Political 1. INTERDISCIPLINARY ACTIVITY—TECHNOLOGY With a small group, review new geographic technology. Choose one new tool to research further and create a museum-style display. Be sure your display shows the tool and how it works. Also, explain how the tool has changed the way geographic information is gathered. 2. WRITING FOR SOCIAL STUDIES Imagine that you are an urban planner and have been asked to develop a plan for placement of a park in your city. Write one paragraph describing the location you chose and the reasons you selected it. 3. MENTAL MAPPING Create an outline map of your neighborhood, city, or town and locate and label any of the following that are present in the area you map: • physical features • your home • your school • fire station • hospital • shopping area Understanding the Earth and Its Peoples 23CONNECT Geography & History Earth’s Interlocking Systems ESSENTIAL QUESTION How do Earth’s physical systems make life on Earth possible? 1 GEOGRAPHY The Earth and Its Forces 2 GEOGRAPHY Bodies of Water and Landforms 3 GEOGRAPHY Climate and Vegetation 4 GEOGRAPHY Environmental Challenges Use the map and the time line to answer the following questions. 1. On which plate does most of the United States sit? 2. Which event on the time line is supported by the evidence on this map? Geography 1620 English philosopher Francis Bacon suggests the continents were once a supercontinent. Geography 1883 Volcanic eruption destroys two-thirds of Krakatoa Island, Indonesia. 1500 C H A P T E R N S E W 2 24 Chapter 2African Plate Caribbean Plate Cocos Plate Nazca Plate North American Plate P a c i f i c P l a t e Juan de Fuca Plate Philippine Plate South American Plate Scotia Plate Indo-Australian Plate E u r a s i a n P l a t e Arabian Plate A n t a r c t i c P l a t e 0 0 1500 3000 kilometers 1500 3000 miles N S E W GEOGRAPHY Geography 1960s Scientists prove that the Earth’s crust is broken into moving plates. History 1980 Mount St. Helens erupts in Washington and causes world’s largest landslide.History 2004 Indian Ocean earthquake and tsunami kill more than 280,000. Ring of Fire Today History 1912 Continental drift theory proposed The “Ring of Fire,” an arc of volcanoes and earthquakes, is the result of plate movement. Earth’s Tectonic Plates 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to explore Earth and its systems @ClassZone.com 251 S E CTI ON GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Geographers use technology to learn about physical processes on Earth. NOW YOU WILL LEARN The Earth is composed of many layers. Its surface continually changes because of the drifting of its plates. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES magma magma molten rock continent continent one of seven large landmasses on the Earth’s surface tectonic plate tectonic plate a large rigid section of the Earth’s crust that is in constant motion earthquake earthquake a sudden movement of the Earth’s crust followed by a series of shocks Ring of Fire Ring of Fire a zone of volcanoes around the Pacific Ocean volcano volcano an opening in the Earth’s crust from which molten rock, ash, and hot gases flow or are thrown out weathering weathering the gradual physical and chemicca breakdown of rocks on the Earth’s surface erosion erosion the wearing away and movement of weathered materials by water, wind, or ice sediment sediment pieces of rock in the form of sand, stone, or silt deposited by wind, water, or ice glacier glacier a large, slow-moving mass of ice Reading Strategy Re-create the chart shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the chart to organize important details about the external and internal forces shaping the Earth. Skillbuilder Handbook, page R7 CATEGORIZE INTERNAL FORCES EXTERNAL FORCES 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. Visual Vocabulary glacier 26 Chapter 2San Francisco CALIFORNIA SECTION1 GEOGRAPHY Connecting to Your World Have you ever experienced an earthquake or the eruption of a volcano? Probably not. But you may have seen these events on television. Perhaps you saw the coverage of the great earthquake in Indonesia on December 26, 2004. Hundreds of thousands of people were killed or displaced by this earthquake and the tsunami, or great wave, it caused. Earthquakes and volcannoe are just two of the many forces that change the Earth’s surface. Internal Forces Shaping the Earth KEY QUESTION How is the Earth’s surface shaped by internal forces? The Earth is one of eight planets that orbit the sun. It is located about 93 million miles from the sun. The Earth’s circumference, or distance around, is 24,900 miles. Its diameter, or distance through the center of Earth, is about 7,900 miles. Earth is unique in the solar system—the sun and its planets—because it supports life. This is because the Earth has lots of breathable air and usable water. In fact, the Earth’s surface is about threefouurth water and one-fourth land. The Earth appears to be a solid ball, but it is actually made of different layers that are like shells set inside each other. San Francisco Earthquake The earthquake in 1989 was the worst quake since 1906. 27 The Earth and Its ForcesEarth’s Molten Interior The center of the Earth’s interior is a hot metal core made up of one layer of iron and one of nickel. The inner core is solid. The outer core is liquid, because the metal has melted. Lying just above the core is the mantle. The mantle is a soft layer of hot rock, some of which is molten, or melted. It is the largest of the Earth’s layers. The molten rock of the mantle is called magma magma. The crust is the Earth’s thin outer layer, or shell. It is the solid, rocky surface of the Earth that forms the ocean floors and the large landmasses called continents continents. The crust is the part of the Earth on which we live. It floats on top of the mantle. The crust is only about five miles thick under the oceans but averages about 22 miles thick under the continents. The Earth’s layers are illustrated above. Geographers have identified seven continents on the Earth’s surfaace The continents, in order of their size, are Asia, Africa, North America, South America, Antarctica, Europe, and Australia. Europe and Asia are actually one great landmass that is sometimes referred to as Eurasia or the Eurasian continent. Antarctica is a continent because it has a landmass beneath its icy surface. The Arctic does not, and so it is not a continent. It is about 3,900 miles to the center of the Earth. The Earth has five different layers. 1 Inner Core The inner core is solid iron and nickel. The temperaatur may be 12,000 degrees Fahrenheit. 2 Outer Core The outer core is mostly made up of liquid metalls It is about 1,410 miles thick. 4 Crust The Earth’s crust contains the contineent and the ocean floor. The crust averages about 20 miles thick. 5 Atmosphere A layer of gases, includiin the oxygen we need to breathe, surrounds the Earth. 3 Mantle The mantle has an upper section about 500 miles thick and a lower sectiio 1,330 miles thick. Earth’s Layers 2 3 4 5 1 28 Chapter 2Plate A Plate A Plate A Plate B Plate B Plate B Continental plate fault lines Oceanic plate COMPARING Tectonic Plates The surface of the Earth is constantly moving and changing, even as you read this sentence. Geographers use technologicca tools to observe and measure forces deep inside the Earth and on the surface that reshape the Earth’s crust. Plate movement, earthquakes, and the activity of volcanoes are all internal forces that change the landscape. The Earth’s crust is divided into a number of large rigid pieces called tectonic plates tectonic plates. These plates are shown on the map at the beginning of the chapter. The continents and oceans are located on these plates, which float on the magma of the Earth’s mantle. Heated magma cools as it reaches the crust and then sinks downward. This process causes the magma to act like a conveyor belt under the plates. The plates move slowly against each other, at a rate of up to four inches a year. The plate movement can cause earthquakes and volcanic eruptions. There are four types of tectonic plate movements that are shown in the diagrams below. Each of the movements causes changes in the shape of Earth’s crust. Spreading (Divergent) Magma pushes the plates apart. As rock cools, it sinks below the ocean surface. Diving (Subduction) Continental plate (lighter) forces oceanni (denser) plate under it. Volcanoes may result from this movement. Colliding (Convergent) Continental plates bend and fold at their edges. Mountains can be formed as a result. Sliding (Transform) Plates slide past each other, causing a fracture in the crust. The fracture is called a fault. Some earthquakes are caused by sliding plates. Tectonic Plate Movements 29P A N G A E A NORTH AMERICA Tethys Sea PANTHALASSA OCEAN NORTH AMERICA A S I A AFRICA SOUTH AMERICA INDIA AUSTRALIA ANTARCTICA Continental Drift If you look at the continents, they look like giant pieces of a jigsaw puzzle waiting to be fit together. Alfred Wegener, a German meteorologist, noticed this pattern. He believed that the continents were once part of a supercontinent called Pangaea (pan•JEE•uh). He suggested that Pangaea divided and drifted apart about 200 million years ago. It contained almost all of the landmasses on Earth and was surrounded by one vast ocean. When it began to break apart, its pieces slowly moved in different directions, and some formed the continents we now know. To this day, the continents continue to move. SUMMARIZE Explain how internal forces shape the Earth’s surface. Extreme Events KEY QUESTION How are earthquakes and volcanoes connected? Two events caused by internal forces may dramatically reshape the Earth’s surface—earthquakes and volcanic eruptions. Both can be deadly, and both have powerful effects on human life. Earthquakes An earthquake earthquake is a sudden movement of the Earth’s crust that is followed by a series of shocks. Huge rocks along a line where faults are located slide apart and break up, causing that area of the Earth’s surface to shake. The stress in the rocks builds for years. Then, energy is swiftly released outward through the ground in vibratiion called shock waves. Earthquakes occur constantly. Some we may not feel, but scientific instruments record them. Some produce slight shock waves. Other earthquakes and their aftershocks cause major disasters. Buildings collapse, cities are destroyed, and thousands of lives may be lost. Fires, floods, landslides, and avalanches can also follow earthquakes. Earthquakes may also be triggered by the explosive action of a volcano. Most of Earth’s active volcanoes are located in a zone around 1 The world map at left shows the supercontinnen of Pangaea about 200 million years ago as it begins to break apart. CONNECT Geography & History Draw Conclusions Which continents were connected 65 million years ago? 12 2 This world map shows the Earth about 65 million years ago. Some of the modern-day continents are visible. GEOGRAPHY 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to see the movement of the continents @ClassZone.com Continental Drift Theory 30 Chapter 2CONNECT the rim of the Pacific Ocean called the Ring of Fire Ring of Fire. A number of tectooni plates meet in this zone, and many of the largest earthquakes in the world have occurred there. One of the biggest earthquakes ever recorded took place near the coast of Indonesia in 2004. It occurred on the floor of the Indian Ocean where two tectonic plates meet. The quake produced a giant ocean wave called a tsunami (tsu•NAH•mee). Within hours, the tsunaam had devastated the coasts of 12 countries in southern Asia and eastern Africa. Whole villages were swept away, and more than 280,000 people were killed. Volcanoes A volcano volcano is an opening in the Earth’s crust from which molten rock, ash, and hot gases flow. Molten rock rises from the Earth’s mantle and is stored in a chamber beneath the crust. Pressure builds and forces the molten rock, or lava, to erupt onto the Earth’s surface, burning or burying anything it touches. The eruption may also throw large clouds of gases and ash into the atmosphere. Some volcanoes erupt constantly. Others are inactive, but could erupt at some future time. The most destructive eruption in recorded history happened in 1883, when two-thirds of the Indonesian island of Krakatoa (KRAK•uh•TOH•uh) was blown apart. The most active volcano in the United States is Mount St. Helens in Washington. It blew its top off in 1980. Activity occurred again in 2005. UNDERSTAND CAUSES Explain how earthquakes and volcanoes are connected. In a volcanic eruption, red-hot magma rises through cracks in the Earth’s crust. Gases are released, causing a violent explosion of liquid rock, hot ash, and fiery gases into the air. Make a Model of a Volcano Materials • small drink bottle (1/2 pint or 12 oz.) • 1/4 cup of water • a few drops of dishwashing detergent • orange food coloring • 1/4 cup vinegar • 1 tablespoon baking soda • a small square of tissue 1. Place the water, soap, food coloring, and vinegar in the bottle. 2. Wrap the baking soda in the tissue and drop the baking soda packet in the bottle. Watch the eruption. to Science Kilauea, Hawaii 31Grand Canyon ARIZONA MEXICO UNITED STATES External Forces Shaping the Earth KEY QUESTION What external forces shape the Earth? External forces also reshape the Earth’s surface. The two main externna forces are weathering and erosion. Weathering Weathering is the gradual physicca and chemical breakdown of rocks near or on the Earth’s surface. Erosion Erosion is the wearing away and movement of weathered materials from one place to another by the action of water, wind, or ice. As you can see, weathering and erosion work together to shape the Earth. Weathering Weathering occurs slowly, over many years or even centuries. The two types of weathering are mechanical weathering and chemical weathering. Mechanical weathering is a process in which rocks are broken down into smaller pieces by physical means. It takes place when ice, extremes of hot and cold, or even tree roots cause rocks to split apart. It also occurs when hard objects, such as other rocks or sand, scrape or rub against a rock, and pieces of the rock break off. Chemical weathering is caused by chemical reactions between the minerals in the rock and elements in the air or water. This procees changes the make-up of the rock itself. For example, most rocks contain iron. When iron comes in contact with water, it rusts, which helps to break down the rock. Water and elements in the air can cause other minerals in rocks to dissolve. The Grand Canyon The Grand Canyon is located on the Colorado River in Arizona. It is an example of both weathering and erosion caused by wind and water. 32 Chapter 21 ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Erosion New landforms and new soil are formed by erosion. It occurs when materials loosenne by weathering are moved by water, wind, or ice to new locations. Currents in streams and rivers pick up loose materials and deposit them downstream or carry them out to sea. These tiny pieces of rock, deposited by water, wind, or ice are called sediment sediment. Sediment can be sand, stone, or finely ground particles called silt. Wave action along coastlines carries rocks and sand from one place to another. Waves also pound boulders into smaller rocks. Wind erosion lifts particles from the Earth’s surface and blows them great distances. The wind’s actions can reshape rock surfaces. Arizona’s Grand Canyon is a result of both wind and water erosion. Another type of erosion is caused by glaciers. Glaciers Glaciers are large, slow-moving masses of ice. They grind rocks and boulders underneath the ice and leave behind the rock when the ice melts. Parts of the central United States have been shaped by glacial erosion. SYNTHESIZE Explain how external forces shape the Earth’s surface. Beach Erosion Ocean waves and tides eroded this section of beach in California. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of • continent • tectonic plate • weathering • erosion USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Categorize Use your completed chart to answer the following question: Are external or internal forces responsible for volcanoes? Explain your answer. KEY IDEAS 3. What are the five layers that make up the Earth’s interior and exterior? 4. How were the continents formed? 5. What are the two major external forces reshaping the Earth? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Draw Conclusions How does the movement of wind, water, or ice reshape the Earth’s surface? 7. Analyze Causes and Effects What is the relationship between plate movement, volcanoes, and earthquakes? 8. CONNECT to Today In which parts of the United States are external forces shaping the landscape? 9. ART Create a Puzzle Make a copy of a map of the world. Cut out the continents. Use the continents as puzzle pieces to form the continent of Pangaea. When you have finished putting the pieces together, draw an outline around the entire supercontinent. INTERNAL FORCES EXTERNAL FORCES 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 332 S E CTI ON Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Internal and external forces shape the surface of the Earth. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Interaction between landforms and bodies of water makes life on Earth possible. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES drainage basin drainage basin the area drained by a major river ground water ground water water found beneath the Earth’s surface hydrologic cycle hydrologic cycle the circulation of water between the Earth, the oceans, and the atmosphere landform landform a feature on the Earth’s surface formed by physical force plateau plateau a broad, flat area of land higher than the surrounding land relief relief the difference in the elevation of a landform from its lowest point to its highest point continental shelf continental shelf the submerged land at the edge of a continent BACKGROUND VOCABULARY atmosphere atmosphere the layer of gases that surround the Earth Reading Strategy Re-create the web diagram shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the diagram to organize important details about the Earth’s landforms and bodies of water. See Skillbuilder Handbook, page R4 Visual Vocabulary landform GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com FIND MAIN IDEAS WATER BODIES LANDFORMS 34 Chapter 2Iguacu Falls ARGENTINA BRAZIL SECTION2 GEOGRAPHY Connecting to Your World How important is water to your life and to life on Earth? Without enough usable water, there would be no life. The Earth is able to support plant and animal life because of its abundance of water. It appears to be the only planet in our solar system able to do so. The Earth is sometimes called the “blue planet” because bodies of water cover so much of its surface. Bodies of Water KEY QUESTION What are the two types of water found on Earth? Almost three-fourths of the surface of the Earth is covered by water. Most of the water—more than 97 percent of it—is salt water. This is the water in the oceans and seas. Only about 2.5 percent of the Earth’s water is fresh water—that is, water containing little or no salt. Fresh Water Most fresh water is locked in frozen form in ice caps or glaciers. Much of the rest is found in rivers, streams, and lakes. Iguacu Falls This series of 275 falls is located between Brazil and Argentina. The Earth from Space 35 Bodies of Water and Landforms CONNECT Russia’s Lake Baikal, for example, is the world’s largest lake and contaain 20 percent of all Earth’s fresh water. Rivers and streams move water downhill to or from larger bodies of water. Smaller streams and rivers that flow into a major river are called tributaries. The region drained by a river and its tributaries is called a drainage basin drainage basin. The Amazon River system in South America is the world’s largest drainaag basin. Some fresh water, called ground water ground water, is found beneath the Earth’s surface. This water is held in the pores and cracks of rocks and can be pumped from the ground. Salt Water The water in the Earth’s oceans and seas is called salt water because it contains a small percentage of dissolved minerals and chemical compounds called salts. Actually, all of the oceans and seas are part of the same body of water, which is divided by the continents. Geographers gave names to the different areas of the oceans. The Earth’s oceans are the Pacific, Atlantic, Indian, and Arctic, and the Southern Ocean, which is the body of water around Antarctica. The Pacific Ocean is the largest and covers almost one-third of the Earth. A body of salt water that is completely or partly enclosed by land is called a sea. An example is the Mediterranean Sea. Oceans and seas are sources of food, energy, and minerals and are used for transporttatio and recreation. They also help to distribute Earth’s heat. COMPARE Compare the two types of water on the Earth. Geography & History The Great Salt Lake This huge lake in northern Utah covers about 1,700 square miles. It is a remnant, or remainder, of a huge ancient fresh water lake called Lake Bonneville. That lake existed around 14,000 years ago and was about ten times as large as the Great Salt Lake. As the climate became drier and warmer over the centuries, Lake Bonneville’s waters began to evaporate. But the salt it contained did not. That’s why the Great Salt Lake is one of the saltiest bodies of water in the world. CRITICAL THINKING Summarize How did freshwater Lake Bonneville become the Great Salt Lake? 36 Chapter 2Water vapor in air Groundwater 1 Evaporation The The heat of the sun causes heat of the sun causes water on the Earth to water on the Earth to evaporate into the air. evaporate into the air. 4 Runoff The water The water soaks into the ground, or soaks into the ground, or runs off into rivers and runs off into rivers and streams, or underground streams, or underground water tables, and eventu-water tables, and eventualll to the oceans. ally to the oceans. 2 Condensation The The water vapor cools and water vapor cools and condenses into droplets of condenses into droplets of water that form clouds. water that form clouds. 3 Precipitation When When the droplets become too the droplets become too heavy for the air to hold heavy for the air to hold them, the moisture falls in them, the moisture falls in the form of rain or snow the form of rain or snow onto the Earth. onto the Earth. The Earth’s water is renewed by a never-ending process called the hydrologic cycle, or water cycle. The hydrologic cycle hydrologic cycle is the circulation of water between the Earth, the oceans, and the atmosphere. Approximately 119,000 cubic miles of water evaporates into the atmosphere each year. The atmosphere atmosphere is the layer of gases that surround the Earth. Hydrologic Cycle CRITICAL THINKING Analyze Cause and Effect What happeen as the sun heats the Earth’s atmosphere? 37Monument Valley ARIZ. UTAH Landforms KEY QUESTION How are landforms created? Features on the Earth’s surface formed by physical forces are called landforms landforms. Landforms are produced by the internal and external forces that reshape the Earth. Internal forces push, move, and raise up parts of the Earth’s crust. The result is the creation of new rock formations, such as mountains. External forces wear down these formations and transport the eroded materials to other locations. The eroded materiial then become new landforms. These processes take a long time, but they are constantly at work. The location and size of landforms often affect where people choose to live. Many of the same landforms found on dry land are also found under water. Those on the land are called continental landforms. Those on the sea floor are called oceanic landforms. Continental Landforms The major continental landforms are mountains, hills, plains, and plateaus. A plateau plateau is a broad area of land higher than the surrounding land. The same landforms are found on all of the continents. In fact, satellite photographs show a pattern on most continents: wide plains in the center and a narrow belt of mountains near the edge of the continent, where tectonic plates collide. For example, the landscape of the United States has the Rocky Mountains and coastal mountains in the west, the Appalachian Mountains in the east, and the Great Plains in the center. The difference in the elevation of a landform from its lowest point to its highest point is called relief relief. Mountains show great relief compaare to plains and plateaus. Many of the maps in this book have a relief indicator to show these differences in elevation. Oceanic Landforms The landforms on the ocean floor are like an invisible landscape . Most cannot be seen from the surface of the water. But high mountains, vast plains, deep valleys, and coral reefs are present under the water’s surface. Some are the result of the same tectonic forces that shape the continental landforms. The submerged Monument Valley, Arizona In this photograaph you can see dramatic examples of relief between the floor of the valley and the tops of the landforms. 38 Chapter 22 ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of KEY IDEAS 3. How much water on the Earth’s surface is fresh water? 4. What are the four components that keep the hydrologic cycle going? 5. What are the major continental landforms? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Find Main Ideas Why are oceans important to life on Earth? 7. Compare and Contrast How are continental and oceanic landforms the same? different? 8. CONNECT to Today In what ways does water affect your daily life? 9. TECHNOLOGY Make a Multimedia Presentation Plan a slide show about the hydrologic cycle. Sketch each step in the cycle and explain what is happening. • hydrologic cycle • landform • relief • continental shelf USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Find Main Ideas Use your completed web diagram to answer the following question: How is it possible for the oceans to have landforms? land at the edge of a continent is called the continental shelf continental shelf. It slopes downward and then descends to the deep part of the ocean. On the deep ocean f loor are volcanoes, mountain chains, plains, and trenches. These landforms are creatte by the movement of tectonic plates, the same forces as those on the continent. Some of the oceanic landforms are pushed up above the water and become islands. Many islands, such as the Hawaiian Islands, are formed by volcanic action. Other islands are formed from coral reefs. However, all islands are subject to the same external forces that wear down landforms on the continnent These forces include the weathering and erosion caused by wind, water, and ice. SUMMARIZE Explain how landforms are created. Indian Ocean Reef A diver views plant and animal life on a coral reef. WATER BODIES LANDFORMS 393 S E CTI ON GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED The Earth’s surface is covered with both continental and oceanic landforms. The hydrologic cycle circulates the water. NOW YOU WILL LEARN The Earth’s rotation and revolution influence weather, climate, and living conditions on Earth. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES solstice solstice the time during the year when the sun reaches the farthest northern or southern point in the sky equinox equinox one of the two times a year when the sun’s rays are over the equator and days and night around the world are equal in length weather weather the condition of the Earth’s atmosphher at a given time and place climate climate the typical weather conditions of a region over a long period of time precipitation precipitation falling water droplets in the form of rain, snow, sleet, or hail vegetation region vegetation region an area that has similar plants savanna savanna a vegetation region with a mix of grassland and scattered trees desert desert a region with plants specially adapted to dry conditions Reading Strategy Re-create the diagram shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTONS, use the diagram to help you summarize information about the world’s climate and vegetation. See Skillbuilder Handbook, page R5 Visual Vocabulary desert CLIMATE SUMMARIZE VEGETATION 40 Chapter 2ARCTIC CIRCLE ARC T I C OCEAN ALASKA SECTION3 GEOGRAPHY Connecting to Your World Every moment in the day, weather and climate are a part of your life. They affect what clothes you wear and how you get to school. You might walk or ride your bike if it is not too cold or too wet. But if it’s raining or snowing you may go in a car or by bus. Some school activities, like sports, depend on weather and climate, too. In fact, weather and climaat affect plant and animal life and nearly every human activity. The Earth’s Rotation and Revolution KEY QUESTION How does Earth’s revolution affect seasons? The Earth rotates as it revolves around the sun. Rotation is the motion of the Earth as it spins on its axis once every 24 hours. Revolution is the motion of the Earth as it circles, or makes a year-long orbit, of the sun. Earth’s Movement The Earth is tilted at a 23.5° angle. The Earth’s revolution around the sun affects patterns of Earth’s weather and climate. The Earth’s tilt stays the same as it revolves around the sun. As a result, different parts of the Earth get direct rays from the sun for more hours of the day at certain times of the year. This causes the changing seasons. Inupiat Woman The harsh climate of the Arctic makes wearing a fur parka necessary. Midnight Sun in the Arctic Multiple exposures show the position of the sun over a 24-hour period in the Arctic summer. 41 Climate and Vegetation Image not available for electronic use. Please refer to the image in the textbook. Image not available for electronic use. Please refer to the image in the textbook.Winter (December 22) Tropic of Cancer North Pole South Pole Tropic of Capricorn Equator Summer (June 21) Fall (September 23) Sun Direct rays Direct rays Spring (March 21) Seasons: Northern Hemisphere Seasons The term solstice solstice is used to describe the time during the year when the sun reaches the farthest northern or southern point in the sky. In the Northern Hemisphere, the summer solstice is the longest day of the year and begins summer. The winter solstice is the shortest day of the year and begins winter. These dates are reversed in the Southern Hemisphere. The beginning of spring and autumn start on the equinox equinox. On these two days, the sun’s rays are directly over the equator, and days and nights around the world are equal in length. The Earth’s revolution brings the temperature and weather changes we call seasons to many parts of the Earth. But in some regions there is little change. The illustration above shows the position of the Earth at the start of the four seasons in the Northern Hemisphere. SUMMARIZE What causes seasons on Earth? Weather and Climate KEY QUESTION What is the difference between weather and climate? People often confuse weather and climate. Weather Weather is the condition of the Earth’s atmosphere at a given time and place. For example, today may be sunny and warm. Climate Climate is the term for the typical weather conditions of a certain region over a long period of time. Causes of Weather Several factors interact to cause weather at a particular location. They include solar energy, wind, landforms, Earth’s Revolution The seasons are related to the Earth’s tilt and revolutiio around the sun. CRITICAL THINKING Compare and Contrast Which part of the Earth’s surface doesn’t experience seasons? 42 Chapter 2bodies of water, water vapor, cloud cover, and elevation. The combinattio of all these factors varies from location to location, creating local weather conditions. The most important weather factor is the amount of energy, in the form of heat from the sun, that a location receives. This is why, for example, the time of year influences the weather. In summer, much more solar energy is found in the atmosphere, and weather conditions change. Winds move the solar energy and moisture that air holds across the Earth. Also, land heats and cools more quickly than bodiie of water do. So land located near a body of water has a different weather pattern from locations further inland. Clouds and water vapor are connected to each other in weather patterns. Clouds hold water vapor in the atmosphere. Water vapor determines whether there will be precipitation precipitation, which is falling water droplets in the form of rain, snow, sleet, or hail. Finally, as elevation above sea level rises, air becomes thinner and loses its ability to hold moisture, so it becomes cooler. The temperature drops by about 3.5°F for every 1,000-foot increase in elevation. So, you can find ice and snow on the tops of mountains even at the equator. Causes of Climate There are many different climates around the world. A place’s location on the Earth, especially its latitude, is importaan in determining climate. For example, climates are warmer near the equator and colder near the poles. Wind and ocean currents help distribute the sun’s heat from one part of the world to another. Ocean currents are like rivers flowing through the ocean. They move warm waters away from the equator and cold water from the poles. Air currents blowing over the ocean waters pick up heat and moisture and move them to other parts of the Earth. COMPARE Explain the difference between weather and climate. Climate and Vegetation Regions KEY QUESTION What are climate and vegetation regions? To categorize climate regions, geographers divide the Earth into three general zones of latitude: tropical, middle, and high. These zones are found on both sides of the equator. Tropical latitudes are found between the equator and Tropic of Cancer and between the equator and the Tropic of Capricorn where it is usually hot. Middle latitudes extend from the tropic lines to the lines of the Arctic and Antarctic circles. High latitude refers to the cold areas around the North and South Poles. IT’S RAINING FROGS! Yes, it’s true—there are recorded instances of frogs raining down on the Earth, most recently in Serbia in 2005. The most logical explanation is a strong wind that can suck light objects out of the water and later deposit them somewhere else. In 1981, a city in southern Greece experiennce a rain of frogs that landed in trees and in the streets. The species of frog was native to North Africa. That’s one strong wind! Earth’s Interlocking Systems 4360°N 30°S 0° 30°N 60°N 30°E 0° 30°W 60°W 90°W 150°W 120°W Arctic Circle Tropic of Cancer Equator Tropic of Capricorn Antarctic Circle Prime Meridian PAC I F I C OCEAN AT L A N T I C OCEAN I N D I A N OCEAN PAC I F I C OCEAN ARCTIC OCEAN NS E W 0 1,500 0 1,500 3,000 kilometers 3,000 miles Tropical Tropical wet Tropical wet and dry Dry Desert Semiarid Mid-Latitude Mediterranean Marine west coast Humid subtropical Humid continental High Latitude Subarctic Tundra Icecap Highland COMPARING World Climate Regions CONNECT Geography & Culture 1. Region Which type of climate is found along the equator? 2. Place Which climate is found in the place you live? TYPES CHARACTERISTICS VEGETATION TROPICAL Tropical Wet rainy all year round broadleaf trees Tropical Wet and Dry has a rainy season grasslands and savanna DRY Desert less than 10 inches of precipitation specially adapted plants Semiarid up to 20 inches of rain grasslands called steppe MID-LATITUDE Mediterranean wet winter plants that have adapted to a dry season in the summer Marine West Coast rainy year round mixed forests of broadleaf and needleleaf trees or only needleleaf trees Humid Subtropical long, hot, humid summers Humid Continental wide range of summer and winter temperatures grasslands and savanna HIGH LATITUDE Subarctic cold dry climate specially adapted plants Tundra permanent ice and snow specially adapted plants Icecap permanent ice and snow none HIGHLAND Varies with latitude, elevation, and continental location 44 Chapter 23 ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Climate Regions As you can see on the map on the opposite page, the Earth has five general climate regions: tropical, mid-latitude, high latitude, dry, and highland. Tropical climates are always hot and can be rainy most of the year or only during one season. The middle latitudes have the greatest variety of climates, ranging from hot and humid to cool and fairly dry. Climates along the oceans are also included in this category. High latitude climates are cool to cold all year long. Dry climates can be found in every latitude region. Highland climates are based on the elevation of a particular place. So, for example, as you go up a mountain, the climate may change from warm to cooler to cold. Vegetation Regions The term vegetation region vegetation region refers to an area that has similar plants. A vegetation region is named for the types of trees, grasslands, and specially adapted plants found there. The four basic types of vegetation are: forest, savanna, grasslands, and desert. Forests can be cold, tropical, or temperate. Savanna Savanna is a mix of grasslands and trees. Grasslands can have short or tall grasses, depending on the amount of rain. Finally, a desert desert—which can be hot or cold—has plants specially adapted to very dry conditions. SUMMARIZE Identify the fi ve main climate regions. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of KEY IDEAS 3. What causes the changing seasons? 4. What are the causes of climate? 5. How are vegetation regions named? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Analyze Causes and Effects Why are the seasons reversed in the Northern and Southern Hemispheres? 7. Draw Conclusions How does location affect climate and vegetation? 8. CONNECT to Today What weather conditions have caused problems in the United States recently? 9. WRITING Write a Description Determine what climate and vegetation region you live in. Then write a paragraph describing the climate features and types of vegetation. • weather • climate • precipitation • vegetation region USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Summarize Use your completed chart to answer the following question: What are the basic causes of weather and which factor is the most important? CLIMATE VEGETATION Earth’s Interlocking Systems 45Amazon Rain Forest GEOGRAPHY 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to enter the rain forest @ClassZone.com AMAZON RAIN FOREST The Amazon rain forest is one of the world’s most important physical featurres It acts as the “lungs of the planet” by producing oxygen, and is the home of millions of plants and animals. 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to learn more about this frog and the amazing diversity of plants and animals in the forest. 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to see Yanamamö village life in the rain forest and learn about how the Yanamamö interact with the forest. 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to see the methods scientists are using to study plants and animals in the rain forest. 46 Chapter 20 20 40 60 80 100 Remaining Area of Rain Forest 2005 2000 1995 1990 1980 89% 88% 86% 81% 84% The Disappearing Amazon Rain Forest Source: Brazilian National Institute of Space Research Plan a Scientific Study With a small group, plan the scientific study of one of the plants or animals in the picture. Identify the subject you wish to study. Talk about what information you want to find. Then write questions that would help you track down that information. 474 S E CTI ON GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES global warming global warming an increase in the average temperature of the Earth’s atmosphere greenhouse effect greenhouse effect the trapping of the sun’s heat by gases in the Earth’s atmosphere greenhouse gas greenhouse gas any gas in the atmosphere that contributes to the greenhouse effect fossil fuels fossil fuels fuels such as coal, oil, and natural gas desertification desertification the process in which farmland becomes less productive because the land is degraded sustainable sustainable using natural resources in a way that they exist for future generations BACKGROUND VOCABULARY carbon dioxide carbon dioxide a gas composed of carbon and oxygen emissions emissions substances discharged into the air degraded degraded of lower quality Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Many different physical systems influence the way we live on Earth. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Human interference with physical systems can cause problems with the environment. Reading Strategy Re-create the chart shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the chart to compare and contrast details about environmental challenges the world faces. Skillbuilder Handbook, page R9 COMPARE AND CONTRAST GLOBAL WARMING DESERTIFICATION Visual Vocabulary desertification 48 Chapter 2BURKINA FASO AFRICA SECTION4 GEOGRAPHY Connecting to Your World Have your parents or other adults ever told you that the climate seems to be changing? Maybe they said something like, “We never had hurricanes or tornados like these when I was a kid.” They could be right—climates do change. Some changes take place naturally over many years, such as the build-up of ice during ice ages. But recently, scientists have noticed rapid climate changes that some believe is the result of human activity. Global Warming KEY QUESTION How are global warming and the greenhouse effect related? Global warming and desertification are two possible threats to the environment. Global warming Global warming is an increase in the average temperature of the Earth’s atmosphere. It refers to an increase large enough to cause changes in the Earth’s overall climate. The Earth’s average temperature has risen between 0.9 and 1.3°F since the late 1800s. Many scientists think that temperatures may rise another 2.5 to 10.4°F by the end of the century. Some scientists believe that this warming is part of the larger cycle of warm and cold periods in the Earth’s history. Others suspect that it is caused by humans. Dori, Burkina Faso Changes in the climate have caused drought in this region, leading to fewer crops. 49 Environmental ChallengesHeat Trapping Layer Heat trapped CO2 and other gases Some heat escapes The Greenhouse Effect The trapping of the sun’s heat by gases in the Earth’s atmosphere is called the greenhouse effect greenhouse effect. These gases act like the glass roof of a greenhouse. They let in solar energy, which heats up the planet, but they trap much of the heat that rises from the Earth’s surfaace So, the Earth becomes warmer. Some greenhouse effect is necessary. Without it, you would be living on a freezing cold planet. The temperature would be about zero degrees Fahenheit. Any gas in the atmosphere that contribbute to the greenhouse effect is called a greenhouse gas greenhouse gas. Greenhouse gases include water vapor and carbon dioxide carbon dioxide, a gas compoose of carbon and oxygen. The burning of fossil fuels fossil fuels, such as coal, oil, and natural gas, has caused an increase in carbon dioxiid in the atmosphere. As this gas builds in the atmosphere, the atmosphere becomes warmer and speeds up the heating effect. The Impact on the Climate In theory, a more intense greenhouse effect could change the Earth’s climate. Warmer temperatures could cause the ice caps and glaciers around the world to melt and sea levels to rise. Flooding could occur along coastal regions. Global land-use patterns would change. Some crops would no longer grow in certain areas. Some areas would become hotter and drier, with extreme heat waves, droughts, and more forest fires. These changes would alter the fragile relationships between living things and the environment. Solutions Lowering the levels of greenhouse gases is a complex, worldwide goal. Some nations generate huge amounts of greenhouse gases. These gases affect not only those nations, but also the whole planet. So, humans need to take steps to reduce the levels of greenhoous gases. One solution might be to build more energy-efficient cars and factories. Another could be to use alternative energy sources such as energy produced by the sun, or the internal heat of the Earth. In 1997, nations from around the world gathered at Kyoto, Japan, to discuss plans to reduce greenhouse gases. The result of their meetiin was an agreement to cut emissions of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases. (Emissions Emissions are substances discharged into the air.) The agreement, called the Kyoto Protocol, went into effect in 2005. SUMMARIZE Explain how global warming takes place. Greenhouse Effect Trapped gases and heat combine to change the Earth’s temperature. How do humans add to the greenhouse effect? 50 Chapter 2ANALYZING Primary Sources Desertification KEY QUESTION What causes desertifi cation? Desertification Desertification is the process in which farmland becomes less productiiv because the land is degraded degraded. The land becomes more desert-like, that is, dry and unproductive. Desertification is a serious problem because it turns arid and semiarid areas into nonproductive wastelaand Each year, about 25,000 square miles of land—an area the size of West Virginia—is degraded. This process is happening in many parts of the world, including Africa, China, and the American West. Causes and Effects In desertification, natural vegetation is removed or destroyed, and soil is exposed to wind. Without shade from the sun, the moisture in the soil evaporates more quickly. The dry top layers of soil particles then blow away. The soil becomes less able to support plant life. The loss of moisture and plants may in itself cause more desertification. But destructive practices in arid and semiarid regions have speeded up the process. Some of these practices are overgrazing allowing animals to graze so much that plants are unable to grow back cultivation of marginal land planting crops on fragile soil deforestation cutting down trees and not replanting new trees DOCUMENT–BASED QUESTION What is the goal of the Green Belt Movement? Wangari Maathai (born 1940) won the 2004 Nobel Peace Prize for her work fighting deforestation in Africa. To combat desertification, she founded the Green Belt Movement, which has planted 30 million trees across Africa, including her native Kenya. [The Green Belt Movement] encourages women to create jobs, prevent soil loss, slow the process of desertification and [to] plant and to eat indigenous [local] food crops. Source: Speech to the 4th United Nations World Women’s Conference, Beijing, China, 1995 ONLINE PRIMARY SOURCE To read more of Wangari Maathai’s writinng go to the Research & Writing Center @ClassZone.com 51CONNECT Geography & Culture 4 ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Solutions There are different solutions to the growing problem of desertification. Each depends on the underlying cause. Some simple solutions are to build sand fences that interruup the wind, or to use straw mats to reduce evaporation so young plants can take root. Still another is to use solar ovens in place of open fires that require firewood. Planting tree fences and grass belts also reduces the spread of sandy areas. This practice is being used in China and Africa today. Solutions like the ones above are examples of sustainable practices. Sustainable Sustainable means that these practices use natural resources in such a way as to ensure that they exist for future generations. Sustainable practices work with the environment to protect the land, preseerv wildlife, and repair the damage that has been done to it. The practices allow people to live a better life and ensure that resources will be available both now and in the future. DRAW CONCLUSIONS Explain what causes desertifi cation. Green Belt Movement The Green Belt Movement, founded by Wangari Maathai in Kenya in 1977, is an example of a program of sustainable development. It started out as a jobs program to pay rural and urban women to plant trees. But it soon became a movement to improve the environmment slow deforestation, and halt desertifi cation. USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Compare and Contrast Use your completed chart to answer the following question: How does the greenhouse effect contribute to global warming? TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of • global warming • greenhouse effect • desertification • sustainable KEY IDEAS 3. Why is global warming a problem? 4. What are greenhouse gases? 5. What are three simple solutions to controlling desertification? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Evaluate Which environmental problem, global warming or desertification, is a greater threat to the Earth? Why? 7. Summarize How does deforestation cause desertification? 8. CONNECT to Today What might happen if more gasoline-powered motor vehicles were used around the world? 9. MATH Make a Chart Use the Internet to find information about desertification. Then make a chart that shows locations and the percentage of land that has been degraded. GLOBAL WARMING DESERTIFICATION 52 Chapter 23 7 6 10 14 19 11 core magma Use the Terms & Names list to complete each sentence on paper or online. NAME GAME Crossword Puzzle 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to complete these and other activities online @ClassZone.com For Review and Study Notes, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com CHAPTER SUMMARY Key Idea 1 The Earth is composed of many layers, and its surface continually changes because of the drifting of the continents. Key Idea 2 Interaction between landforms and bodies of water makes life on Earth possible. Key Idea 3 The Earth’s rotation and revolution influence weather, climate, and living conditions on Earth. Key Idea 4 Human interference with physical systems causes problems with the environment. 1. I am the hot metal center of the Earth. _____________________________________ 2. I am a naturally formed feature on the Earth’s surface. _______________________________ 3. I fall in the form of rain, snow, sleet, or hail. _____________________________________ 4. I am an increase in the Earth’s temperature. _____________________________________ 5. I move weathered materials from one place to another. _______________________________ 6. I am the trapping of the sun’s heat by gases in the atmosphere. ___________________________ 7. I am a large rigid piece of the Earth’s crust that is in motion. _____________________________ 8. I am typical weather conditions over a period of time. _________________________________ 9. I circulate water between the Earth, oceans, and atmosphere. ___________________________ 10. I am plants that grow in a region. ___________ climate core desertification erosion global warming greenhouse effect hydrologic cycle landform magma precipitation relief sediment tectonic plate vegetation weather Complete an online crosword puzzle to test your knowledge of Earth’s physical systems. ACROSS 1. a naturally formed feature on the Earth’s surface Flip Cards Use the online flip cards to quiz yourself on terms and names introduced in this chapter. ?melted or liquid rock 53Assessment C H A P T E R CRITICAL THINKING 23. Analyze Cause and Effect Create a web diagram to show the effects of global warming. List at least five effects caused by a more intense greenhouse effect. 24. Summarize Why are so many earthquakes and volcanoes found near the Ring of Fire ? 25. Draw Conclusions Why is the surface of the Earth constantly changing? 26. Connect to Economics What are the economic costs of earthquakes or volcanoes? 27. Five Themes: Human-Environment Interaction What steps have been taken to control global warming? 28. Connect Geography & Culture Why might the location and size of landforms affect where people live? VOCABULARY Explain the significance of each of the following. 1. tectonic plate 2. greenhouse effect 3. hydrologic cycle 4. global warming 5. desertification Explain how the terms and names in each group are related. 6. magma, crust, and continent 7. weathering, erosion, and desertification 8. hydrologic cycle, precipitation, and atmosphere 9. greenhouse gas and global warming 10. vegetation and climate KEY IDEAS 1 The Earth and Its Forces 11. What is the continental drift theory? 12. What are the four types of tectonic plate movements? 13. How do weathering and erosion reshape the Earth’s surface? 2 Bodies of Water and Landforms 14. Why is the Earth sometimes called the “blue planet”? 15. What are the names of the world’s five oceans? 16. What two general features do most continents have in common? 3 Climate and Vegetation 17. What are the two motions of the Earth in relation to the sun? 18. What are the four factors that influence climate? 19. What are the basic types of vegetation? 4 Environmental Challenges 20. What happens to the sun’s heat in the greenhouse effect? 21. What are two alternative energy sources? 22. What are three areas of the world that have a serious problem with desertification? EFFECTS OF GLOBAL WARMING Response Rubric A strong response will: • discuss how the hydrologic cycle makes human occupation of the Earth possible • describe the causes of weather and climate • explain how the above systems affect humans How do Earth’s physical systems make life on Earth possible? Written Response Write a two-or threeparaagrap response to the Essential Question. Be sure to consider the key ideas of each section as well as ways in which the systems interlock. Use the rubric below to guide your thinking. Answer the ESSENTIAL QUESTION 54 Chapter 2 2 Tasmania I. 20°S Tropic of Capricorn 40°S 120°E 130°E 140°E 150°E 30°S I N D I A N O C E A N P A C I F I C OCEAN AUSTRALIA Tropical wet Tropical wet and dry Desert Semiarid Mediterranean Marine west coast Humid subtropical Deadliest Earthquakes 1975 to 2005 Country Year Deaths Indonesia 2004 283,106 China 1976 255,000 Pakistan 2005 80,361 Iran 1990 40,000 Iran 2003 26,200 Armenia 1988 25,000 Guatemala 1976 23,000 India 2001 20,230 Turkey 1999 17,119 Source: USGS Earthquake Hazards Program STANDARDS–BASED ASSESSMENT • Online Test Practice @ClassZone.com • Test-Taking Strategies and Practice at the front of this book 2. In which part of Australia would you find a tropical wet climate? A. northwestern C. southwestern B. northeastern D. southeastern CHART Study the chart below. Use the information in the chart to answer questions 3 and 4. 3. Which country has experienced the greatest number of deadly earthquakes? 4. In what year did the single most deadly earthquake strike? THEMATIC MAP Use the map to answer questions 1 and 2 on your paper. 1. Which climate takes up the largest portion of Australia? A. Desert B. Mediterranean C. Semiarid D. Tropical wet and dry 1. INTERDISCIPLINARY ACTIVITY—SCIENCE Select one of the Earth’s major mountain chains and illustrate its creation on a poster. Be sure the poster shows the plates involved, the direction of the collision, and the name of the mountains that were formed. 2. WRITING FOR SOCIAL STUDIES Review the illustration of the Earth’s interior in Section 1. Write a one-paragraph description that would help a younger student understand the layers of the Earth’s interior. Climates of Australia 3. MENTAL MAPPING Create an outline map of the world and label the following: • the seven continents • the five oceans 55CONNECT Geography & History 1 GEOGRAPHY The Geography of Population CULTURE 2 Why People Move 3 ECONOMICS Resources and Economics GOVERNMENT 4 Why We Need Government Use the satellite image and the time line to answer the following questions. 1. How much did the world’s population grow between 1 A.D. and 2000? 2. How different would this image have appeared when the population of the world hit one billion? Human Geography ESSENTIAL QUESTION How do natural resources affect a country’s population distribution and economy? 1000 B.C. History 1000 B.C. Bantu migrations in Africa Geography 1 A.D. Total world population hits 300 million. History 180 Roman Empire at its peak C H A P T E R N S E W 3 56 Chapter 3Today Geography 1999 Total population hits 6 billion. Government 1788 United States Constitution is ratified. (Independence Hall) Geography 1804 Total population hits 1 billion. Economics 1993 European Union established 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to explore human geography @ClassZone.com GEOGRAPHY Earth at Night The blue color indicates areas where little or no vegetation is found. The gold color indicates a concentration of lights. 571 S E CTI ON GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED The interlocking physical systems of the Earth make life on the planet possible. NOW YOU WILL LEARN People are not equally distributed on the Earth’s surface. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES population population the number of people who live in a specified area birth rate birth rate the number of births per 1,000 people per year death rate death rate the number of deaths per 1,000 people per year rate of natural increase rate of natural increase the death rate subtracted from the birth rate population density population density the average number of people who live in a certain area urbanization urbanization the process of city development demographer demographer a geographer who studies the characteristics of human populations BACKGROUND VOCABULARY habitable lands habitable lands lands suitable for human living urban urban relating to, or located in, a city rural rural relating to the country or farming Reading Strategy Re-create the web diagram shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the diagram to help you identify important details to compare and contrast population growth, distribution, and density. See Skillbuilder Handbook, page R9 COMPARE AND CONTRAST POPULATION Population Growth Population Distribution Population Density Visual Vocabulary Urbanization (Los Angeles, California) 58 Chapter 3East China Sea Shanghai CHINA SECTION1 GEOGRAPHY Connecting to Your World Do you know how many people there are in the world? About 6.5 billion! In the time it takes you to read this paragraph, another 140 people will be born somewhere in the world. Where do the 6.5 billion people live? More than half of them live in Asia. In fact, over 2 billion are located in just two countries—China and India. The world’s third most populous country is the United States, which has over 300 million people. Population Growth KEY QUESTION What challenges does rapid population growth cause? Geographers use the term population population to mean the total number of people who live in a specified area. The population of the world today is more than 6 billion. It did not reach one billion until about 1804. Yet, over the last 200 years, the number has jumped by some 5 billion. What factors are responsible? The most important factors were increases in food productiion discoveries in medical science, and improvements in sanitation. As a result, more babies survived and people lived longer, healthier lives. Shanghai, China China’s largest city is home to more than 12 million people. 59 The Geography of PopulationWorld Population Growth 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 01234567 1098 Billions of People Year Source: The World Almanac, 2000 2050 9 billion (projected) 1999 6 billion 1975 4 billion 1930 2 billion 1804 1 billion 1 A.D. 200 million Rio de Janeiro BRAZIL Measuring Growth Geographers measure population growth by figuring out how many people have been born and how many have died, how many have moved into and how many have moved out of a specific area. The birth birth rate rate measures the number of births per 1,000 people per year. The death rate death rate measures the number of deaths per 1,000 people per year. To find out the rate of natural increase rate of natural increase, the death rate is subtracted from the birth rate. This is the population growth that results from natural processes of birth and death. Today, in most of Asia, Africa, and South America, the rate of natural increase is very high. Farming is a major way of life in these regions, and families need many children to help with the farm work. In most countries of Europe and North America, and also in Japan, the population growth rate is much lower. In these countries, most people live in cities and have few children, making their rate of natural increase much lower than in regions with a higher rural population. Growth Challenges The expanding population creates serious challenges. The Earth’s resources are limited and not evenly distributed throughout the world. In many countries, it is difficult just to provide the basic needs such as food, clean water, and housing. Many people move from rural areas to cities to make a better life for themselves and their families. If they cannot find housing, they often build houses on the outskirts of cities with whatever materials they can find. Some of these squatter settlements become very large, even as large as the city itself, but they often lack clean water, sewers, or paved roads. SUMMARIZE Explain the challenges of rapid population growth. Rio de Janeiro, Brazil These houses are part of squatter settlements on the outskirts of the main city. 60 Chapter 3COMPARING Population Distribution and Density KEY QUESTION What are the factors that infl uence where people choose to live? As you read earlier, people are not distributed equally around the world. Where they choose to live is partly affected by climate, elevatiion and resources such as fertile soil and fresh water. Today, the largest populations are found in what are called habitable lands habitable lands. Population Distribution Only a small portion of the Earth’s surfaac is suitable for humans to settle. Almost 75 percent of the Earth’s surface is water. In addition, between 35 and 40 percent of the Earth’s land is too hot, too cold, too wet, or too dry for large-scale settlement. Most people live in the Northern Hemisphere, between 20° North and 60° North latitude. Fewer people live in the Southern Hemisphere because there is less land available. The edges of continents are more heavily populated than interior lands. Many people choose to live in coastal lands and in river valleys because these locations offer people opportunities to earn a living. About two-thirds of the world’s populattio is found within 300 miles of ocean waters. More than 400 cities have populations of one million or more. Many cities in Africa and Asia, such as Lagos, Nigeria, and Mumbai, India, are expected to grow rapidly in the 21st century. Top 7 Most Populous Cities Population (in millions*) Tokyo, Japan 34.45 Mexico City, Mexico 18.07 New York City, U.S.A. 17.85 São Paulo, Brazil 17.10 Mumbai, India 16.09 Kolkata, India 13.06 Shanghai, China 12.89 * Population shown is for an entire urban area, not just the city itself. Source: The World Almanac and Book of Facts, 2006 CRITICAL THINKING Compare and Contrast What is the total population of the Indian cities listed? How does that compare with the population of Tokyo? Mumbai, India Urban Populations Human Geography 61CONNECT Shanghai Jakarta Mexico City São Paulo Buenos Aires Tokyo New York Los Angeles Mumbai Delhi Kolkata Dhaka PACIFIC OCEAN ATLANTIC OCEAN ATLANTIC OCEAN INDIAN OCEAN PACIFIC OCEAN ARCTIC OCEAN 0° 20°N 20°S 40°S 60°S 20°E 20°W 60°W 100°W 60°E 100°E 140°E 40°N 60°N Persons per square mile Over 520 260–519 130–259 25–129 1–24 0 Population density is different from population distribution. Population distribution shows where people live. Population Population density density shows on average how many people are living in a specific size area such as a square mile or square kilometer. The density number helps explain how crowded an area is. To find the population density number, add up the total number of people living in an area and divide by the total amount of land they occupy. Some areas of Earth are very lightly populated and others are quite densely populated. 1. Review the paragraph at left to see how population density is calculated. 2. Use the information below to calculate the population density for eight countries. 3. After you have completed your calculatioons create a bar graph showing the population densities of the eight nations. Calculating Population Density Materials • a calculator • paper and pencil to Math Country Area (km2) Population Afghanistan 647,500 31,056,997 Brazil 8,511,965 188,078,227 Chad 1,284,000 9,944,200 Finland 338,145 5,231,372 France 547,030 60,876,136 Iraq 437,072 26,783,383 Thailand 514,000 64,631,595 United States 9,631,420 298,444,215 Source: CIA World Factbook, 2006 World Population Density 62 Chapter 3ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 1 Rural vs. Urban Today, about half the world’s population lives in urban urban areas, such as cities and their suburbs. This is a big change from a hundred years ago. Then, most people lived in rural rural areas, on farms and in small villages. Only about 14 percent lived in cities. By 2030, population experts believe that 60 percent of all people will live in urban areas. This process of development from small settlements to large ones is called urbanization urbanization. Population Density Geographers who study the characteristics of human populations are called demographers demographers. They use population density to find out how heavily populated an area is. One of the most densely populated countries is Bangladesh in South Asia, with over 1,900 people per square mile. The average population density of the entire planet is 113 people per square mile. Statistics can be deceiving because the number is an average. Some areas of a country might be lightly populated, while others are heavily populated. In the United States, the population density is about 80 people per square mile. However, New Jersey has 1,134 people per square mile and Alaska has only 1.1 people per square mile. UNDERSTAND CAUSES Identify the factors that infl uence where people choose to live. • birth rate • death rate • population density • urbanization KEY IDEAS 3. What are three factors that have caused the world’s population to grow so rapidly? 4. What is urbanization? 5. How is population density determined? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Make Inferences Why are people unevenly distributed on the Earth’s surface? 7. Compare and Contrast Why do some countries have much lower growth rates than others? 8. CONNECT to Today What do you think are the major problems that the world faces as the population continues to grow? 9. MATH Create a Population Density Table Use the Internet to find statistics for population and an average population density for each continent. Create a table and a bar chart showing these statistics. Continents should be listed in order from highest density to lowest density. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Compare and Contrast Use your completed web diagram to answer the following question: How is population density different from population distribution? POPULATION Population Growth Population Distribution Population Density Human Geography 63COMPARING PACIFIC OCEAN INDIAN OCEAN Adelaide Melbourne Sydney Brisbane Perth Darwin Canberra 0 0 400 800 kilometers 400 800 miles Persons per square mile Over 520 260–519 130–259 25–129 1–24 0 Population density is an average figure for a specific area. However, it does not account for the distribution of population in an area. Notice in these two examples how the pattern of population density varies even within a country. Australia Australia is ranked 54th in the world for total population, but 191st in population density. This is because Australia has a great deal of land but a small population. It has a lot of open space sometiime called the Outback, shown below. The heaviees population is found in the coastal cities. Work Australia’s wide open spaces makes cattle ranching one of the biggest businesses. Population Distribution Population Density Few people live in the center of the Australian continent. Transportation A lone vehicle travels a dusty Outback road. 64 Chapter 3PACIFIC OCEAN INDIAN OCEAN South China Sea Jakarta AUSTRALIA M A L AY S I A SINGAPORE BRUNEI EAST TIMOR I N D O N E S I A PHILIPPINES New Guinea Sumatra Sulawesi Borneo Java Bali 0 0 400 800 kilometers 400 800 miles Persons per square mile Over 520 260–519 130–259 25–129 1–24 0 Indonesia Indonesia is ranked 4th in the world for total populattion but 60th in population density. This is because two Indonesian islands, Bali and Java, and the capital, Jakarta, are heavily populated. Other parts of the island nation are not as densely populatted Jakarta is pictured below. Population Density The islands of Indonesia have a greater population density than Australia. Work Manufacturing takes place in the larger cities of Indonesia. Transportation Thousands of buses and cars are needed to move Jakarta’s population. 1. Compare and Contrast How are the patterns of density different in the two countries? 2. Draw Conclusions In what ways do the images illustrate how density may affect ways of living in the two countries? CRITICAL THINKING 652 S E CTI ON GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Population patterns differ by place and region and may change over time. NOW YOU WILL LEARN People move from one place to another to meet their needs. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES migration migration the process of relocating to a new region immigrant immigrant a person who leaves one area to settle in another push factor push factor a reason that causes people to leave an area pull factor pull factor a reason that attracts people to another area culture culture the shared attitudes, knowledge, and behaviors of a group diversity diversity having many different ways to think or to do something, or a variety of people discrimination discrimination actions that might be hurtful to an individual or a group BACKGROUND VOCABULARY refugee refugee a person who flees a place to find safety persecution persecution cruel treatment on the basis of religion, race, ethnic group, nationality, political views, gender, or class Visual Vocabulary diversity Reading Strategy Re-create the chart shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the chart to compare and contrast important details about the reasons people move. See Skillbuilder Handbook, page R9 COMPARE AND CONTRAST PUSH FACTORS PULL FACTORS 1. 2. 1. 2. 66 Chapter 3 ATLANTIC OCEAN Ellis Island NEW YORK SECTION2 CULTURE Connecting to Your World Have you ever moved from one part of the city or town where you live to another? Maybe you moved to be closer to your school or to where a parent works. It may be that one of your parents took a job in a different city. Perhaps your family had to move to a different climate for health reasons. Whatever the reason, moving to a new, unfamiliar area could change your life in many ways. Causes of Migration KEY QUESTION Why do people move from place to place? From earliest times, people have moved to new locations. This process of relocating to a new region is called migration migration. A person who leaves one country to settle in another is called an immigrant immigrant. Population geographers often talk about push-pull factors when they study migration. The push push factors factors are the reasons that cause people to leave an area. Pull factors Pull factors are the reasons that attract people to another area. For example, a group may decide to move to a better location after their crops fail for several years. The crop failure is the “push” factor, and the better location is the “pull” factor. Together, they give the group a reason for migrating. Generally, the causes of migration are environmental, economic, cultural, or political. Ellis Island, New York Millions of people entered the United States here between 1892 and 1954. Moving Day About 112 million Americans relocate every year. 67 Why People MoveCOMPARING Push Factors In early times, a change in environment was a major cause of migration. For example, climate changes thousands of years ago brought on an ice age. People in northern Europe moved south in order to survive. Sometimes, an environment is unable to support growing numbers of people. So some part of the group needs to move to a place that would better support them. Political actions may push a person or group to migrate to a new area. Refugees Refugees might flee a place to find safety from war. For examplle beginning in 2003, an ethnic war in the Darfur region of Sudan caused about 2 million people to flee to refugee camps. Governments can force people to relocate even if they do not want to go. Cruel treatmeent or persecution persecution, of a particular group could also cause people to leave. People have sometimes been persecuted for their religion, race, nationality, political views, or membership in an ethnic group. Pull Factors The desire for land has pulled people to new regions for thousands of years. During the 1800s, millions immigrated to the United States in search of land to farm or ranch. Economic opportunittie are still a major reason for migration. Today, people move to find a job or to get a better job. Sometimes people move for cultural reasons. For example, they may want to return to an area they consider the homeland of their people. Another pull factor may be that the land or the region has religious significance. Israel is an example of both reasons. Jews from all over the world immigrate to Israel because they consider it their homeland, and because it also contains many Jewish holy sites. SUMMARIZE What are the push-pull factors of migration? CRITICAL THINKING Make Inferences Which factor do you think is most often the cause of migration? Migration Factors PUSH FACTORS PULL FACTORS Environmental • lack of resources to support an entire group • change in climate or vegetation Economic • availability of land • job opportunities Political • escape from war or persecution • forced removal Cultural • return to a homeland • desire to live near a holy site 68Equator Tropic of Capricorn 20°E 40°E 0° 20°S 0° Limpopo River Zambezi Benue River Niger River Congo River River Orange River Lake Victoria Lake Tanganyika Lake Nyasa Kalahari Desert N a m i b D e s e r t ATLANTIC OCEAN INDIAN OCEAN AFRICA N S E W 0 0 400 800 kilometers 400 800 miles Bantu homeland Earliest migrations to A.D. 1 Later migrations Where People Migrate KEY QUESTION What are the two kinds of migration? Geographers identify two different types of migration. Internal migratiio occurs when people move within a country. Moving across a continent or even to another continent is called external migration. Internal Migration Internal migration happens when people move from one place to another but stay within the same country. Someone who does this is called a migrant. If you move from Pennsylvania to California, you have moved a very long distance, but you have stayed within the United States, so you are an internal migrant. Two of the most common forms of internal migration are moving from rural areas or small towns to cities, and from cities to suburbs. The world is becoming more urban. In many countries, more than 70 percent of the population lives in urban areas. Pull factors attract people to cities. If migrants can’t find affordable housing in the city, they often build houses on the outskirts. This kind of growth on the outskirts of a city is sometimes called urban sprawl. In developed countries such as the United States, sprawl happens as new suburbs are built around the edges of a city. External Migration Migration across parts of a continent may take place quickly, but sometimes it takes hundreds or even thousaand of years. For example, Bantu-speakiin people of Africa slowly spread across the southern half of the continent from 1000 B.C. to A.D. 1100. The push factor was environmenntal The numbers of Bantu people were increasing, and they needed more land for farming and herding. Migration also takes place from one continnen to another continent. The countries of the Western Hemisphere as well as Australia and New Zealand, are filled with immigrants from Europe, Africa, and Asia. COMPARE Explain the difference between internal and external migration. GEOGRAPHY Bantu Migrations CONNECT Geography & Culture Movement Toward which body of water did the eastern branch of the early migrations move? 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to learn more about the migrations of Bantu people @ClassZone.comKuba Mask The Kuba are a Bantu-speaking people. Human Geography 69CONNECT Geography & Culture The Effects of Migration KEY QUESTION How does migration affect people and lands? People bring the customs and traditions of their culture with them when they relocate. Culture Culture is the shared attitudes, knowledge, and behaviors of a group. As a result of migration, the cultures of both the immigrants and the people living in an area may change. Migration also has economic and political effects, both positive and negative. Cultural Effects When different groups in an area interact, they learn about each other—what they eat, wear, and believe. If people accept these different ideas and behaviors, it adds to the diversity of the group. Diversity Diversity means having many different ways to think about or to do something, or it may refer to a variety of people. Many people believe that having diversity in a group makes it stronger. Earlier you learned about the Bantu-speakiin people and how they spread across southeer Africa. Wherever they settled, the Bantu brought their language and iron-making skills to the people in the region. Even if the Bantu moved on, their language and iron-working techniques remained. So migration changed the existing culture in several ways. Migration does not always benefit the peoppl who move. This is especially true if a group did not want to move. For example, refugees who flee war may be forced into overcrowded camps with little hope of returning home. Another possible result of migration is discrimination discrimination, actions that might be hurtful to an individual or group. For example, the group discriminated against may not be able to get jobs or housing. Economic Effects The arrival of a new group can help or hurt a region’s economy. If more workers are needed or the new workers have special talents, the region’s economy may be improved. This was the case with the Bantu who brought iron-making skills with them. The arrival of large numbers of people sometimes strains a region’s resources. This occurs when, for example, war refugees with limited resources crowd into refugee camps. The living conditions may be very poor and the additional numbers make life in the camps miserabble In 2005, many thousands of people fled their homes as warfare swept Sudan in Africa. The refugees found little shelter, water, or firewood in the camps. In fact, violence often broke out over the Bantu Languages The Bantu spread their languages when they migrated across Africa. Today, about 240 million Africans speak one of the hundreds of Bantu languages as their fi rst language. Some 50 million of them in central and east Africa speak Swahili (swah•HEE•lee), also known as Kiswahili (KEY•swah•HEE•lee). 70 Chapter 3 ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 2 available water. Security and protection for the people in the camps can also become a problem. Governments may not be able to adequately proviid for the refugees or may need to ask other nations to help care for the people. Political Effects The policies of a country or region can be affected by the arrival of immigraants Sometimes immigrants may be viewed as unwanted or dangerous. The government of a country might then support actions to remove the immigrants or allow them to be treated badly in hopes that they will leave. The immigrants may worry about their personal safety and ability to provide for themselves and their families. In the best of times, the new immigrants make contributions to the country and are viewed as assets. For example, many immigrant groups brought valuable skills to the United States and were given the opportunity to become citizens. DRAW CONCLUSIONS Identify positive and negative effects of migration. Water Cans at a Refugee Camp Water is scarce in this African refugee camp. Each day people line up in hopes of getting a supply of water. PUSH FACTORS PULL FACTORS 1. 2. 1. 2. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of • migration • push factor • pull factor • culture USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Compare and Contrast Use your completed chart to answer the following question: Which factors do you think are more powerful in encouraging migration? KEY IDEAS 3. What has been a major push factor in migration since earliest times? 4. Which form of internal migration has affected most countries? 5. What are the three ways that migration affects people and lands? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Analyze Causes and Effects How do push-pull factors work together? 7. Summarize How is a culture affected by migration? 8. CONNECT to Today What are the pull factors that would attract people to move to your community? 9. HISTORY Create a Push-Pull Poster Choose two immigrant groups that came to the United States at any time in its history. Create a poster with images to show where they came from, what pushed them from their homeland, and what pulled them to the United States. Human Geography 713 S E CTI ON GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES natural resource natural resource something that is found in nature that is necessary or useful to humans economy economy a system for producing and exchanging goods and services among a group of people economic system economic system a way people use resources to make and exchange goods command economy command economy an economic system in which the production of goods and serviice is decided by a central government market economy market economy an economic system in which the production of goods and services is decided by supply and the demand of consumers Gross Domestic Product (GDP) Gross Domestic Product (GDP) the total value of all the goods and services produced in a country in a year export export a product or resource sold to another country import import a product or resource that comes into a country specialization specialization a focus on producing a limited number of a specific products BACKGROUND VOCABULARY raw material raw material an unprocessed natural resource that will be converted to a finished product Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Migration changes places and regions by introducing new people and cultures. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Economic activities in an area depend on the presence of natural resources. Reading Strategy Re-create the chart shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the chart to categorize important details about types of economic systems. Skillbuilder Handbook, page R7 CATEGORIZEECONOMIC SYSTEMS Traditional Market Command Mixed 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 72 Chapter 3SPAIN ECONOMICS Connecting to Your World What natural resources are found in your area? A natural resource natural resource is somethhin found in nature that is necessary or useful to humans. Forests, minerra deposits, and fresh water are examples of natural resources. Often, the presence of natural resources attracts people to a particular area. Think about how important natural resources are to your life, to your communiity and to your country. How are they being used, and how long will they last? Natural Resources KEY QUESTION What are the different types of natural resources? Natural resources are essential for economic development, but resources are not equally distributed around the world. People learn to use the resources in their own areas to their best advantage. However, just because a natural resource is present does not mean it can or will be used. People in some countries may not have the technology to take the resource and turn it into usable products. For example, iron ore is useless until technology turns it into iron and steel products. Technology changes over time, making the value of resources change as well. Copper Mine This copper mine in Spain has been produccin copper since Roman times. SECTION3 73 Resources and EconomicsCONNECT PACIFIC OCEAN ATLANTIC OCEAN INDIAN OCEAN PACIFIC OCEAN ARCTIC OCEAN 0° 20°N 20°S 40°S 60°W 100°W 140°W 40°N 60°N NORTH AMERICA SOUTH AMERICA AUSTRALIA AFRICA ASIA EUROPE Robinson Projection Coal Natural gas Petroleum Uranium Bauxite Copper Gold Iron ore Silver Energy Resources Minerals Geographers divide natural resources into three main categoriies renewable, non-renewable, and unlimited. Renewable resources are those that nature can replace, such as trees or plants. Unlimited resources are things such as sunlight and wind—these never run out and often are used to produce energy. Non-renewable resources can’t be easily replaced, so when they are used up, there aren’t additional resources. Minerals and fuels like coal and oil fall into this category. CATEGORIZE Identify three basic types of resources. Natural Resources The map below shows the location of some major non-renewable resources. When supplies of these resources are gone, countries relying on them for their economies will have to change their economic focus. Geography & Economics Types of Resources Renewable Non-Renewable Unlimited • Can be replaced through natural processes • Examples are trees, animals, and other living things. • Can be lost if they are used faster than they can be replaced • Can’t be replaced once they have been removed from the ground • Examples are metals, such as gold and iron, and fossil fuels, such as oil and coal. • Once they are used up, these resources are gone forever. • Resources used to produce energy • Examples are sunlight, geothermal heat, winds, and tides. • Always available no matter what amount is used CRITICAL THINKING Draw Conclusions Which of the three categories of natural resources are likely to be most desirable? 74 Chapter 3Economic Systems KEY QUESTION What are the four basic economic systems? An economy economy consists of the production and exchange of goods and services among a group of people. Economies exist at the local, regional, national, and international levels. Economic systems Economic systems are different ways that people use resources to make and exchange goods and services. Four basic economic systems are traditioonal command, market, and mixed. Traditional economy Goods and serviice are traded, but money is rarely exchanged. This process is called “barteer and is the oldest economic system. It is not used much today. Command economy A command command economy economy is one in which production of goods and services is decided by a central government. The government usually owns most of the resources and businesses that make the producct or provide the services. This type of economy is also called a planned economy. Market economy When the production of goods and services is determined by the supply and the demand of consumers it is called a market economy market economy. It is also known as a demand economy, or capitalism. This is the type of economy found in the United States. Mixed economy In this economy, a combination of command and market economies provides goods and services. Economic activities are all the different ways that people make a living under these economic systems, including manufacturing, agricultture fishing, and providing services. Some countries have a wide mix of economic activities while others may have only one or two main economic activities. SUMMARIZE Name the four basic types of economic systems. Food Market in Vietnam Supply and demand help determine which products will be sold. How is this market different from most food markets in the United States? Human Geography 75COMPARING Measuring Economic Development KEY QUESTION How is economic development measured? To measure economic development, geographers may look at such figures as literacy, health information, life expectancy, or the value of a country’s economy. One of the most important measures used is Gross Domestic Product (GDP). The Gross Domestic Product (GDP) Gross Domestic Product (GDP) measures the total value of all the goods and services produced in a country in a year. Countries are divided into two categories based on economic development: developing or developed nations. Developing Nations These nations have low GDP and few econoomi activities. Many people raise food or animals to survive and have little or no machinery or advanced technology to do the work. Developed Nations These nations have high GDP and many econoomi activities, especially business and information processing, and a lot of high-level technology. Food is grown on commercial farms, and most people work in offices and factories. COMPARE Identify information used to measure development. Economic Development * official exchange rate Source: CIA World Factbook, 2006 CRITICAL THINKING Compare and Contrast How can you tell Uruguay has developed more than Burkina Faso? Geographers use many different measurements to look at the development level of a country’s economy. Here is a comparison of some developing nations and some developed nations. Status GDP GDP/Person In US Dollars* Infant Mortality (1000 Live Births) Life Expectancy (At Birth) Literacy Rate (Percent) Burkina Faso developing 5.4 billion 1,300 91.4 48.9 26.6 India developing 719.8 billion 3,400 54.6 64.7 59.5 Uruguay developing 13.2 billion 9,600 11.6 76.3 98.0 Germany developed 2.8 trillion 30,400 4.1 78.8 99.0 Japan developed 4.9 trillion 31,500 3.2 81.3 99.0 United States developed 12.5 trillion 42,000 6.4 77.9 99.0 Brazilian coffee bean worker 76 Chapter 3ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 3 ECONOMIC SYSTEMS Traditional Market Command Mixed 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. World Trade KEY QUESTION Why do countries trade with one another? Early trade networks started because people who did not have certain resources, such as salt, wanted them. For trade to happen, nations usually have to give up some of their resources in exchange. Products or resources sold to other countries are called exports exports. Products or resources that come into a country are called imports imports. For example, U.S.-made mining equipment sold to Brazil is an export of the United States. Brazilian coffee sold to the United States is a U.S. import. A country may choose to focus on producing only one or two producct or resources and exclude other economic activities. This practice is called specialization specialization. Countries specialize because it allows them to trade for products they can’t produce themselves. For example, a country may sell cocoa beans or wheat or iron ore in exchange for machinery, or chemicals, or electronic goods. In general, developing nations specialize in raw materials raw materials or low-cost items, while developed nations sell high-level technology goods or services. This focus leads to interdependence between countries. When countries produce the same trade items, competition results. FIND MAIN IDEAS Explain why nations trade. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of • economic system • Gross Domestic Product (GDP) • export • import USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Categorize Use your completed chart to answer the following question: In which economic system are the production of goods and services determined by consumer demand? KEY IDEAS 3. What is a natural resource? 4. What are the four basic economic systems? 5. What is the difference between an export and an import? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Summarize How do geographers divide countries into developed and developing nations? 7. Compare and Contrast How are command and market economic systems different? 8. CONNECT to Today What natural resources are located in your area and how are they used? 9. TECHNOLOGY Create a Multimedia Presentation Use the Internet to study the imports and exports of the United States or another country. Plan a slide show about major exports and what countries buy them and major imports and what countries sell them. OSTRICH MEAT EXPORTS Chile is known for its major exports of copper, fruit, and paper. But it has added a new export— ostrich meat—that is bringing in more than 17 billion dollars per year. This nontraditional export is bringing money and jobs to Chile. Human Geography 774 S E CTI ON GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED People have different ways to use and trade the Earth’s natural resources. NOW YOU WILL LEARN The world is divided into many political regions and organizations. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES government government an organization set up to make and enforce rules for a society citizen citizen a person who owes loyalty to a country and receives its protection representative democracy representative democracy a type of government in which citizens hold political power through elected representatives monarchy monarchy a type of government in which a ruling family headed by a king or queen holds political power oligarchy oligarchy (AHL•ih•GAHR•kee) a type of government in which a small group of people holds power dictatorship dictatorship a type of government in which an individual holds complete political power communism communism a type of government in which the Communist Party holds all political power and controls the economy Reading Strategy Re-create the chart shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the chart to categorize important details about types of government. See Skillbuilder Handbook, page R7 Visual Vocabulary monarchy (The queen of Denmark) CATEGORIZE RULER BASIS OF RULE Democracy Monarchy Dictatorship Oligarchy Communism 78 Chapter 3Washington, D.C. UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT Connecting to Your World You live in one of nearly 200 countries in the world. Some countries are tiny when compared to the United States; others are larger in physical size or in population. All countries have one thing in common—a government. A government government is an organization set up to make and enforce rules for a group of people. It has authority over the land within its boundaries. Types of Government KEY QUESTION What types of government operate around the world? Government is needed to provide security, make and enforce the laws, furnish the services that keep a country running, and protect the rights of citizens. A citizen citizen is a person who owes loyalty to a country and receives its protectiion The government also acts on behalf of the people in the country when it deals with other countries. As you have read, all countries have some type of government. The types differ mainly over how much power the people have. Some countries are ruled by a single person, others by a small group, and still others are ruled by many people. U.S. Capitol Building This is the official seat of government for the country. SECTION4 Passport An official document that allows a person to travel abroad. 79 Why We Need GovernmentCOMPARING Generally, the type of government a country has falls into one of the following categories: Representative Democracy Citizens hold political power and rule through elected representatives. In a representative democracy representative democracy, such as the United States, representatives create laws for all the people. If the people object to the laws, they can work to change the laws or change the representatives through elections. Monarchy In a monarchy monarchy, a ruling family headed by a king, queen, emperor, or sultan holds political power. Power may or may not be shared with citizens. Saudi Arabia is an example of a traditional monarchy, in which the monarch has complete power. The United Kingdom is a constitutional monarchy, in which the monarch’s power is limited by a constitution. Oligarchy A government where a small group of people holds power, usually because of their wealth, military strength, family connections, political influence, or privilege, is called an oligarchy oligarchy. The military government of the country of Burma is an oligarchy. Dictatorship In a dictatorship dictatorship, an individual holds complete political power. North Korea is an example. Communism In communism communism, all political power and control of the economy is held by the government, which is controlled by the Communist Party. The government controls all economic goods and services. Cuba is an example. Governments CRITICAL THINKING Evaluate In which type of government do citizens have the most power? OLIGARCHY • Rule by a small group of citizens • Rule is based on wealth or privilege. • Ruling group controls military. COMMUNISM • Rule by the Communist Party on behalf of the people • Government owns all economic goods and services. • Citizens have little power to change government. MONARCHY • Rule by a king or queen • Rule is hereditary. • May share power through a constitution TYPES OF GOVERNMENT DEMOCRACY • Rule by citizens through elected officials • Rule is based on citizenship. • Majority rules DICTATORSHIP • Rule by a single individual • Ruler controls military. • Citizens have little power to change government. 80 Chapter 3There are also different levels of government. The national government oversees the entire country. Countries often have smaller governmental units like state or provincial governments and local governments. Each of these political units deals with specific aspects of life at the state or local level. DRAW CONCLUSIONS What are the major types of government? Being an Active Citizen KEY QUESTION What are your most important responsibilities as a citizen? As a citizen in a democracy, you have important responsibilities. These responsibilities fall into two categories—personal and community. Personal responsibilities involve your personal behavior and relationships with others. They include taking care of yourself, helping your family, knowing right from wrong, and behaving in a respectful way. Community responsibilities involve the government and your communnity They include obeying the law, voting, paying taxes, serving on a jury, and defending your country. Being an informed citizen means you need to make yourself aware of the issues in an election and the positiion held by the candidates running for office. You can also make elected officials aware of your concerns. EVALUATE Which responsibilities of a citizen apply to you? As a young person, you can be a good citizen in a number of ways. Notice that some responsibilities are especially for people under 18, and some are specifically for those over 18. And all citizens have some responsibilities in common. CRITICAL THINKING Draw Conclusions Which of the responsibilitiie shown are community responsibilities? Responsibilities of a U.S. Citizen Iraqi Woman Voter This woman shows a purple finger, the sign she has voted. The 2005 election was the first free election in Iraq in 50 years. How might having a democratic government change this woman’s life? ALL AGES • Obey rules and laws • Be tolerant of others • Pay taxes • Volunteer for a cause • Stay informed about issues OVER 18 • Vote • Serve on a jury • Defend the country UNDER 18 • Attend and do well in school • Take responsibility for one’s behavior • Help one’s family Human Geography 81ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 4 International Organizations KEY QUESTION Why are international organizations formed? Countries may join with other nations to form organizations to promote common goals. These organizations might have military, econommic or political goals. Sometimes, countrrie in a region will form an organization. One example, the Tsunami Warning System (TWS), is a group of 26 nations with coasts or territories on the Pacific Ocean. The TWS was organized to gather information about and send out warnings of these dangerous oceanni events. Other groups are organized to promote economic developmment such as the Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS). The largest international organization in the world is the United Nations (UN). Nearly 200 countries belong to this organization. Its members work to improve political, cultural, educational, health, and economic conditions around the world. SUMMARIZE Explain why nations form international organizations. United Nations Security Council This part of the UN deals with political situatiion that pose a threat to its members. Why might a nation want to join an organization like the UN? USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Compare and Contrast Use your completed chart to answer the following question: In which form of government is power held by a small group of people? KEY IDEAS 3. What are the five types of government? 4. What civic responsibilities does a citizen have? 5. What is the main reason for creating a regional or international organization? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Draw Conclusions Why do people form governments? 7. Make Inferences Why do local governments exist? 8. CONNECT to Today Identify the name of your state and local governments, and explain what each does. 9. WRITING Write a Web Log Entry Imagine that someone living under a different system of government has been critical of democracy on a web log. Write a response telling the reasons why you support your form of government. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of • government • citizen • representative democracy • dictatorship RULER BASIS OF RULE Democracy Monarchy Dictatorship Oligarchy Communism 82 Chapter 33 7 6 10 14 19 11 population density Use the Terms & Names list to complete each sentence on paper or online. NAME GAME Crossword Puzzle 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to complete these and other activities online @ClassZone.com For Review and Study Notes, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 1. I am the average number of people who live in a specific area. _____________________________________ 2. I am something that is found in nature that is necessary or useful to humans. _____________ 3. I am the process of relocating to a new region. _____________________________________ 4. I am an organization set up to make and enforce rules for society. ________________________ 5. I am the growth in the number of people living in urban areas. _________________________ 6. I am the way people use resources to make and exchange goods. ________________________ 7. I am a reason that attracts people to another area. _________________________________ 8. I am a type of government in which citizens hold political power. _________________________ 9. I am a product or resource sold to another country. _______________________________ 10. I am a person who owes loyalty to a country and receives its protection. ____________________ citizen democracy export economic system government Gross Domestic Product immigrant import migration natural resource population population density pull factor push factor urbanization CHAPTER SUMMARY Key Idea 1 People are not equally distributed on the Earth’s surface. Key Idea 2 People move from one place to another to meet their needs for certain resources. Key Idea 3 Economic activities in an area depend on the presence of natural resources. Key Idea 4 The world is divided into many political regions and organizations. Complete an online crossword puzzle to test your knowledge of human geography. ACROSS 1. something found in nature that is useful to humans Flip Cards ? a type of government in which a ruling family headed by a k i ng or qu een holds political power Use the online flip cards to quiz yourself on the terms and names introduced in this chapter. Monarchy 83VOCABULARY Explain the significance of each of the following. 1. urbanization 2. population density 3. economic system 4. Gross Domestic Product (GDP) Explain how the terms and names in each group are related. 5. immigrant, push factor, and pull factor 6. democracy, dictatorship, and communism 7. government and citizen KEY IDEAS 1 The Geography of Population 8. Where do most of the world’s people live? 9. What are three factors that influence where people choose to live? 10. How does urbanization occur? 2 Why People Move 11. What are two main push factors and two main pull factors of migration? 12. How do internal and external migrations differ? 13. What are two cultural effects of migration? 3 Resources and Economics 14. What types of resources are renewable? Nonrenewwable 15. In what ways is a mixed economy like both market and command economies? 16. What two categories do geographers use to refer to a country’s level of economic development? 4 How Governments Work 17. What is a government? 18. What are three characteristics of a democracy? 19. What is the largest international organization in the world, and why was it formed? CRITICAL THINKING 20. Compare and Contrast Create a table to compare and contrast who holds political power in the five systems of government. 21. Analyze Causes and Effects How might migration affect population density? 22. Compare and Contrast What is the difference between a democracy and a dictatorship? 23. Connect to Economics Why do countries need to engage in trade? 24. Connect Geography & History Why have people needed to form governments? 25. Five Themes: Movement What might happen when a group of people brings their culture to a new area? How do natural resources affect a country’s population distribution and economy? Written Response Write a two-or threeparaagrap response to the Essential Question. Be sure to consider the key ideas of each section as well as specific ideas about population distribution and economics. Use the rubric below to guide your thinking. Response Rubric A strong response will: • explain why natural resources influence population distribution • discuss how natural resources impact an economy Answer the ESSENTIAL QUESTION Assessment C H A P T E R TYPE OF GOVERNMENT WHO HOLDS POWER 3 84 Chapter 3Bordeaux Toulouse Lyon Grenoble Nice Marseille Nantes Lille Strasbourg Paris N S E W Aerospace Chemicals Electronics Textiles Vehicles Birth Rates Country Rank Out of 226 Birth Rate per 1000 Niger 1 50.73 Tajikistan 49 32.65 Ecuador 90 22.29 Vietnam 131 16.86 United States 155 14.14 Italy 222 8.72 Source: CIA World Factbook, 2006 THEMATIC MAP Use the map to answer questions 1 and 2 on your paper. 1. Which of the industries shown on the map is not present at Lyon? A. aerospace B. chemicals C. electronics D. vehicles 2. In which part of France are the fewest industries located? A. northern B. central C. eastern D. southern CHART Use the information in the chart to briefly answer questions 3 and 4 on your paper. 3. How does the birth rate of Niger compare with that of Italy? 4. How does the United States’ rate compare with that of Vietnam? Major Industries of France 1. INTERDISCIPLINARY ACTIVITY—ECONOMICS With a small group, come up with a list of 10 products that you use daily, such as a computer. Research these products to find out where they are produced. Create a slide show that displays the product and the country or countries that produce it. 2. WRITING FOR SOCIAL STUDIES Reread the part of Section 1 that discusses population geography. Write a series of newspaper headlines that tell the story of the growth of the world’s population. Arrange them in chronological order on a poster. 3. MENTAL MAPPING Create an outline map of your state. Label the sites of the following: • the state government • your county government • your community government STANDARDS–BASED ASSESSMENT • Online Test Practice @ClassZone.com • Test-Taking Strategies and Practice at the front of this book Human Geography 85CONNECT Geography & History CULTURE 1 What Is Culture? CULTURE 2 How Does Culture Change? People and Culture ESSENTIAL QUESTION How does culture develop and how does it shape our lives? Use the map and the time line to answer the following questions. 1. Which early cultural centers are found in Africa? 2. One of the world’s oldest religions developed in the Indus River valley. What is the religion? Economics 8000 B.C. Development of agriculture (Early farm tools) Economics 9000 B.C. Domestication of animals begins. Culture 5000 B.C. First cities develop. (Home in early city) C H A P T E R 9000 B.C. N S E W 4 86 Chapter 4MESOAMERICA WEST AFRICA ANDEAN AMERICA NILE VALLEY MESOPOTTAMI INDUS VALLEY NORTH CHINA 0 1000 0 1000 2000 kilometers 2000 miles Robinson Projection Spread of ideas Culture 3000 B.C. First system of writing is in use. (Cuneiform tablet) 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to explore elements of human culture @ClassZone.com GEOGRAPHY Early Cultural Centers Government 1792 B.C. Hammurabi’s code of law develops in the Babylonian Empire. Culture 1500 B.C. One of the world’s oldest major religions, Hinduism, begins to develop. (Ganesha, a Hindu deity) 1000 B.C. Andean vessel West African leopard statue Ancient Chinese coin 871 S E CTI ON Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED People organize themselves into groups to control specific areas of the Earth and the people who live there. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Human beings are members of social groups that have shared and unique behaviors and attitudes. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES culture culture shared attitudes, knowledge, and behaviors of a group anthropologist anthropologist (AN•thruh•PAHL•uh•jihst) a scientist who studies culture ethnic group ethnic group a people that shares a languaage customs, and a common heritage religion religion an organized system of beliefs and practices, often centered on one or more gods language language human communication, either written, spoken, or signed language family language family a group of languages that have a common origin BACKGROUND VOCABULARY missionary missionary a person sent to do religious work in another land Reading Strategy Re-create the web diagram shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the diagram to find main ideas about culture. See Skillbuilder Handbook, page R4 GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Visual Vocabulary anthropologist FIND MAIN IDEASCULTURE 88 Chapter 4Newspaper Rock UTAH Connecting to Your World How does your daily life compare to the lives of students in other parts of the world? Maybe you get up, have cereal for breakfast, and then walk to school. A young person your age in a rural area in Africa may have to work in the fields. When your school day ends, you may have sports or club activities before you go home. If you lived in China’s crowded capital of Beijing, you might go home to your family’s one-room apartment, where you would study or watch television. Culture: A Way of Life KEY QUESTION What is culture? People meet their basic needs in many different ways. This is because each society has its own culture. Culture Culture is the shared attitudes, knowledge, and behaviors of a group. It is the total way of life held in common by a speciifi group of people. Culture includes language, religion, art, and music. It also includes how a group of people live, what work they do, what food they eat, what beliefs they hold, and how they use the environment to meet their needs. Cultures also create social customs and technologies to solve problems. A culture unites people by helping them to understand their world and to relate to others in the group or those outside the group. Culture is passed from generation to generation. SECTION1 Newspaper Rock, Utah For perhaps 2,000 years, native peoples and passerrsb have carved symbols into this sandstone rock. CULTURE 89 What Is Culture?ANALYZING Primary Sources Elements of Culture Scientists called anthropologists anthropologists study cultuure They have found that there are basic elements for all cultures. These include language, religion, certain foods and clothing, arts and crafts, technology, and government. Cultural elements also include a group’s common practices, its shared understandings, and its social organization. The way a group uses these elements is what makes its culture unique, or one of a kind. Geographers study where different cultures are located and how they interact with their environment. Every culture contains smaller social groups. The family is the smallest and most basic unit of a culture. Sometimes a culture includes ethnic groups. An ethnic group ethnic group is a people that shares a language, customs, and a common heritage. Mexican Americans and Korean Americans are examples of ethnic groups that are part of the larger culture region that is the United States. Learning Culture People are not born with cultural knowledge— they learn it from family, friends, and others. Generally, people learn culture in two ways: by observing others in their culture, and from direct teaching. Think about how you learned to speak. At first, you learned from listening to others and by imitating them. Later, when you went to school, you were directly taught the language, so that you could not only speak it, but write and read it too. FIND MAIN IDEAS Identify the elements of culture. DOCUMENT–BASED QUESTION What point is Césaire making about the role of culture in life? Aimé Césaire (born 1913), a poet and political leader, was born in Martinique, a French island in the West Indies. He helped to found the Negritude movement. Its purpose was to glorify traditional African culture and identity. Culture is everything. Culture is the way we dress, the way we carry our heads, the way we walk, the way we tie our ties—it is not only the fact of writing books or building houses. Source: Aimé Césaire, speech to the World Congress of Black Writers and Artists, Paris, France, 1956 90Journal Entry Think about the culture in which you live. What objects might best represent parts of your culture? Record your ideas in your journal. Family, Friends, and School Family and friends teach us social customs, values, religious and political beliefs, and the basics of living with others. At school, students learn about their culture and the cultures of others. Government Some of the most directed cultural learning comes from the government. It provides schools to instruct young people in the customs and traditions of their culture. Religious Institutions Personal values and religious beliefs help people learn to live with others. Media Media, such as television, the Internet, music, books, magazines, and newspapers, help communicate what is happening in our society and in the world around us. How Culture Is Learned We learn about common practices, shared understandings, and social organization from direct teaching and from observing cultural practices. Family and friends, school, the media, the government, and religious institutions all help us learn our culture. Culture and Your World To learn more about how culture is learned, go to the Activity Center @ClassZone.com CONNECT to Your Life People and Culture 91COMPARING World Religions and Culture KEY QUESTION What role does religion have in a culture? Because religion has such an influence on people’s lives, it is an important element in most cultures. Religion Religion is an organized system of beliefs and practices, often centered on one or more gods. Religion establishes beliefs and values. These beliefs and values guide people’s behaviors toward each other and toward the environment. Types of Religions There are thousands of religions in the world, but many religions have common elements. These elements may include specific behaviors to be practiced, important dates and ritualls holy books, and standards of proper behavior. Religions are often divided into three types—those with a belief in one god, those with a belief in more than one god, and those with a belief in divine forces in nature. The five major world religions are Buddhism, Christianity, Hinduism, Islam, and Judaism, as described in the chart below. You will learn more about them in other chapters of this book and in the World Religions handbook at the back of this text. World Religions RELIGION BASIC BELIEFS TEACHER OR LEADER FOLLOWERS Buddhism Followers can achieve enlightenment by understanding the Four Noble Truths and following the Eightfold Path. Siddhartha Gautama, the Buddha 379 million Christianity There is only one God. Jesus is the Son of God. Jesus’ death and resurrection made eternal life possible. Jesus of Nazareth 2.1 billion Hinduism The soul never dies but is continually reborn until it becomes enlightened. Enlightenment comes after people free themselves from earthly desires. no one leader 860 million Islam There is only one God. Persons achieve salvation by following the Five Pillars of Islam and living a just life. Muhammad 1.3 billion Judaism There is only one God. According to believers, God loves and protects his people, but then holds them accountable for their sins. Abraham 15.1 million A Chinese-Buddhist Enlightened Being 92Roman Catholic Protestant Eastern Orthodox Sunni Shi’ite Islam Christianity Others Buddhism Hinduism Judaism Other Spread of Religion Over the centuries, religions have spread from their points of origin to the rest of the world. All of the world’s major religions began in Asia and moved to other continents. At first, religiiou beliefs were carried to different places by followers of the religiio or traders. Later, missionaries missionaries, people sent to do religious work in other lands, spread their faiths. For example, Christianity began in Southwest Asia and was spread throughout the world by missionariees Still later, immigrants brought their religious beliefs with them as they moved to other countries. In some lands, traditional religions have been practiced for as long as people have lived in a culture group. In areas where there has been little immigration, most of the people have the same religion. In countries where there has been much immigration, several religions might be practiced. This is the case in the United States, where all the world’s major religions and many others are practiced. In fact, the United States has more religious groups than any other country in the world, although the two largest groups are Protestant and Roman Catholic. SUMMARIZE Explain the role religion has in culture. CRITICAL THINKING Compare and Contrast Which religions are found in South America? 93Arctic Circle Tropic of Cancer Equator Tropic of Capricorn Antarctic Circle 30°N 60°N 0° 30°S 60°S 60°E 30°E 0° 30°W 60°W 90°W 150°W 120°W PAC I F I C OCEAN AT L A N T I C OCEAN I N D I A N OCEAN PAC I F I C OCEAN ARCTIC OCEAN 0 1,500 0 1,500 3,000 kilometers Robinson Projection 3,000 miles NS E W African Afro-Asiatic Amerindian Dravidian Indo-European Japanese and Korean Malayo-Polynesian Sino-Tibetan Ural-Asiatic Other Uninhabited World Languages and Culture KEY QUESTION Why is language important? Language is the way cultural values and traditions are passed from one generation to another. Language Language is human communication either written, spoken, or signed, such as American Sign Language. Your family and teachers use language to help you understand your world and how to live in it. Because language relates to all aspects of life, it helps a people to establish a cultural identity. Sharing the same language is also important to a culture’s sense of unity. Sometimes, if more than one language is spoken in an area, people don’t feel connected to each other. In Canada, for example, both English and French are spoken. As a result, at times English-and French-speaking Canadians experience conflict. Language Families Geographers believe that there are between 3,000 and 6,500 languages in the world today. India, for example, has 18 official languages, and more than 800 other languages are spoken there. Some of the world’s languages are spoken by only a few World Language Families Today CONNECT Geography & Culture Place Which language families are found in North America? 94 Chapter 4􀀕Namasté 􀀻􀁃􀁑􀁀􀁕􀁒􀁓Gei Sou 􀀽􀁚􀁡􀁡􀁤 􀀺􀁰􀁟􀁛􀁤􀀖􀀺􀁥􀁘􀁨􀁯􀀖 􀀤􀁉􀁁􀀀􀀤􀁈􀁕􀁉􀁔 Buon Giorno thousand people. Other languages have millions of speakers. The language with the largest number of native speakers is Mandarin Chinese, spoken by an estimated 885 million people, mostly in China. English is the most widespread language in the world. Scholars have arranged the world’s languages into 11 main languuag families. A language family language family is a group of languages that have a common origin. English is in the Indo-European language family, the most widespread language family. An estimated one-half of the world’s population speaks an Indo-European language. Spread and Change of Language Geographers study how languaage are distributed throughout the world as a way to learn more about cultures. Like religion and other elements of culture, language spreads in many ways. People bring their language and their culture with them when they move from place to place. Indo-European languaages such as English, Dutch, Portuguese, Spanish, and French, were carried to all parts of the world by European explorers and colonists. Language not only spreads, it also changes. Language changes when people interact and borrow words from one another. Change also happens when people need new words to express new ideas or to represent new objects or activities, such as weblog, or blog. FIND MAIN IDEAS Explain why language is important to culture. INDO–EUROPEAN LANGUAGES All of the above greetings come to you from the same language family— Indo-European. These words are variations of hello in English, Italian, Russian, Polish, Hindi, Greek, and Irish. These seven languages are a part of more than 400 in this language family. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of • culture • ethnic group • religion • language USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Summarize Use your completed chart to answer the following question: Why is language important in a culture? KEY IDEAS 3. What are the basic elements of culture? 4. What are the five major religions of the world? 5. How are the world’s languages organized? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Draw Conclusions Why is religion an important part of a group’s culture? 7. Sequence Events How does culture pass from one generation to the next? 8. CONNECT to Today What are the most influential elements in the culture of the United States? 9. WRITING Write a Brief Description Choose a cultural group. Write a description that includes information on cultural elements, such as religion, language, government, technology, arts and crafts, and food and clothing. ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 1 CULTURE People and Culture 952 S E CTI ON Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED People belong to specific groups that share a common culture. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Cultures do not remain the same but change over time. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES agricultural revolution agricultural revolution the shift from gathering food to raising food innovation innovation something new that is introduuce for the first time technology technology people’s application of knowledge, tools, and inventions to meet their needs diffusion diffusion the spread of ideas, inventions, and patterns of behavior from one group to another cultural hearth cultural hearth an area where a culture originated and spread to other areas BACKGROUND VOCABULARY domestication domestication the raising and tending of a plant or animal to be of use to humans nomad nomad a person who has no set home but moves from place to place in search of food for animals Reading Strategy Re-create the diagram at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the diagram to analyze the causes and effects of cultural change. Skillbuilder Handbook, page R8 ANALYZE CAUSE AND EFFECT GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Visual Vocabulary nomad group CULTURAL CHANGE Innovation 1. 2. Diffusion 1. 2. 96 Chapter 4CULTURE Connecting to Your World Think about all the information and communication tools you have in your daily life. Did you include cell phones, mp3 players, DVDs, digitta cameras, or laptop computers? When your parents were your age, none of these devices were available to them. These improvements in technology have changed the ways many people live their lives—and this change has taken place in only one generation. Cultural change happens much more rapidly now than it did in the past. Culture Change and Exchange KEY QUESTION How does culture change? Culture changes over time. The changes may be very slow or quite rapid. Some changes are simple, such as changes in clothing styles. Other changes are more complex, such as the agricultural revolution. In the agricultural revolution agricultural revolution, which happened thousands of years ago, humans shifted from gathering food to raising food. Because the food source was more reliable, fewer people were needed for raising food, and ways of life changed. Two ways that culture changes are through innovation and diffusion. Camels Go to Pasture Traditional ways are replaced by modern ones. Zulu Girl, South Africa, with Cell Phone SECTION2 97 Image not available for electronic use. Please refer to the image in the textbook.COMPARING Innovation Something new that is introduced for the first time is called an innovation innovation. New ideas, inventions, and patterns of behavior are types of innovations that change a culture. The computer is an example of an invention that changed cultures in the United States and around the world. Innovation may take place by accident, or it may be deliberate. The prehistoric control of fire was probably an accideent but it forever changed the way people lived. However, the use of existing resources and technology to solve an old or a new problem is a deliberate innovation. Technology Technology refers to people’s application of knowledge, tools, and inventions to meet their needs. Some innovations can dramatically change the way people live. The domestication of wild plants thousands of years ago was such a change. Domestication Domestication means to raise or to tend plants or animals to be of use to humans. Dependence on agriculture resulted in more densely populated settlements. Like most cultural changes, the agricultural revolution led to other changes. These settled societies needed to be organized differently from groups of nomads nomads, who had no set home but moved from place to place to find food for their animals. This led to more innovations. For example, people needed to find ways to water crops in the field and to store the food once harvested. Look at the pictures below to see how different cultures used the resources and technology available to them to solve a storage problem. New or different tools were also needed to farm the land. Storage Unit Innovations Clay Pot Where clay was plentiful, clay pots served as storage units. 1. What would be the advantage of a clay pot for storage? Basket Woven grass or reeds created light, portable storage units. 2. Why would this material be used for storage? Leather Bag Hides made into bags made storage units easy to transport. 3. What would be a disadvantage of this type of storage? 98 NORTH AMERICA SOUTH AMERICA EUROPEAFRICA ASIA AUSTRALIA By 5000 B.C. By 3000 B.C. By 500 B.C. Agriculture established 00 1000 2000 kilometers 1000 2000 miles CONNECT Diffusion The spread of ideas, inventions, and patterns of behavior from one group to another is called diffusion diffusion. Whenever a group of people comes in contact with another group, diffusion is possible. The spread of agriculture is an early example of diffusion. The spread of U.S. fast-food restaurants around the world is a modern example. In early times, traders often brought new ideas and inventiion to other cultures. Written language, the use of coins, and religiiou beliefs all moved along ancient trade routes. Missionaries and invaders also carried cultural elements with them. Geographers study diffusion to see patterns in the development of cultures across the Earth’s surface. One pattern they have observed is diffusion from cultural hearths. A cultural hearth cultural hearth is an area with an advanced culture from which ideas or technology spread. The map above shows where early cultural hearths existed. In the past, the spread of culture was usually slow because of geograaphi barriers. Large bodies of water, mountains, or deserts often made it difficult for people to interact with others. Sometimes politicca boundaries limited contact between peoples. In today’s world, it’s almost impossible to avoid some kind of interaction with other groups of people. Satellite television, the Internet, and other forms of mass communication speed new ideas, practices, and inventions around the globe. FIND MAIN IDEAS Identify the ways that culture changes. The Spread of Agriculture The spread of agriculture is the most significant change in human history. Having available food year-round allowed people to settle and eventually to develop specialized labor and cities. CRITICAL THINKING 1. Human-Environment Interaction Which continent did not have agriculture established by 500 B.C? 2. Region Look for river valleys on the map. What role did river valleys most likely play in the spread of agriculture? Geography & Culture People and Culture 99Accepting Cultural Change KEY QUESTION Is cultural change always accepted? Over time, people come in contact with different ideas, inventions, or patterns of behavior. If a cultural exchange takes place, the culture begins to change. Sometimes this change is slow, and people just become used to the change. When the effects of cultural change— such as a new food source or a tool—are positive, the lives of the group may improve. But sometimes an innovation is unacceptable, such as use of lands or animals sacred to a group. Sometimes a group may need to decide if the change would help or harm their society. For example, in the United States, the Amish choose not to drive cars, not to have electriciit in their homes, and to send their children to private, one-room schoolhouses. They do this because they reject the impact of modern life on their way of life. Change may sometimes be forced on a group. This often happens when a region is invaded. For example, Spanish conquerors pressed their culture on the native peoples of the Americas in the 1500s. MAKE GENERALIZATIONS Explain why some cultural changes might be rejected. USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Analyze Cause and Effect Use your completed web diagram to answer the following question: What role do cultural hearths play in changing cultures? KEY IDEAS 3. What are two ways that bring about cultural change? 4. How does deliberate innovation take place? 5. What three groups helped to spread culture in earlier times? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Make Inferences What are some reasons why a group may accept cultural change? 7. Draw Conclusions How has mass communication changed the way culture spreads? 8. CONNECT to Today How has the United States been affected by cultural exchange in recent times? 9. TECHNOLOGY Make a Multimedia Presentation Plan a power presentation slide show illustrating three inventions in transportation and three in communication that brought cultural change. Each slide should have a visual of the invention and a description of the change. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of • innovation • technology • diffusion • cultural hearth ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 2 Amish Transportation Amish people choose not to drive automobiles, but use horse-drawn vehicles. CULTURAL CHANGE Innovation 1. 2. Diffusion 1. 2. 100 Chapter 43 7 6 10 14 19 11 diffusion diffusion Use the Terms & Names list to complete each sentence on paper or online. 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to complete these and other activities online @ClassZone.com For Review and Study Notes, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com CHAPTER SUMMARY Key Idea 1 Human beings are members of social groups that have shared and unique behaviors and attitudes. Key Idea 2 Cultures do not remain the same but change over time. 1. I am the spread of ideas, inventions, and patterns of behavior from one group to another. _____________________________________ 2. I am a scientist who studies culture. _____________________________________ 3. I am a people that shares a language, customs, and a common heritage. __________________ 4. I am the methods, materials, or tools available to complete a task. ________________________ 5. I am the total way of life held in common by a specific group of people. _________________ 6. I am something new that is introduced for the first time. _____________________________ 7. I am a group of languages that have a common origin. ________________________________ 8. I am an area where the transfer of elements of culture between two groups occurs. _________ 9. I am human communication, either written, spoken, or signed. ______________________ 10. I am an organized system of beliefs in a god or gods and a set of practices. _______________ agricultural revolution anthropologist culture cultural hearth diffusion domestication ethnic group innovation language language family missionary nomad religion technology Use the online flip cards to quiz yourself on terms and names introduced in this chapter. Complete an online crossword puzzle to test your knowledge of culture. ACROSS 1. human communication, either written, spoken, or signed Flip Cards Crossword Puzzle NAME GAME anthropologist ? a scientist who studies culture 101Assessment C H A P T E R VOCABULARY Explain the significance of each of the following. 1. culture 2. ethnic group 3. religion 4. language 5. technology Explain how the terms and names in each group are related. 6. culture, religion, and language 7. innovation, diffusion, and cultural hearth 8. domestication and agricultural revolution KEY IDEAS 1 What Is Culture? 9. Why are there different cultures? 10. How do people learn about their culture? 11. What are two of the most important elements of culture? 12. What are the three types of religious beliefs? 13. Why is language important to a culture? 14. How does language change? 2 How Does Culture Change? 15. How does innovation change culture? 16. How does diffusion change culture? 17. What is a cultural hearth? 18. Why was culture change a slow process in earlier times? 19. Why might a people accept a cultural change? 20. In what way is cultural change forced upon a people? CRITICAL THINKING 21. Categorize Create a table to list the factors that have helped or limited cultural change over the years. 22. Make Generalizations What makes each culture unique? 23. Make Inferences Why are families important in a culture? 24. Connect to Economics Why was the agricultural revolution such a dramatic cultural change? 25. Five Themes: Movement How have aspects of culture been spread throughout history? 26. Connect Geography & Culture How important is culture to a person’s sense of identity? HELP LIMIT How does culture develop, and how does it shape our lives? Written Response Write a two-or threeparaagrap response to the Essential Question. Be sure to consider the key ideas of each section and the fact that all human beings are a part of a culture. Response Rubric A strong response will: • explain the nature of culture and its elements • discuss how culture shapes the lives of individuals Answer the ESSENTIAL QUESTION 4 10270°E 80°E 30°N 20°N 10°N Tropic of Cancer Arabian Sea Bay of Bengal I N D I A N OCEAN I N D I A PAKISTAN BANGLADESH BHUTAN NEPAL SRI LANKA MALDIVES Buddhism Christianity Hinduism Islam-Sunni Sikhism Traditional 0 0 100 200 kilometers 100 200 miles N S E W STANDARDS–BASED ASSESSMENT • Online Test Practice @ClassZone.com • Test-Taking Strategies and Practice at the front of this book Languages of Europe Country Languages Spoken Austria German, Slovene, Croatian, Hungarian Belgium Flemish, French, German France French Germany German Netherlands Dutch, Frisian Switzerland German, French, Italian, Romansch Source: Infoplease database 2006 THEMATIC MAP Use the map and your knowledge of geography to answer questions 1 and 2 on your paper. 1. Which of the following countries has a large Buddhist population? A. India B. Sri Lanka C. Bangladesh D. Nepal 2. Which of the following countries has a large population of Muslims? A. Bhutan B. Sri Lanka C. Bangladesh D. India CHART Study the chart below. Use the information in the chart to answer questions 3 and 4. 3. In which countries is a single language spoken? 4. If you only spoke German, in which countries would you need a translator? South Asian Religions 1. INTERDISCIPLINARY ACTIVITY—MATHEMATICS With a small group, research world religions on the Internet. Use a computer program to create a database and a graph showing the three countries with the largest number of members for each of the major religions, and the total population of those countries. 2. WRITING FOR SOCIAL STUDIES Reread the paragraphs on the elements of culture. Then write a paragraph describing the culture of your community. Discuss such elements as religion, language, government, and economic activities. 3. MENTAL MAPPING Create a map of your town or neighborhood showing schools and places of worship. Be sure to include • elementary, middle, and high schools, public and private • any places of worship People and Culture 103104 Unit 2UNIT The United States and Canada Why It Matters: The United States and Canada are two of the largest countries in the world. Because both nations have vast land areas, abundant resources, and well-educated populations, they have become two of the wealthiest countries in the world. Chateau Frontenac in Quebec The United States C H A P T E R Statue of Liberty in New York Meet Kirima Meet Kirima In this unit, you will meet Kirima, a middle-school girl from Nunavut, Canada. Learn more about her on Worldster @ClassZone.com Canada C H A P T E R 2 6 5 105U N IT ATLAS 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 3,855,103 sq. mi. 3,165,630 sq. mi. Canada Continental United States United States 296,410,404 Canada 32,270,500 Population (in millions) Nile (Egypt) 4,160 mi. Missouri 2,466 mi. Mississippi 2,357 mi. Rio Grande 1,885 mi. Mackenzie (Canada) 1,120 mi. World’s Longest Length (in miles) Mt. Everest Nepal-Tibet 29,035 ft. Mt. McKinley United States 20,320 ft. Mt. Logan Canada 19,524 ft. Mt. St. Elias U.S.-Canada 18,008 ft. Mt. Foraker United States 17,400 ft. World’s Tallest U.S. Tallest 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Comparing Data Landmass Rivers Mountains Population The United States and Canada occupy the central and northern four-fifths of the continent of North America. The two countries are bound together not only by physical geography and cultural heritage but also by strong economic and political ties. As you study the maps, notice geographic patterns and specific details about the region. Answer the questions on each map in your notebook. As you study the graphs on this page, compare the landmass, population, rivers, and mountains of Canada with those of the United States (and in a few cases other regions). Then jot down the answers to the following questions in your notebook. Comparing Data 1. How does Canada compare in size to the United States? 2. Approximately how many times larger is the population of the United States than that of Canada? 3. Which U.S. rivers are more than twice as long as the Mackenzie River in Canada? 4. What is the difference in height between the tallest peak in the United States and the tallest peak in Canada? The United States and Canada 2106 Unit 2Gulf of Mexico Hudson Bay Baffin Bay AT L A N T I C OCEAN ARC T I C O C E A N PAC I F I C OCEAN 40°N 20°N 60°N 60°W 100°W 120°W Arctic Circle Tropic of Cancer Los Angeles Dallas Philadelphia Miami New York Toronto Chicago PACIFIC OCEAN 156°W 22°N 20°N 158°W 160°W 0 75 0 75 150 kilometers 150 miles 0 250 0 250 500 kilometers 500 miles N S E W Persons per square mile Over 520 260–519 130–259 25–129 1–240 1. Human-Environment Interaction Where are the areas of greatest population density? 2. Region Which color represents the most widespread population density level in the United States? THINK LIKE A GEOGRAPHER Population Density 107Gulf of Mexico Hudson BayBaffin Bay AT L A N T I C OCEAN PAC I F I C OCEAN ARC T I C O C E A N 40°W 60°W 100°W 120°W 40°N 20°N 60°N Tropic of Cancer Arctic Circle UNITED STATES CANADA ALASKA (U.S. ) PACIFIC OCEAN 156°W 22°N 20°N 158°W 160°W 0 75 0 75 150 kilometers 150 miles HAWAII (U.S. ) 0 250 0 250 500 kilometers 500 miles N S E W Tropical Tropical wet Tropical wet and dry Dry Desert Semiarid Mid-Latitude Mediterranean Marine west coast Humid subtropical Humid continental High Latitude Subarctic Tundra Icecap Highland ATLAS U N IT Climate THINK LIKE A GEOGRAPHER 1. Region Why might most of the population of Canada be clustered along the border with the United States? 2. Place What climate is found throughout most of Canada? 2108 Unit 260°N 40°N 20°N 120°W 100°W 60°W 40°W Gulf of Mexico Hudson Bay Baffin Bay AT L A N T I C OCEAN ARC T I C O C E A N PAC I F I C OCEAN Arctic Circle Tropic of Cancer Los Angeles Houston Philadelphia Detroit San Francisco/San Jose Boston Montréal Toronto St.Louis New York City Chicago UNITED STATES CANADA M E X I C O ALASKA (U.S. ) PACIFIC OCEAN 156°W 22°N 20°N 158°W 160°W 0 75 0 75 150 kilometers 150 miles HAWAII (U.S. ) Coal Fish Gold Iron ore Natural gas Oil Silver Timber Uranium Other minerals Manufacturing center Major resources Commercial agriculture Livestock raising Dairying Forestland Limited agriculture Land use 0 250 0 250 500 kilometers 500 miles N S E W 1. Human-Environment Interaction What is the main land use in Canada? 2. Location Near what bodies of water might American or Canadian fishermen be likely to live? THINK LIKE A GEOGRAPHER United States and Canada Economic Activity 109ATLAS U N IT GEOGRAPHY HISTORY CULTURE Regional Overview The United States and Canada extend from the Atlantic to the Pacific oceans and north to the Arctic ocean. The United States also reaches to the Gulf of Mexico. In total area, each country ranks among the largest in the world—Canada ranks secoon and the United States is fourth. In addition to their huge landmass, both countries are rich in naturra resources. Both the United States and Canada have been settled by immigrants from all over the world, beginning with the first settlers who probably migrated from Asia after the last Ice Age. The geographic richness of North America’s resources has attracted immigrants from around the world and has enabled both the United States and Canada to develop into global economic powers. This continuing immigratiio is a recurring theme in the history of both countries; so is the constant migration of people within each country. As you know, culture involves the following factors: food and shelter, religion, language, education, and political and social organization. In Canada, there are two official languages— English and French—because France played an important early role in the history and development of the country. In the United States, English is the predominant language. Both countries have highly diverse populations that have come from around the world to live within their borders. The United States and Canada The United States and Canada occupy the central and northern four-fifths of the continent of North America. The chapters in this unit provide information about the geography, history, culture, government, and economics of the United States and Canada. Samuel de Champlain Champlain founded Quebec, the first permanent French settlement in North America. 2110 Unit 2GOVERNMENT ECONOMICS Mount Rushmore Massive likenesses of four American presidents were carved on Mount Rushmore in the Black Hills of South Dakota. Toronto People skate outdoors in Toronto, one of Canada’s booming economic centers. Both Canada and the United States are representative democracies. In such a system of government, citizeen hold political power through elected representatives. Canada and the United States are also federal republics. In a federal republic, power is divided between the national government and various state, territorial, or provincial governmments The personal freedoms guaranteed by the Canadian and U.S. governments have drawn millions to their shores. The United States and Canada both have market economies. This is an economy in which the production of goods and serviice is determined by the demand from consumers. This kind of economy is also called a demand economy, or capitalism. Migration across the continent, combined with industrializatiio and urbanization, stimulated economic development in the United States and Canada. The economies of these two nations have been transformed by technology and by the movement toward globalization. 111ATLAS U N IT N S W E 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to compare the most recent data on countries @ClassZone.com Country Almanac Unit Writing Project News Broadcast As you read this unit, think of an issue to present in a television news broadcast. You might choose an issue like immigration, poverty, or outsourcing of jobs. Pretend you are a TV news reporter and gather information as you read each chapter. Think About: • how you will organize your script • five things to be sure to tell the viewer: who, what, where, when, and why United States The United States is made up of 50 states, the District of Columbia, and 4 territories. Alaska, Hawaii, and the territories are separated from the 48 mainland states. Alabama Capital: Montgomery Total Area: 52,419 sq. mi. Population: 4,557,808 Alaska Capital: Juneau Total Area: 663,267 sq. mi. Population: 663,661 Arizona Capital: Phoenix Total Area: 113,998 sq. mi. Population: 5,939,292 Arkansas Capital: Little Rock Total Area: 53,179 sq. mi. Population: 2,779,154 California Capital: Sacramento Total Area: 163,696 sq. mi. Population: 36,132,147 United States GEOGRAPHY Capital: Washington, D.C. Total Area: 3,718,711 sq. mi. Population: 296,410,404 ECONOMY Imports: cars; oil; televisions; clothes Exports: food; computers; machinery CULTURE Language: No official language Religion: Christian 85%; Jewish 2%; Muslim 2% District of Columbia Total Area: 68 sq. mi. Population: 550,521 2112 Unit 2Colorado Capital: Denver Total Area: 104,094 sq. mi. Population: 4,665,177 Connecticut Capital: Hartford Total Area: 5,543 sq. mi. Population: 3,510,297 Delaware Capital: Dover Total Area: 2,489 sq. mi. Population: 843,524 Florida Capital: Tallahassee Total Area: 65,755 sq. mi. Population: 17,789,864 Georgia Capital: Atlanta Total Area: 59,425 sq. mi. Population: 9,072,576 Hawaii Capital: Honolulu Total Area: 10,931 sq. mi. Population: 1,275,194 Idaho Capital: Boise Total Area: 83,570 sq. mi. Population: 1,429,096 Illinois Capital: Springfield Total Area: 57,914 sq. mi. Population: 12,763,371 Indiana Capital: Indianapolis Total Area: 36,418 sq. mi. Population: 6,271,973 Corn Harvest A combine harvests corn in Indiana. United States 113U N IT ATLAS Massachusetts Capital: Boston Total Area: 10,555 sq. mi. Population: 6,398,743 Michigan Capital: Lansing Total Area: 96,716 sq. mi. Population: 10,120,860 Minnesota Capital: St. Paul Total Area: 86,939 sq. mi. Population: 5,132,799 Mississippi Capital: Jackson Total Area: 48,430 sq. mi. Population: 2,921,088 Louisiana Capital: Baton Rouge Total Area: 51,840 sq. mi. Population: 4,523,628 Maine Capital: Augusta Total Area: 35,385 sq. mi. Population: 1,321,505 Maryland Capital: Annapolis Total Area: 12,407 sq. mi. Population: 5,600,388 Kansas Capital: Topeka Total Area: 82,277 sq. mi. Population: 2,744,687 Kentucky Capital: Frankfort Total Area: 40,409 sq. mi. Population: 4,173,405 Gray Wolf A gray wolf lopes through the snow in Minnesota. Iowa Capital: Des Moines Total Area: 56,272 sq. mi. Population: 2,966,334 2114 Unit 2United States New Jersey Capital: Trenton Total Area: 8,721 sq. mi. Population: 8,717,925 New York Capital: Albany Total Area: 54,556 sq. mi. Population: 19,254,630 North Carolina Capital: Raleigh Total Area: 53,819 sq. mi. Population: 8,683,242 Nebraska Capital: Lincoln Total Area: 77,354 sq. mi. Population: 1,758,787 Nevada Capital: Carson City Total Area: 110,561 sq. mi. Population: 2,414,807 New Hampshire Capital: Concord Total Area: 9,350 sq. mi. Population: 1,309,940 Missouri Capital: Jefferson City Total Area: 69,704 sq. mi. Population: 5,800,310 Montana Capital: Helena Total Area: 147,042 sq. mi. Population: 935,670 Ohio Capital: Columbus Total Area: 44,825 sq. mi. Population: 11,464,042 North Dakota Capital: Bismarck Total Area: 70,700 sq. mi. Population: 636,677 Lizard A mountain short-horned lizard near Santa Fe, New Mexico New Mexico Capital: Santa Fe Total Area: 121,590 sq. mi. Population: 1,928,384 115U N IT ATLAS South Dakota Capital: Pierre Total Area: 77,117 sq. mi. Population: 775,933 Tennessee Capital: Nashville Total Area: 42,143 sq. mi. Population: 5,962,959 Texas Capital: Austin Total Area: 268,581 sq. mi. Population: 22,859,968 Utah Capital: Salt Lake City Total Area: 84,899 sq. mi. Population: 2,469,585 Pennsylvania Capital: Harrisburg Total Area: 46,055 sq. mi. Population: 12,429,616 Rhode Island Capital: Providence Total Area: 1,545 sq. mi. Population: 1,076,189 South Carolina Capital: Columbia Total Area: 32,020 sq. mi. Population: 4,255,083 Oklahoma Capital: Oklahoma City Total Area: 69,898 sq. mi. Population: 3,547,884 Oregon Capital: Salem Total Area: 98,381 sq. mi. Population: 3,641,056 Vermont Capital: Montpelier Total Area: 9,614 sq. mi. Population: 623,050 Heron A heron takes flight. 2116 Unit 2G U A M United States Rocky Mountain Bighorn Sheep Bighorn sheep are found in many Rocky Mountain states, including Wyoming. Wisconsin Capital: Madison Total Area: 65,498 sq. mi. Population: 5,536,201 Wyoming Capital: Cheyenne Total Area: 97,814 sq. mi. Population: 509,294 Virginia Capital: Richmond Total Area: 42,774 sq. mi. Population: 7,567,465 Washington Capital: Olympia Total Area: 71,300 sq. mi. Population: 6,287,759 West Virginia Capital: Charleston Total Area: 24,230 sq. mi. Population: 1,816,856 Guam Capital: Agana Total Area: 209 sq. mi. Population: 165,000 (2004) American Samoa Capital: Pago Pago Total Area: 84 sq. mi. Population: 62,700 (2004) Puerto Rico Capital: San Juan Total Area: 3,515 sq. mi. Population: 3,895,000 (2004) U.S. Virgin Islands Capital: Charlotte Amalie Total Area: 136 sq. mi. Population: 109,000 (2004) U.S. Territories 117ATLAS U N IT N S W E 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to compare the most recent data on countries @ClassZone.com Country Almanac Canada Canada is made up of 10 provinces and 3 territories. The 3 territories are sparsely populated but make up about 41 percent of the country’s landmass. New Brunswick Capital: Fredericton Total Area: 28,150 sq. mi. Population: 752,000 Newfoundland and Labrador Capital: St. John’s Total Area: 156,453 sq. mi. Population: 516,000 Northwest Territories Capital: Yellowknife Total Area: 519,734 sq. mi. Population: 43,000 Alberta Capital: Edmonton Total Area: 255,541 sq. mi. Population: 3,256,800 British Columbia Capital: Victoria Total Area: 364,764 sq. mi. Population: 4,254,500 Manitoba Capital: Winnipeg Total Area: 250,116 sq. mi. Population: 1,177,600 Canada GEOGRAPHY Capital: Ottawa Total Area: 3,855,103 sq. mi. Population: 32,270,500 ECONOMY Imports: machinery; chemicals; oil Exports: food; natural gas; wood CULTURE Language: English; French Religion: Christian 77%; Muslim 2%; Jewish 1% Puffins Atlantic puffins on Machias Seal Island in Canada 2118 Unit 2Polar Bear A polar bear in a field of tundra fireweed near Hudson Bay Prince Edward Island Capital: Charlottetown Total Area: 2,185 sq. mi. Population: 138,100 Quebec Capital: Quebec City Total Area: 595,391 sq. mi. Population: 7,598,100 Saskatchewan Capital: Regina Total Area: 251,366 sq. mi. Population: 994,100 Nova Scotia Capital: Halifax Total Area: 21,345 sq. mi. Population: 937,900 Nunavut Capital: Iqaluit Total Area: 808,185 sq. mi. Population: 30,000 Ontario Capital: Toronto Total Area: 415,598 sq. mi. Population: 12,541,400 Yukon Territory Capital: Whitehorse Total Area: 186,272 sq. mi. Population: 31,000 Canada 119CONNECT Geography & History C H A P T E R 1 GEOGRAPHY From Coast to Coast 2 HISTORY Creating a Nation CULTURE 3 A Diverse Culture 4 GOVERNMENT & ECONOMICS Democracy and Free Enterprise The United States ESSENTIAL QUESTION How did a developing nation grow into a world power? Use the map and the time line to answer the following questions. 1. Which of the Great Lakes is located entirely within the United States? 2. In what year did Hurricane Katrina occur and how did the location of New Orleans contribute to the damage caused by it? 1492 History 1565 Pedro Menéndes de Avilés founds the city of St. Augustine in Florida for Spain. History 1775 American Revolution begins with the battles of Lexington and Concord. Government 1787 The Constitution of the United States is written in Philadelphia. 5 120 Chapter 5 N S E W 50°N 30°N 20°N 70°W 80°W 90°W 100°W 110°W 120°W 130°W Colorado River Rio Grande Mississippi Missouri River River Ohio River Columbia River Gulf of Mexico Lake Superior Lake Michigan L. Huron L. Erie L. Ontario AT L A N T I C OCEAN PAC I F I C OCEAN Augusta Concord Albany Buffalo Hartford Trenton Harrisburg Annapolis Dover Richmond Raleigh Columbia Tallahassee Montgomery Jackson Baton Rouge Little Rock Topeka Santa Fe Salt Lake City Carson City Salem Boise Helena Cheyenne Bismarck Pierre Lincoln Des Moines St. Paul Madison Springfield Lansing Frankfort Charleston Olympia Jefferson City Providence Montpelier Atlanta Austin Oklahoma City Detroit Miami New Orleans Nashville Indianapolis Columbus Denver Sacramento Seattle Las Vegas Tucson Portland Washington, D.C. Boston St. Louis Phoenix Houston Chicago New York Los Angeles Philadelphia San Francisco Dallas CALIFORNIANEVADA UTAH IDAHO MONTANA WYOMING COLORADO NEW MEXICO TEXAS OKLAHOMA KANSAS SOUTH DAKOTA MINNESOTA IOWA WISC. MICH. ILL. IND. OHIO KENTUCKY TENN. GEORGIA FLORIDA S.C. N.C.VA. W.V. PENN. N.Y. MAINE MA. CT. N.J. DEL. MD. R.I. N.H. VT. ARK. LA. MISS. ALA. MISSOURI NORTH DAKOTA NEBRASKA ARIZONA OREGON WASHINGTON U N I T E D S TA T E S C A N A D A M E X I C O National capital State capital Other city 00 200 400 kilometers 200 400 miles N S E W Yukon River 60˚N 70˚N 140˚W 160˚W Arctic Circle Bering Sea Juneau Anchorage ALASKA CANADA 00 200 400 km 200 400 mi PACIFIC OCEAN Honolulu HAWAII 00 100 km 100 mi GEOGRAPHY Geography 1804 Lewis and Clark begin expedition to explore Louisiana Purchase. Geography 2005 Hurricane Katrina destroys much of New Orleans. Today Present-Day United States 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 􀁅to explore the United States @ClassZone.com Culture 1965 Martin Luther King Jr., leads voting rights march in Selma, Alabama. 121S E CTI ON1 GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Our planet has a great variety of landforms and bodies of water, as well as great variety in its climate and vegetation. NOW YOU WILL LEARN The physical geography of the United States varies greatly from coast to coast. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES Appalachian (AP•uh•LAY•chee•uhn) Mountains a mountain chain in the eastern United States, running parallel to the Atlantic Ocean Great Lakes five lakes forming the largest group of freshwater lakes in the world Mississippi River the largest river and chief waterway of the United States Great Plains a vast grassland in central North America Gulf of Mexico an arm of the Atlantic Ocean that lies south of the United States Piedmont (PEED•MAHNT) a hilly, upland region between the Appalachian Mountains and the coastal plain of the South Everglades huge wetlands of southern Florida Rocky Mountains a mountain range that extends about 3,000 miles from New Mexico to Alaska Continental Divide a high ridge line in the Rocky Mountains that divides east-flowing from west-flowing rivers Mt. McKinley (also called Denali) the tallest mountain of North America, located in Alaska Grand Canyon a deep gorge cut through northern Arizona by the Colorado River REVIEW continent one of seven large landmasses on the surface of the earth Reading Strategy Re-create the chart that is shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the chart to organize important details about the physical geography of the United States. Skillbuilder Handbook, page R7 CATEGORIZE LANDFORMS CLIMATE VEGETATION Northeast Midwest South West 122 Chapter 5ATLANTIC OCEAN APPALACHIAN MTS. SECTION GEOGRAPHY 1 Connecting to Your World What outdoor activities do you enjoy? Sports such as surfing and scuba diving are popular in Hawaii. Many people go skiing and snowboarding in the snowy mountains of Colorado. The United States is a large country with nearly every type of landsccap and climate. One thing that helps to define the major U.S. regions is the type of activities commmo to the area. Northeast KEY QUESTION What are the geographic advantages and disadvantages of the Northeast? The United States stretches across the North American continent continent, or large landmass. The country can be divided into four regions: Northeast, Midwest, South, and West. The features that set the regions apart are their landforms, climates, plants, animals, and ways of life. The Northeast includes the New England states of Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut, as well as New York, Pennsylvania, and New Jersey. Appalachian Mountains These mountains extend for almost 2,000 miles in the eastern United States and Canada. Surfing and Skiing These are two activities that can be enjoyed in the varied U.S. landscapes. 123 From Coast to CoastMinneapolis Mississippi River Gulf of Mexico Landforms, Climate, and Vegetation The two most important physical features of the Northeast are the Atlantic Ocean A (shown on the map on the next page) and the Appalachian (AP•uh•LAY•chee•uhn) Mountains B . The Atlantic coastline, which forms the region’s eastern border, has deep-water harbors that support trade. The Appalachians are a mountain chain that runs parallel to the Atlantic Coast. In much of the Northeast, especially in New England, the terrain is too hilly and rocky to make good farmland. Most of the region lacks mineral wealth, but Pennsylvania has coal and iron ore deposits. Summers are warm and humid. Winters are cold and snowy, with the most snow falling in the northernmost states. Despite the effects of the logging industry, forests still stretch over much of the region. Life in the Northeast The Northeast was one of the first areas of North America to be heavily settled by Europeans. Because of the area’s rocky land and good harbors, fishing and shipping became more profitable than farming. Textile mills built in the Northeast in Lowell, Massachusetts, were among the first U.S. factories. The Northeast is still the most densely populated and industrialiize region of the United States. The coast is crowded with cities. Shipping and manufacturing are major parts of the economy, but service industries also play a large part. New York City, the largest city in the country, is a world center of finance, trade, and culture. COMPARE AND CONTRAST Describe the geographic advantages and disadvantages of the Northeast. Midwest KEY QUESTION What are the most important features of the Midwest’s geography? The central and northern part of North America has one of the largees areas of lowlands on the planet. Those plains make up most of the Midwest. The region stretches from Ohio west to the Dakotas and from Canada south to the Ohio River, Missouri, and Kansas. Mississippi River Minneapolis, Minnesota is located on the Mississippi River. Why might importaan cities be located along a major river? 124 Chapter 5PACIFIC OCEAN Hawaii Kauai Niihau Oahu Molokai Lanai Maui Kahoolawe 00 100 km 100 mi 00 300 km 300 mi Mt. McKinley 20,320 ft. 100°W 120°W 40°N 30°N Mississippi R. Mississippi R. Missouri R. Ohio R. Rio Grande Colorado R. Columbia R. Great Lakes Great Salt L. Gulf of Mexico Gulf of Alaska AT L A N T I C OCEAN PAC I F I C OCEAN A P PALAC H IA N M O U N TAINS R O C K Y M O U N T A I N S C O A S T A L P L A I N G R E A T P L A I N S GREAT BA S I N C A S C A D E R A N G E C OAST RA N GE S C OAST RA NG ES SIERRA N EVADA BROOKS RANGE ALASKA RANGE U N I T E D S TAT E S CANADA MEXICO 0 250 0 250 500 kilometers 500 miles N S E W Elevation Mountain peak (4,000 m) (2,000 m) (1,000 m) (200 m) (0 m) Below sea level 13,100 ft. 6,600 ft. 3,280 ft. 650 ft. 0 ft. Landforms, Climate, and Vegetation The Great Lakes C make up the world’s largest group of freshwater lakes. Four of the lakes—Ontario, Erie, Huron, and Superior—form part of the U.S.-Canada border. The Mississippi River D is the largees river and most important trade waterway in the United States. West of the Mississippi lies the vast, mostly treeless Great Plains Plains. Its native plants are prairie grasses and wildflowerrs Huge herds of bison once roamed the plains. The Midwest has a harsh climate, with hot summers and cold winters. Life in the Midwest The Midwest is the major farming region of the United States, with corn, wheat, and dairy among its important products. The Midwest also contains major manufacturing areas, such as Detroit, Michigan, home of the automobile industry. The Midwest’s largest city is Chicago, a port and transportation hub along Lake Michigan. The St. Lawrence Seaway connects Chicago to the Atlantic, and canals and rivers connect the city to the Gulf of Mexico E . EVALUATE Describe geographic features of the Midwest. Physical Geography of the United States C A B D E CONNECT Geography & Culture READING A PHYSICAL MAP Physical geography maps show landforms and bodies of water. • Use the key to identify elevation. • Use the scale to estimate distance. 1. Movement What landform might have restricted movement westward from the east coast? 2. Location Which rivers flow into the Pacific Ocean? The United States 125Everglades FLORIDA Gulf of Mexico South KEY QUESTION What is the climate of most of the South? The South stretches from the Atlantic Ocean to Texas; it contains 16 states. On a map, its most noticeable feature is the giant peninsula of Florida. Landforms, Climate, and Vegetation The South shares two features with other regions. The Appalachians extend into the South, and the Mississippi River runs through it. A broad plain stretches along the coasts of the Atlantic Ocean and Gulf of Mexico. Between the Atlantic Coastal Plain and the Appalachians lies the Piedmont (PEED•MAHNT), which is a hilly, upland region. Most of the South has hot, rainy summers and mild winters. The southern tip of Florida is the only part of the continental United States to lie in the tropics. Florida is also home to the Everglades Everglades, a wetland filled with grasses and mangrove trees. Life in the South The South was first a farming region. Then in the 20th century, industries moved there because of the mild climate, newly invented air conditioning, and lower wages for workerrs Now the South has many booming cities. In addition, Kentucky and West Virginia mine for coal, and many of the Gulf States drill for oil. Deadly hurricanes sometimes hit places on the South’s long coastline. In 2005, Hurricane Katrina struck the Gulf Coast, including New Orleans, Louisiana. Most of the city was flooded. Rebuilding New Orleans is a challenge that will take years to complete. FIND MAIN IDEAS Describe the climate of the South. West KEY QUESTION What are the climates found in the West? A huge region of dramatic scenery, the West includes all the states from the Great Plains to the Pacific, plus Alaska and Hawaii. Landforms, Climate, and Vegetation The West’s most visible feature is the Rocky Mountains Mountains, which extend 3,000 miles from Alaska to New Mexico. The Continental Divide Divide, a high ridge line that separates the east-flowing and west-flowing rivers of the continent, runs through the mountains. The tallest mountain in North America is Mt. McKinley (also called Denali) in Alaska. Everglades National Park A cluster of dwarf cypresses grows in this park in Florida. What wildlife might thrive in a subtroppica wetland such as the Everglades? 126 Chapter 5Grand Canyon ARIZONA MEXICO ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 1 The West has varied climates, plants, and animaals Much of the region has an arid or desert climaate but the Northwest coast is rainy. Hawaii has a tropical climate; most of Alaska is cold. Cacti such as the many-armed saguaro (suh•GWAHR•oh) grow in the deserts, while the redwoods, tallest of all trees, grow along the Pacific coast. Wildlife includes snakes, lizards, wild cats, wolves, and the massive grizzly bear. Life in the West Ranching, mining, and loggiin are important industries in the region. Parts of California and Hawaii are devoted to agriculture, while oil drilling is a major industry in Alaska. Recently, high-tech industries have clustered in California and Washington. Some areas, such as southern California, are very urban, but most Western states are sparsely populated. The West has many national parks to preserve its landscapes. One is at the Grand Canyon Canyon, a deep, colorful gorge that the Colorado River cut through northern Arizona over many millions of years. SUMMARIZE Describe the climates of the West. The Grand Canyon The Grand Canyon in Arizona was created by erosion caused by the Colorado River. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of • Great Lakes • Mississippi River • Great Plains • Rocky Mountains USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Categorize Use your completed chart to answer the following question: Which of the four regions have mountains? Name the mountains found in each region. KEY IDEAS 3. How did the geography of the Northeast affect its economic development? 4. In what way does the Mississippi River provide an economic link between the Midwest and South? 5. Why are there many national parks in the West? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Draw Conclusions Why is the Northeast coast so crowded with cities? 7. Analyze Causes Why is the South in more danger from hurricanes than the Midwest or the Northeast? 8. CONNECT to Today In 2005, the U.S. government debated whether to allow companies to drill for oil in a part of Alaska that had been protected for wildlife. What arguments might be made for banning or allowing drilling? 9. SCIENCE Create a Poster Learn about the Grand Canyon in an encyclopedia or educational Web site. Then create a poster explaining how it was formed. LANDFORMS CLIMATE VEGETATION Northeast Midwest South West The United States 127COMPARING The United States is divided into four main regions. They are distinguished from one another by their landforms, bodies of water, climates, and economies. Alaska Hawaii U.S. Geographic Regions The West has a great variety of scenery (see Wyoming’s Grand Tetons below), climate, and economic activities. Landforms: Rocky Mountains Bodies of Water: Pacific Ocean Climate: varied—arid; rainy and mild; cold; tropical Economy: ranching, mining, logging, farming, high-tech industries Bears are found throughout the West. WEST Bald eagles thrive in the Alaskan wilderness 128 Chapter 51. Compare and Contrast Which region does not have mountains as one of its basic landforms? 2. Compare and Contrast In which region does farming not play a major role in the economy? CRITICAL THINKING The Midwest has extremes in weather and ways of life, ranging from farming (see Kansas alfalfa farm below) to manufacturing. Landforms: Great Plains Bodies of Water: Great Lakes, Mississippi River Climate: hot summers, cold winters Economy: farming, manufacturing, transportation, tradePrairie dogs are common on the Great Plains. The Northeast was the first area of North America to be heavily settled by Europeans. It is still the most densely populated region. Landforms: Appalachian Mountains and Coastal Plain Bodies of Water: Atlantic Ocean (see Maine lighthouse on Atlantic coast above) Climate: warm, humid summers; cold, snowy winters Economy: trade, manufacturing, service industries Seagulls are common along the Atlantic coast. The South has attracted industries and people in part because of the warm climate. Landforms: Appalachian Mountains, Everglades (see above) Bodies of Water: Gulf of Mexico, Mississippi River, Atlantic Ocean Climate: hot rainy summers and mild winters Economy: farming, manufacturing, coal mining, oil drilling Alligators thrive in the Everglades. MIDWEST SOUTH NORTHEAST The United States 129S E CTI ON2 GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED The United States spans the North American continent from the Atlantic to the Pacific oceans. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Native Americans and peoples from other continents all came together to build a nation. Reading Strategy Re-create the diagram shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the outer ovals to note important details. Skillbuilder Handbook, page R4 Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES land bridge dry land that appeared between Asia and Alaska during the Ice Age immigrant a person who moves to one country from another colony a group of people who settle a distaan land but are ruled by their homeland Constitution the document that is the basis for the U.S. government Louisiana Purchase the action by which President Thomas Jefferson bought the Louisiana Territory from France Lewis and Clark Expedition a journey made by Lewis and Clark to explore the Louisiana Terrritory manifest destiny the idea that the United States should own all the land between, and even beyond, the Atlantic and Pacific oceans Civil War (1861–1865) a conflict between North and South over the issues of states’ rights and slavery transcontinental railroad a railroad that crosses a continent Great Depression a period of severe econoomi decline from 1929 into the early 1940s Dust Bowl a region of the Great Plains that suffered drought and suffocating dust storms FIND MAIN IDEAS Crisis and Change Building a Nation Into the 21st Century Settling the Land CREATING A NATION 130 Chapter 5SECTION HISTORY Connecting to Your World What do you think of when someone mentions U.S. history? Do you picture Native Americans hunting bison? Maybe you think of Pilgrims landing in New England or of the Liberty Bell. No matter what image comes to mind, it is probably connected in some way to geography. The ways that people chose to live on the land, the movement of people, and the interaction of cultures all have played a crucial role in shaping the past. Settling the Land KEY QUESTION Who were the fi rst groups to settle the land that became the United States? The history of the United States involves many different cultures, includiin Native Americans, Europeans, Asians, and Africans. Sometimes varioou groups such as Native Americans and European settlers fought, but more often, they learned from each other and helped to create a new, American culture. For example, the music of African slaves blended with that of Irish and Scottish settlers to form a new American music. The history of the United States is also the story of how a developing nation on the Atlantic coast grew to span a continent. The Liberty Bell The Liberty Bell was rung to announce the first public readiin of the Declaration of Independence in Philadelphia on July 8, 1776. Bison Hunt Huge herds of bison once roamed the Great Plains. 2 131 Creating a NationBering Sea Chukchi Sea Bering Strait SIBERIA (RUSSIA) ALASKA (U.S.) B E R I N G I A ARCTIC OCEAN Arctic Circle 0 75 0 75 150 kilometers 150 miles Land bridge, 18,000 B.C. CONNECT Geography & History Native Americans Scientists believe that the first inhabitants of North America came from Asia. According to one theory, the Ice Age glaciier held so much frozen water that ocean leveel fell. The drop in sea level uncovered a land bridge bridge, a stretch of dry land between Asia and Alaska. Many thousands of years ago, Asians hunting for food crossed into North America. Other people dispute the land bridge theory. Some scientists believe that people came from Asia on boats. No matter how humans arrived, people eventually spread to all parts of the Americas. Those who settled North America are split into two main groups: the Inuit, who live in the far north, and Native Americans, who are divided into many smaller groups. By the year 1500, hundrred of cultural groups lived in North America. They spoke different languages. Some lived by hunting and fishing, while others farmed. Most lived in close-knit societies organized by clans. The First Colonies In the 1500s, Europeans began to come to North America. This began a pattern of immigrants coming to the United States from around the world. An immigrant is a person who moves to one country from another. Some Europeans came lookiin for gold or land. Others came to find religious freedom. Many Africans were brought to the colonies by force to work as slaves. Over time, Europeans started many American colonies. A colony is a group of people who settle a distant land but are ruled by their homelaand The Spanish founded St. Augustine, Florida, one of the oldest U.S. settlements. They also built missions in the Southwest. English settlements include Jamestown, Virginia, and Plymouth Colony in Massachusetts. The French colony, New France, included eastern Canada and lands near the Great Lakes and Mississippi River. SUMMARIZE Describe the fi rst groups that settled the United States. Building a Nation KEY QUESTION How did the United States gain new territory? In 1763, Great Britain defeated France in the French and Indian War and took over New France. To pay off the war debt, Britain’s rulers imposed new taxes on the American colonists. A Land Bridge Today, Alaska and Siberia are separated by the Bering Strait, a strip of sea only 55 miles wide. During the last ice age, glaciers moved south from the North Pole, freezing up the waters of the Bering Strait and exposing more land. This formed the Beringia land bridge, over which the earliest Americans may have migrated from Asia. 132 Chapter 5ANALYZING Primary Sources Britain also passed laws to control the colonies. The colonists objected to the new laws because they had no representatives in the British lawmaking body to speak for their interests and concerns. The Revolution and Constitution In 1775, the Revolutionary War began, and in 1776, the colonies proclaimed their freedom in the Declaration of Independence, written by Thomas Jefferson. By 1783, the United States had won the war against Great Britain and become a new nation. Americans feared abuses of power, so they set up a weak national government. But leaders soon realized that the government was too weak to run the country well. In 1787, leaders from 12 states met to create a new government. They wrote the Constitution of the United States, the document that is the basis for the U.S. government. The Constitution set up a federal government—a union of states with a central authority—divided into three equal branches. 1. The legislative branch, Congress, makes the laws. It consists of two houses—the Senate and the House of Representatives. 2. The executive branch is led by the president, the head of the government. George Washington, who won the 1788 presidentiia election, was the first president of the United States. 3. The judicial branch settles disputes about laws and includes all the courts in the country, including the Supreme Court. DOCUMENT–BASED QUESTION Why might it be more accurate to say that people have a right to pursue happiness instead of the right to be happy? Benjamin Franklin reads Jefferson’s Declaration. Thomas Jefferson (1743–1826) was the third president of the United States. He was proud of having written the Declaration of Independence. Here is the most famous quotation from it. We hold these truths to be self-evident [obvious], that all men are created equal, that they are endowed [provided] by their Creator with certain unalienable [not able to be taken away] Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness. Source: The Declaration of Independence, by Thomas Jefferson ONLINE PRIMARY SOURCE To read more of Thomas Jefferson’s writinng go to the Research & Writing Center @ClassZone.com The United States 13340˚N 30˚N Tropic of Cancer 80˚W 90˚W ATLANTIC OCEAN PACIFIC OCEAN Gulf of Mexico Lake Superior Lake Michigan Lake Huron Lake Erie Lake Ontario CANADA M E X I C O OREGON TERRITORY From Great Britain, 1846 MEXICAN CESSION From Mexico by Treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo, 1848 TEXAS ANNEXATION Annexed Independent Republic, 1845 GADSDEN PURCHASE Bought from Mexico, 1853 LOUISIANA PURCHASE Bought from France, 1803 Ceded by Great Britain, 1818 Ceded to Great Britain, 1818 Ceded by Great Britain Webster-Ashburton Treaty, 1842 FLORIDA CESSION From Spain, 1819 From Great Britain by Treaty of Paris, 1783 1813 1810 Ceded by Spain,1818 O R I G I N A L 1 3 C O L O N I E S Annexed by United States Modern U.S. boundaries shown 00 200 400 kilometers 200 400 miles N S E W The Nation Grows Even before the war, Americans had begun to move west to new lands. After the war, the United States gained all of Britain’s territory south of Canada and west to the Mississippi. In 1803, President Thomas Jefferson bought Louisiana, a large territory between the Mississippi River and the Rocky Mountains, from France. The Louisiana Purchase doubled the size of the United States. Jefferson sent Meriwether Lewis and William Clark to explore the region. The Lewis and Clark Expedition gained valuable knowledge of the West. During the 1800s, many Americans believed in manifest destiny destiny, the idea that the United States should own all the land between, and even some beyond, the oceans. The United States gained that territoor piece by piece. Texas declared itself free from Mexico in 1836 and became a state in 1845. Then the United States and Mexico fought the Mexican War (1846–1848). The United States gained a huge region stretching from Texas west to the Pacific and north to Oregon. FIND MAIN IDEAS Describe how the United States acquired new territory. Growth of the United States 1783–1853 GEOGRAPHY CONNECT Geography & Culture 1. Region What states were part of the area Mexico ceded, or gave up, in the Mexican Cession? 2. Region Parts of what two Southern states were annexed, or taken over, by the United States in 1813? 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 􀁅to see how the United States grew @ClassZone.com 134 Chapter 5Crisis and Change KEY QUESTION How did regional differences help to cause and end the Civil War? The Northeast became the first manufacturing region. In contrast, large farms called plantatiion were common in the South. Plantations needed a lot of workers, and the South became a region that relied on African slave labor. Growing Pains and Civil War From the nation’s beginning, some Americans wanted to end slavery. In time, the country split into opposiin sides: Northern free states and Southern slave states. The South came to believe that states had the right to reject federal laws and even to secede, or withdraw, from the Union. In 1860, Abraham Lincoln, a Northerner who hated slavery, was elected president. In response, 11 Southern states seceded from the Union, forming the Confederate States of America. Fighting broke out over secession, and the Civil War began in 1861. At first, the South won more battles. But the North had a larger population and factories to make the supplies the army needed, and so the North defeated the South in 1865. After the war, North and South were reunited. Expansion In 1867, the U.S. government purchased Alaska from Russia. In 1898, the United States won the Spanish-American War and gained Puerto Rico, Guam, and the Philippines. The economy also grew, especially in the Northeast. Immigrants poured into U.S. cities. A larger population needed more food, clothing, and housing. Factories replaced hand manufacturrin with machines that made goods more quickly. In 1869, workers completed the first transcontinental railroad that crossed the continent from coast to coast. The United States continnue to build railroads, making it easier to ship goods to market. COMPARE AND CONTRAST Explain how regional differences helped to cause and end the Civil War. HISTORY MAKERS Abraham Lincoln (1809–1865) Born in a log cabin, Abraham Lincoln was a self-educated man. When he ran for president in 1860, his critics said he lacked experience. They mocked his rough appearance. Yet Lincoln became president and led the nation through its worst crisis. During the Civil War, he helped plan the North’s war strategy. His Gettysburg Address inspired the nation. Above all, he never forgot his main goal—to save the union. Lincoln achieved that goal but paid a terrible price. Days after the war ended, a Southerner killed him. ONLINE BIOGRAPHY For more on the life of Abraham Lincoln, go to the Research & Writing Center @ClassZone.com The United States 135CONNECT Geography & History The Dust Bowl During World War I, farmers plowed up the Great Plains to plant crops. When drought hit in the 1930s, crops died. Wind storms blew away the soil, which no longer had the deep roots of prairie plants to hold it. Dust damaged farms across a 25,000-square-mile region called the Dust Bowl. Dust clouds are shown rolling in over Lamar, Colorado, in 1934. Into the 21st Century KEY QUESTION What changes did the United States experience during the 1900s? During much of the 1700s and 1800s, Americans were more concerned with challenges that their own country faced than with events around the world. During the 1900s, however, the U.S. role in the world changed. Turmoil and Change When World War I started in Europe in 1914, most Americans wanted to stay out of the fighting. Then Germany sank a number of ships, killing U.S. civilians. The United States joined the war in 1917 and help the Allies to win it. After the war, the 1920s seemed to be an era of wealth and progress. For example, the affordabbl automobile was built and more people than ever owned stocks. But problems lurked behind the good times. In 1929, stock prices plunged, and many people lost their money. That began the Great Depression Depression, a period of severe economic decline (1929–early 1940s) in the United States. Businesses failed, and millions were out of work. Life was hard in the Dust Bowl Bowl, a large area in the Great Plains that suffered drought and dust storms. By the late 1930s, war was again raging in Europe and Asia, and again the United States wanted to avoid fighting. Then in 1941, Japan attacked Pearl Harbor, Hawaii, and the United States went to war. The fighting lasted for four more years until the war ended in 1945. SEABISCUIT During the dark days of the Depression, the story of Seabiscuit (at far right) lifted people’s spirits. He was an unlikely looking race horse who managed to defeat some of the great racing champions of the day, such as War Admiral. Seabiscuit stood for the underdog overcommin adversity. 136 Chapter 5ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Nation and World U.S. life was transformed in the 20th century. The civil rights and women’s liberation movements brought more equality. Rapid technological change was spurred by space exploration, including the moon flights and the space shuttle program. After World War II, the United States became a world leader. For decades, it competed with the Communist Soviet Union to be the strongest political and military power. When the Soviet Union fell apart in 1991, the United States was the richest and most powerful nation in the world. In the 21st century, the United States confronted the dangge of terrorism, which is the use of violence for political purposes. On September 11, 2001, terrorists flew airplanes into the World Trade Center in New York City and into the Pentagon. Approximately 3,000 people died. The U.S. government responded by launching a war against terrorism. The United States also tries to be a leader in helping people. For example, when a deadly tsunami struck South Asia in December 2004, Americans gave more than $1 billion to relief efforts. Americans also serve in agencies that improve life in developing countries. FIND MAIN IDEAS Describe U.S. changes during the 1900s. Crisis and Change Building a Nation Into the 21st Century Settling the Land CREATING A NATION Moon Landing Apollo 15 moon base, established between July 30 and August 7, 1971 TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of • land bridge • Louisiana Purchase • manifest destiny • Dust Bowl USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Find Main Ideas Use your completed diagram to answer the following question: How did the U.S. role in the world change during the 1900s? KEY IDEAS 3. Which three events added the largest amounts of land to the United States? 4. How did physical geography make human suffering during the Great Depression worse? 5. In what ways is the United States a world leader? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Compare How was the U.S. response to the September 11 attacks similar to its response to the Pearl Harbor attack? 7. Evaluate Review the physical geography you studied in Section 1. What do you think was the biggest obstacle to building the transcontinental railroad? 8. CONNECT to Today Does technology make it more or less likely that the United States will return to its old policy of not taking part in world affairs? Explain. 9. WRITING Write a Personal Response Find one of Lincoln’s Civil War speeches. Write a paragraph analyzing why that speech inspired people. 2 The United States 1373 S E CTI ON Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED From the nation’s beginnings until the present time, people from many countries have moved to the United States. NOW YOU WILL LEARN The United States is one of the most diverse nations in the world, and it has a rich culture blended from many world cultures. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES public education schooling that is paid for by the government literacy the ability to read and write cultural blending something new created from combining the elements of two or more cultures jazz a type of music that developed from a blending of African rhythms, American band music, and the musical styles of African Americans and Europeans blues a type of music with lyrics that express sorrow, usually about problems in love or the hardships of life BACKGROUND VOCABULARY official language a language that by law must be used for government, business, and education REVIEW culture the behavior patterns, arts, and beliefs of a group of people Reading Strategy Re-create the chart shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the chart to organize important details about the diverse culture of the United States. Skillbuilder Handbook, page R7 CATEGORIZE RELIGION LANGUAGE ETHNICITY ARTS & CULTURE 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Visual Vocabulary Jazz in New Orleans 138 Chapter 5SECTION3 CULTURE Connecting to Your World Think about some of the most popular foods in the United States. Many of them are versions of food that came from another country. Many recreational activities, too, came from overseas. Martial arts developed in East Asia, yoga originated in India, skiing first began in Norway, and baseball grew out of an English game. The cultures cultures—behavior, arts, beliefs—of countless immigrants have made American culture what it is today. Cultural Diversity KEY QUESTION What are some ways that immigrants have made U.S. culture more diverse? People have come to the United States from all over the world. As you learned in Section 2, the earliest colonists were Spanish, English, and French. In addition, hundreds of thousands of Africans were brought to America as slaves. In the mid 1800s, millions of Northern Europeans came, mainly from Ireland, Germany, and the United Kingdom. After 1900, immigrants came largely from Italy, as well as from Russia and other Eastern European countries. In recent years, most immigrants have come from Mexico, other Latin American nations, and Asia. New York City A crowd strolls in the middle of Fifth Avenue in New York during a street festival. Martial Arts Students practice karate, a Japanese martial art.139 A Diverse CultureDiversity and Shared Beliefs Because the United States has accepted high numbers of immigrants for most of its history, U.S. society is quite diverse. Even so, most people who come to the United States have two things in common. First, they believe in the idea that anyone from any background can have a happy, successful life. Many immigrants come to the United States hoping to make life better for themselves and their children. Second, most immigrants believe in the value of education. The United States offers free public education through high school. Public education is schooling for which the government pays. As a result, the United States has a high rate of literacy literacy, or the ability to read and write. About 99 percent of all Americans are literate. Language and Religion Although English is spoken by almost everyone, the United States does not have an official language language—one that by law must be used for government, business, and education. Because of the large number of people from Latin America, Spanish is the second most common language. The way immigrants learn English often follows a pattern. Some adult immigrants struggle with English. The children of those immigraants however, usually speak two languages—English and the languuag of their parents. Finally, the children of the next generation use English as their first language. Diversity is also seen in the variety of religions practiced in the United States. A majority of Americans identify themselves as Christian, with 52 percent being Protestant and 24 percent being Catholic. The remaining Americans are Jews, Mormons, Muslims, and people who practice other religions or no religion. Cultural Blending Music, language, and food all provide examples of the coming together of the behavior patterns, arts, and beliefs of people from different cultures. In music, traditions from Africa and Europe have blended to create a new American music. The same blendiin has occurred with food. Different ingredients and recipes from Latin America, Africa, Asia, and Europe have come together to create American cuisine. When elements from two or more cultures combine into something new, it is called cultural blending blending. American English is one of the best examples of cultural blendinng Americans use many words that come from other languages. For example, the terms kindergarten, frankfurter, and sauerbraten come from German. Enslaved Africans brought many terms with them. Some of these evolved into words we use every day, such as banana and cola. Rodeo and canyon are examples of words that come from Spanish. Many place names are of Native American origin. For example, the name Mississippi means “big river.” LEETSPEAK Have you heard of “133t5p34k” or “leetspeeak” Leetspeak is a kind of made-up written dialect. It comes from the word elite, which means a special, privileged group. Leet began as part of the underground culture centered around text messaging on the Internet. It involves makiin changes to standard written text. So, for example, the term “leet” itself is often written “1337” or “133t.” 140 Chapter 50%–10% 11%–25% 26%–50% 51%–87% COMPARING 52% Protestan 24% Catholic 2% Mormon 1% Jewish 1% Muslim 10% Other 10% None Source: 􀀥􀀫􀀣􀀃􀀹􀁎􀁑􀁋􀁃􀀃􀀨􀁀􀁂􀁓􀁁􀁎􀁎􀁊 (2002) Languages, Religion, and Ethnicity Rank Language 1 English 2 Spanish 3 Chinese 4 French 5 German 6 Tagalog 7 Vietnamese 8 Italian 9 Korean 10 Russian Source: U.S. Census Bureau (2000) CRITICAL THINKING 1. Categorize What percentage of the population is Christian? 2. Make Inferences Why might Hispanics be so heavily concentrated in the West and Southwest? ETHNICITY These maps show the distribution of certain ethnni minorities. African Americans, for example, make up about 12 percent of the total U.S. populattio but in the Southeast they are more heavily concentrated and make up a higher percentage of the population. Hispanic Americans now make up about 13 percent and Asian Americans about 4 percent of the total U.S. population. LANGUAGES The chart below shows the most common languages spoken in U.S. households. RELIGIONS The pie graph below shows the religious prefereence of Americans. Christians make up over three-quarters of the population. AFRICAN AMERICAN HISPANIC ASIAN The United States 141CONNECTChallenges of Diversity Immigrants have added much richness to American culture. But living in such a diverse country also has its difficulties. For example, immigrants tend to settle in cities where they can find other people from their homeland. As a result, some cities end up with high percentages of immigrants, many of whom don’t speak English. These people face limited employment options and are more likely to live in poverty. Diversity also affects education. Most immigrant children learn to speak and read English, but that learning doesn’t happen overnight. In some places, such as California, teachers have classes in which students speak several different languages. Teaching such a group English—or any other subject—can be a tough job. Finally, diversity sometimes leads to debate. Many people say that the United States is a melting pot. By that, they mean that over time, people who come to the United States adopt a uniform American culture. In recent times, some people have objected to that idea. They believe that a person does not have to give up his or her language or customs to be an American. Instead, they like to describe the United States as a quilt or a mosaic, in which many individual pieces make up the whole but still remain unique. MAKE INFERENCES Explain how immigrants have made U.S. culture more diverse. From 1892 to 1924, Ellis Island (shown below) in New York harbor was the main entry point for immigrants. An estimaate 17 million immigrants passed through its facilities. After immigration services moved to New York City, Ellis Island served as a detention center for both aliens and deportees. Make a Pie Graph 1. Calculate the percentage of immigrants from each country on the chart. First divide the number of immigrants from a country by the total. Then multiply the answer by 100. For example: 7,238,000 ÷ 69,869,000 = .104 .104 x 100 = 10.4 percent That is the percentage of immigrants who came from Germany. 2. Draw a circle on a piece of paper. Draw a wedge on the circle that represents 10.4 percent of its total. Add wedges for each of the other countries and for Other. 3. Color each wedge a different color. Label the wedges with the country names. Add the numbers beneath the names. to Math U.S. Immigration 1820–2004 Country of Origin Number of Immigrants (to the nearest thousand) Germany 7,238,000 Mexico 6,849,000 Italy 5,446,000 United Kingdom 5,337,000 Ireland 4,788,000 Other 40,211,000 Total 69,869,000 Sources: Offi ce of Immigration Statistics, Department of Homeland Security 142 Chapter 5CONNECT The Arts and Popular Culture KEY QUESTION How has cultural blending affected U.S. arts? Cultural diversity has had a huge impact on American arts. This impact can clearly be seen in literature and music. Literature Many writers have produced novels about immigrants and their children. For example, Amy Tan wrote The Joy Luck Club about Chinese mothers and their Chinese-American daughters. Much American literature deals with American history or American experiencces For example, The Great Gatsby by F. Scott Fitzgerald portrays a man chasing the American dream during the 1920s. Jazz, Blues, Country, and Rock American music has also been affected by cultural blending. One example of this is jazz. Jazz is a type of music that African Americans developed from a blending of African rhythms, American band music, and the musical styles of African Americans and Europeans. Another distinctive type of music related to jazz is the blues. Blues features lyrics that express sorrow, usually about problems in love or the hardships of life. Two other types of American music developed from the blendiin of different styles. Country music grew out of folk music, the blues, and religious music. Great artists of country music include Hank Williams and Patsy Cline. Rock music evolved from elements of the blues, country music, and American popular songs. Chuck Berry and Elvis Presley were important names in the early history of rock music. The Blues and the Mississippi Delta The blues developed in the South. One region closely associated with the music is the Delta, a broad, flat area in northwestern Mississippi. Many people there worked as sharecroppers, farming someone else’s land for little reward. The blues were the perfect way for people in the Delta to express their troubles. Great blues artists include Robert Johnson (at right), Bessie Smith, and Muddy Waters. DRAW CONCLUSIONS What do you think some of the topics of Mississippi Delta blues might be? Geography & Culture The United States 143Today’s American Music Scene Chances are that you and your friends listen to a wide range of music without even realizing it. Some of the most popular songs on the radio today echo the earlier blues and rock of your parents’ generation, or even classical music. And there’s a growing internationalism, with music from all parts of the world showing up in the CD racks. One of the most popular musical trends is hip-hop. Hip-hop music developed in the South Bronx section of New York City in the 1970s. One technique involved in hip-hop is rapping, a form of chanted street poetry set to rhythmic music. Another techniiqu is sampling, in which an existing song provides an underlying rhythm or melody and other sounds are superimposed over it—such as music made by scratching on a turntable or “beatboxing,” creating beats and sound effects using the mouth. By the 1990s, hip-hop was a regular on the music charts and had begun to spread world-wide. However, the biggest story in American music today has nothing to do with the kinds of music people are listening to—it’s all about how we are listening. Access to music of all kinds and in huge numbeer is higher than ever, thanks to the Internet. Online music services offer databases of inexpensive downloadable music from all genres with a click of the mouse. And all those songs can now be loaded right onto a player that easily fits into the palm of your hand. There’s no predicting what the next change in music technology will be, but the evidence is clear: more people will be “wired” to a broad range of music that increases every day. Sports, Entertainment, and Leisure Americans are avid sports fans. Many people take part in team sports and individual activities such as in-line skating or golf. In addition, millions follow team sports such as baseball, basketball, and football—both at stadiums and on television. In fact, the national football championship, the Super Bowl, is one of the most highly watched television programs each year. Play Ball Fans cheer during a Seattle Mariners baseball game at Safeco Field in Seattle. 144 Chapter 5ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 3 Americans spend a lot of time on leisure activities and entertainment. Leisure is time that is free from work or other duties. One reason Americans have so much leisure time is that the United States is a prosperous nation. Perhaps the two most popular forms of entertainment are movies and television. A film or TV program can have an audience of millions. These two forms of entertainment have created experiences that the majority of Americans share. They help to unify the culture. Other common pastimes in the United States include a wide variety of hobbies. Some of the most popular are playing compuute games, camping, raising pets, gardening, and collecting things such as baseball cards, stamps, or autographs. Finally, many Americans use part of their free time to improve their society. For example, some people cook meals at shelters for homeless people. Others volunteer to pick up litter along highways. Often, people find that helping others not only makes them feel better about themselves, but it makes their communities better too. ANALYZE CAUSES AND EFFECTS Explain how cultural blending has affected the arts in the United States. Skateboarding An 11-year-old boy skateboards in New York City. RELIGION LANGUAGE ETHNICITY ARTS & CULTURE 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of • public education • literacy USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Categorize Use your completed chart to answer the following question: What are some elements and examples of the diversity that makes up the culture of the United States?• cultural blending • jazz KEY IDEAS 3. Why do people come to the United States? 4. In what way is American English an example of cultural blending? 5. How has the physical geography of the United States affected its literature? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Draw Conclusions How does public education help immigrants adapt to living in the United States? 7. Analyze Effects How did the development of the blues lead to additional cultural blending in music? 8. CONNECT to Today Do you think that the United States today is more like a melting pot or a mosaic? Use evidence to support your answer. 9. TECHNOLOGY Plan a Web Page Look for more examples of cultural blending in U.S. culture. Plan a Web page that would explain what cultural blending is and give examples from categories such as food, fashion, literature, music, and recreational activities. The United States 1454 S E CTI ON GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED The United States is a country of great diversity that continues to draw immigrants from around the world. NOW YOU WILL LEARN The United States purchases goods from and sells goods to many countries around the world. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES amendment a written change to the U.S. Constitution that must go through an approval process representative democracy a type of government in which citizens hold political power through elected representatives republic another term for representative democracy federal system a government system in which powers are divided between the national and state governments free enterprise an economic system in which businesses are free to operate without much government involvement market economy an economic system in which the production of goods and services is decided by supply and the demand of consumers Interstate Highway System a network of more than 45,000 miles of roads that links every major U.S. city global economy economy in which buying and selling occurs across national borders multinational corporation a company that operates in more than one country REVIEW import to bring something from one country into another export to send something from one country to another CATEGORIZE GOVERNMENT ECONOMY 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Reading Strategy Re-create the chart shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the chart to note the main ideas about the government and economy of the United States. Skillbuilder Handbook, page R7 146 Chapter 5SECTION4 GOVERNMENT & ECONOMICS Connecting to Your World Have you ever had an election in your classroom? The candidate gives a speech and asks you and your classmates for their support and their votes. At national political conventions you may have seen on television, music is played, and balloons are dropped from the ceiling. People wave signs and cheer. Why do people become so excited? They hope that they have just chosen the person who will be elected the nation’s next leader. In the United States, citizens play a role in selecting their own government. Not all countries recognize the people’s right to choose their leaders. The U.S. Government KEY QUESTION What are the three branches of the U.S. government? As Section 2 explained, the U.S. government is based on a written constituution This document has changed since it was first written in 1787. Changes are added through amendments amendments, written additions that must go through an approval process. There have been 27 amendments. Political Action A crowd waves American flags at a political convention. What issues are most important to you and your classmates? 147 Democracy and Free EnterpriseLEGISLATIVE EXECUTIVE JUDICIAL COMPARING A Federal Republic The U.S. government is a representative democracy democracy. A democracy is a government in which the people govern. The United States is much too large for every citizen to take part in making laws and policies, so U.S. citizens elect officials to represent them. Another term for a representative democracy is a republic republic. The Constitution also created a federal system in which power is divided between the national and state governments. As you learned in Section 2, the national government is further divided into three branches: legislative, executive, and judicial. Checks and Balances Recall that Americans fought for independeenc because they believed that Britain had ruled them unfairly. As a result, they tried to prevent future abuses of power. They wrote a Constitution that gives each branch of government the ability to act as a check, or limit, upon the other two. Those limits keep power in balance by spreading it across the branches. That’s why people say our government is a system of checks and balances. For example, Congress makes the laws, but the president must sign them before they go into effect. And the Supreme Court has the power to say that a law is not valid. These are just some of the ways that the branches of government act as checks on each other. CATEGORIZE Describe the three branches of the U.S. government. CRITICAL THINKING Draw Conclusions What is the main way in which the president acts as a check on the Congress? • U.S. Congress creates, abolishes, and changes laws • approves appointments and treaties • imposes taxes • declares war • impeaches and tries officials for misconduct • President either signs laws or vetoes [rejects] them • enforces laws • appoints judges and other officials • commands the military forces • directs foreign and national security affairs • U.S. Supreme Court interprets laws • overturns laws that conflict with the Constitution • hears certain cases involving federal law or treaties • reviews cases on appeal Branches of the U.S. Government 148 Chapter 5Cotton Cotton Cotton Cotton Cotton Cotton Cattle Tobacco Tobacco Tobacco CattleCattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Cattle Hogs Hogs Corn Hogs Hogs Hogs Sheep Sheep Wheat Wheat Wheat Wheat Wheat Wheat Corn Corn Corn Baltimore Seattle San Francisco Los Angeles Dallas Ft. Worth Houston Atlanta Philadelphia New York Detroit Cleveland Chicago St. Louis Gulf of Mexico AT L A N T I C OCEAN PAC I F I C OCEANDairy farming Commercial grain Livestock ranching Livestock and crop farming Specialized horticulture Non-agricultural Farm products Chemicals Food processing High-tech Oil and gas Shipbuilding Textiles Vehicles Wheat Agriculture Industry N S E W 00 250 500 kilometers 250 500 miles The U.S. Economy KEY QUESTION Who controls the U.S. economy? The U.S. economy is based on free enterprise enterprise—businesses are free to operate without much government involvement. Individuals and companies own most of the resources, equipment, and factories. A Market Economy The United States has a market economy economy, in which individuals and businesses can make their own choices about what to buy and sell. The freedom people have to try to make money has enriched the country as a whole. The U.S. economy produces goods and services worth more than the output of any other country. Service industries—businesses that provide services, not producctsaccount for 78 percent of the money earned by the U.S. econommy Service industries include banks, insurance companies, hotels, restaurants, and repair shops. Manufacturing accounts for 21 percent and agriculture accounts for 1 percent. CONNECT Geography & Economics 1. Region In which state is there a high concentration of the oil and gas industry? 2. Location Certain parts of the West and South Florida are non-agricultural. Why might this be so? Agriculture and Industry of the United States 149ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 4 The U.S. government does not run the economy, but it plays an important role. It promotes safety, fights unfair business actions, and builds structures to help economic growth. For example, the governmeen paid to construct the Interstate Highway System System, a network of more than 45,000 miles of roads that links major U.S. cities. The highways improved the transport of goods and people. Globalization and a Changing Economy One of the biggest changes in recent times is the rise of a global economy economy, in which much buying and selling occurs across international borders. Technologies such as the Internet have linked businesses around the world. The United States trades with many other countries. It imports goods such as automobiles, clothing, and petroleum. It exports goods such as airplanes, computers, and plastics. Canada, Mexico, Japan, and China are among the biggest U.S. trading partners. The creation of multinational corporations corporations, or companies that operaat in more than one country, has added to the global economy. Such corporations often locate factories in countries where resources or labor are cheap. Many multinational corporations have their headquarrter in the United States. FIND MAIN IDEAS Explain who controls the U.S. economy. Highway System The Los Angeles freeways help to unify a widespread city. How might a highway system link a region? GOVERNMENT ECONOMY 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of KEY IDEAS 3. How did the Constitution create a system of checks and balances in the government? 4. How did the Interstate Highway System affect the U.S. economy? 5. Which countries are the main U.S. trading partners? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Contrast What are differences between the roles that individuals and government play in the economy? 7. Draw Conclusions Why might Canada and Mexico be major trading partners of the United States? 8. CONNECT to Today How do you think that the growth of multinational corporations might affect the government’s role in the economy? 9. MATH Create a Pie Graph Look back through this section to learn what percentage of the U.S. economy is service industries, what percentage is manufacturing, and what percentage is agriculture. Use those percentages to create a pie graph. • federal system • free enterprise • market economy • multinational corporation USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Categorize Use your completed chart to answer the following question: What are some duties of government that might affect the economy? 150 Chapter 5Elevation Mountain peak (4,000 m) (2,000 m) (1,000 m) (200 m) (0 m) Below sea level 13,100 ft. 6,600 ft. 3,280 ft. 650 ft. 0 ft. 3 7 6 10 14 19 11 Rocky Mountains Everglades Use the Terms & Names list to complete each sentence on paper or online. NAME GAME GeoGame Crossword Puzzle 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to complete these and other activities online @ClassZone.com To play the complete game, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com For Review and Study Notes, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Physical Geography of the United States 1. I am a swampy region located in southern Florida. _______________________________ 2. I am vast grassland in north-central North America. ______________________________ 3. I am a mountain chain that runs from Alaska to New Mexico. ___________________________ 4. I am a mountain chain that runs parallel to the Atlantic coast from the Northeast to the South. _______________________________ 5. I cut through a plateau in Arizona. __________ 6. Most of me lies on the U.S.–Canada border, although one part of me lies entirely inside the United States. __________________________ 7. I run along the high ridge line of the Rocky Mountains. ____________________________ 8. I am located in Alaska. ___________________ 9. I lie to the south of the United States. ________ 10. I stretch across the United States and link every major city. _____________________________ Appalachian Mountains continental divide Dust Bowl Everglades Grand Canyon Great Lakes Great Plains Gulf of Mexico Interstate Highway System land bridge Mississippi River Mt. McKinley Piedmont Rocky Mountains CHAPTER SUMMARY Key Idea 1 The physical geography of the United States varies greatly from coast to coast. Key Idea 2 Native Americans and peoples from other continents all came together to build a nation. Key Idea 3 The United States is one of the most diverse nations in the world, and it has a rich culture blended from many world cultures. Key Idea 4 The United States purchases goods from and sells goods to many countries around the world. Use this online map to show what you know about the physical geography of the United States. Drag and drop each place name to its location on the map. Appalachian Mountains Great Lakes Great Plains Mississippi River Rocky Mountains Complete the online crossword puzzle to test your knowledge of how the United States became a nation. ACROSS 1. president during the Civil War 151Assessment C H A P T E R How did a developing nation grow into a world power? Written Response Write a two paragraph response to the Essential Question. Be sure to consider the key ideas of each section as well as specific ideas about how the United States grew. Use the rubric below to guide your thinking. Response Rubric A strong response will: • explain the steps by which U.S. territory grew • discuss the influences that created U.S. diversity • analyze the elements of the U.S. economy VOCABULARY Explain the significance of each of the following. 1. Lewis and Clark Expedition 2. Great Lakes 3. Civil War 4. Great Depression 5. literacy 6. cultural blending 7. republic 8. free enterprise Explain how the first term in each group relates to the terms that follow. 9. immigrant: land bridge, colony 10. Constitution: amendment, federal system KEY IDEAS 1 From Coast to Coast 11. What are three major geographic features that run from north to south? 12. What is the nation’s largest agricultural region, and what are its main crops? 13. Which region has the most mountainous terrain? 2 Creating a Nation 14. How did the French and Indian War help lead to the Revolutionary War? 15. What was the purpose of Lewis and Clark’s journey? 16. Which neighboring country lost large amounts of land to the United States? 3 A Diverse Culture 17. Which immigrant groups came to the United States in large numbers during the mid-1800s? 18. How have African Americans contributed to culture? 19. Why might some immigrants object to the concept of the United States as a melting pot? 4 Democracy and Free Enterprise 20. Why is the U.S. government considered a representative democracy? 21. What is a federal system? 22. What economic change was spurred by technology? CRITICAL THINKING 23. Compare and Contrast Create a table to compare and contrast the transcontinental railroad and the Interstate Highway System. 24. Distinguish Fact from Opinion The Declaration of Independence lists several complaints about the British king, including “imposing Taxes on us without our Consent.” Is that complaint fact or opinion? Explain. 25. Draw Conclusions When you consider the part farming plays in the overall economy, do you think most Americans live in urban or rural areas? Why? 26. Five Themes: Location In 1941, Japan bombed the U.S. naval base at Pearl Harbor, Hawaii. Why would the Japanese view Pearl Harbor as a big military threat? 27. Connect Geography & Culture The number of Spanish speakers is growing. How might U.S. culture change as a result? RAILROAD HIGHWAY SYSTEM Answer the ESSENTIAL QUESTION 5 152 Chapter 5Elevation Profile of the Western United States 13,100 ft 1,800 mi. 9,800 ft 6,600 ft 3,300 ft 0 ft Coast Ranges Sierra Nevada Rocky Mts. Pikes Peak Great Plains Missouri River Profileline STANDARDS–BASED ASSESSMENT • Online Test Practice @ClassZone.com • Test-Taking Strategies and Practice at the front of this book ELEVATION GRAPH Use the elevation graph to answer questions 1 and 2 on your paper about the elevation of the western United States at 38º north latitude. 1. Which of the following has the highest general elevation? A. Coast Ranges B. Sierra Nevada C. Rocky Mountains D. Great Plains 2. Which has the lowest elevation? A. between Sierra Nevada and Rocky Mountains B. between Rocky Mountains and Great Plains C. between Coast Ranges and Sierra Nevada D. in the Coast Ranges ANALYZING PRIMARY SOURCES Examine the Great Seal of the United States shown below. Use the seal to answer questions 3 and 4 on your own paper. 3. Why might the motto E Pluribus Unum (one from many) be on the Great Seal of the United States? 4. Why might the eagle on the seal clutch an olive branch in one claw and arrows in the other claw? 1. INTERDISCIPLINARY ACTIVITY—MUSIC Working in a small group, find three or four examples of jazz that you like. Concentrate on instrumental music, not songs with lyrics. In a group discussion, compare and contrast the pieces. Then play the music and present your findings in class. 2. WRITING FOR SOCIAL STUDIES Research to find out more about the American bison—including how large it is, how long it lives, what it eats, what its habits are, and where it still can be found. Create a booklet about the bison to teach younger students about this American animal. 3. MENTAL MAPPING Create an outline map of the United States and label the following: • Appalachian Mountains • Rocky Mountains • Atlantic Ocean • Pacific Ocean • Gulf of Mexico • Mississippi River • Great Lakes • Great Plains The United States 153CONNECT Geography & History C H A P T E R Canada ESSENTIAL QUESTION How is Canada managing its resources in the 21st century? Use the map and the time line to answer the following questions. 1. When was the city of Quebec founded? 2. On what body of water are both Quebec and Montreal located? 1600 Geography 1608 Samuel de Champlain founds Quebec City. Geography 1791 Great Britain creates Upper and Lower Canada. Culture 1763 Great Britain takes over New France, causing Canada to have two major languages. 1 GEOGRAPHY Mountains, Prairies, and Coastlands 2 HISTORY First Peoples to a Modern Nation CULTURE 3 A Nation of Immigrants 4 GOVERNMENT & ECONOMICS Rich Resources in a Vast Land N S E W 6 154 Chapter 640°N 50°N 60°N 70°W 80°W 90°W 100°W 110°W Arctic Circle Saskatchewan R. Mackenzie R. St. Lawrence R. Labrador Sea Hudson Bay Baffin Bay Beaufort Sea Great Bear Lake Great Slave Lake Lake Winnipeg Gulf of St. Lawrence Davis Strait L. Superior L. Michigan L. Huron L. Erie L. Ontario ARC T I C O C E A N AT L A N T I C OCEAN Whitehorse Victoria Saskatoon Regina Thunder Bay Windsor Halifax Quebec Montreal Ottawa Toronto Winnipeg Calgary Edmonton Vancouver St. John’s Yellowknife Iqaluit Charlottetown Fredericton B a f f i n I sl a n d E l l e s m e re I . Queen Elizabeth Islands Victoria Island Banks Island Newfoundland YUKON TERRITORY BRITISH COLUMBIA ALBERTA MANITOBA ONTARIO QUEBEC PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND NEW BRUNSWICK NOVA SCOTIA SASKATCHEWAN NORTHWEST TERRITORIES NUNAVUT N EW FO UNDL AND A N D LABR ADOR U N I T E D S T A T E S GREENLAND (Denmark) ALASKA (U.S. ) C A N A D A 0 250 0 250 500 kilometers 500 miles N S E W National capital Provincial capital Other city 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 􀁅to explore Canada @ClassZone.com GEOGRAPHY Today History 1867 Canada becomes a dominion in the British Empire. Government 1931 Canada becomes self-governing. (Parliament building in Ottawa) Culture 1908 Lucy Maud Montgomery publishes Anne of Green Gables. Economics 1992 NAFTA (North American Free Trade Agreement) unites Canada, the United States, and Mexico in a free-trade zone. Present-Day Canada 155S E CTI ON1 GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED The United States has a great number of landforms and bodies of water, as well as great variety in its climate and vegetation. NOW YOU WILL LEARN The physical geography of Canada shares many landforms and bodies of water with the United States. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES province a Canadian political unit, similar to a U.S. state territory a Canadian political unit that doesn’t have enough people to be a province Canadian Shield a horseshoe-shaped, rocky plateau that covers much of eastern central Canada Hudson Bay a large inland sea to the north of the province of Ontario St. Lawrence Seaway a waterway made up of the St. Lawrence River, the Great Lakes, and several canals hydroelectric having to do with electricity created by water-powered engines Nunavut (NOO•nuh•VOOT) a territory creatte in 1999 from the eastern part of the Northwest Territories and home to many Inuit REVIEW Great Lakes five lakes forming the largest group of freshwater lakes in the world tundra a cold, dry climate and vegetation adapted to the climate in the Arctic Circle Reading Strategy Re-create the chart that is shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the chart to organize important details about the physical geography of Canada. Skillbuilder Handbook, page R7 Visual Vocabulary tundra CATEGORIZE LANDFORMS & WATER CLIMATE RESOURCES Atlantic Provinces Core Provinces Prairie Provinces British Columbia & Territories 156 Chapter 6Lake Ontario Lake Erie CANADA U.S. Niagara Falls SECTION GEOGRAPHY Connecting to Your World The United States has long coastlines on its eastern and western borders. It also has vast plains in the center and towering mountains in the west. What you may not know is that Canada, located north of the United States, shares many of the same geographic features. In this section, you will learn more about the landscape of Canada, the second largest country in the world. You will also learn how its northern location affects its climate. Landforms and Bodies of Water KEY QUESTION What are the four regions of Canada? You have learned that the United States can be divided into four regions, and that each region contains many states. Canada can also be divided into regions. It has political units called provinces provinces, which are similar to states. It also has territories territories, political units that don’t have enough people to become provinces. Canada’s 13 provinces and territories are often divided into four geographic regions: the Atlantic Provinces, the Core Provinces, the Prairie Provinces, and British Columbia and Territories. Niagara Falls Niagara Falls forms a natural boundary between Canada and the United States. 1 157 Mountains, Prairies, and CoastlandsCOMPARING Atlantic Provinces This region includes Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island. (See map oppositte. The Appalachian Mountains A extend into the region. In most places, the soil is poor for farming. Because the Atlantic coast has good harbors, the Atlantic Provinces became a region of seafarers instead. The western edge of the region lies on the Canadian Shield B , a horseshoe-shaped plateau that covers much of east-central Canada. During the Ice Age, glaciers scraped the soil from the shield, leaving exposed rock. Much of the Canadian Shield is too barren to settle. Core Provinces Bodies of water border the Core Provinces of Quebec and Ontario. Hudson Bay C is a large inland sea to the north, and the St. Lawrence River D and Great Lakes lie to the south. That river, those lakes, and several canals form the St. Lawrence Seaway Seaway, a waterway linking the Atlantic Ocean to the heart of North America. Quebec and Ontario are the most densely populated provinces, even though most of their lands lie on the barren Canadian Shield. People have crowded into a narrow region of fertile land along the Great Lakes and St. Lawrence River. Many rivers flow from the Canadian Shield into this area. Canadians have built hydroelectric plants on the rivers, to create electricity from water-powered engines. CRITICAL THINKING Evaluate Which region would probably provide most of the country’s food supply? Regions of Canada British Columbia & Territories Yoho National Park in British Columbia Prairie Provinces Grain elevators in Manitoba Atlantic Provinces Cape Breton Island, Nova Scotia Core Provinces Quebec’s Old Town on the St. Lawrence River 158Mt. Logan 19,524 ft (5,951 m) L. Superior L. Michigan L. Huron L. Erie L. Ontario 40°N 30°N 50°N 70°W 80°W 100°W 90°W 110°W 120°W 130°W UNITED STATES GREENLAND (DENMARK) ALASKA (U.S. ) Mackenzie R. St. Lawrence R. Saskatchewan R. Labrador Sea Hudson BayBaffin Bay Beaufort Sea Gulf of Alaska Great Bear Lake Great Slave Lake Lake Winnipeg Gulf of St. Lawrence Davis Strait PACIFIC OCEAN ATLANTIC OCEAN ARCTIC OCEAN COAST MOUNTAINS APPALACHIAN MTS. MACKENZIE MTS. R O C K Y M O U N TA I N S C A N A D I A N S H I E L D UNGAVA PENINSULA G RE AT P LAIN S Newfoundland Baffin Island Queen Elizabeth Islands Ellesmere Island Victoria Island Banks Island Glacier Elevation (4,000 m) (2,000 m) (1,000 m) (200 m) (0 m) Below sea level 13,100 ft. 6,600 ft. 3,280 ft. 650 ft. 0 ft. Mountain peak 0 250 0 250 500 kilometers 500 miles N S E W Prairie Provinces The Great Plains, which you studied in an earliie chapter, extend northward into the Prairie Provinces—Manitoba, Saskatchewan (sa•SKACH•uh•WAHN), and Alberta. To the west, this region is bordered by the Canadian Rockies E . The Prairie Provinces are mostly flat grasslands and are one of Canada’s major farming regions. Evergreen forests are found in the north. British Columbia and Territories British Columbia is bounded by the Pacific Ocean to the west and the Canadian Rockies to the east. British Columbia has a scenic coast and jagged coastal mountains. Canada’s three territories are the Yukon, the Northwest Territories, and Nunavut (NOO•nuh•VOOT), created in 1999 from the eastern part of the Northwest Territories. Nunavut is home to many native peoples. It has a rocky mainland and thousands of Arctic Islands. The Northwest Territories contain two of Canada’s largest lakes, the Great Bear and Great Slave lakes. The Mackenzie River F , Canada’s longest, runs from the Great Slave Lake to the Arctic Ocean. SUMMARIZE Name the four regions of Canada. CONNECT Geography & Culture 1. Region What landform is south of Hudson Bay and north of the Great Lakes? 2. Location What is one of the main functions of the St. Lawrence River? C A B D EF Physical Geography of Canada Canada 159NUNAV U T Climates of Canada KEY QUESTION What are some infl uences on Canada’s climates? Think of the coldest states that you know of within the United States. Canada is located even farther north than those states—so far north that it reaches into the Arctic Circle. A Northern Land Canadians think of themselves as a people of the far north, but in reality the northernmost lands are thinly populated. Since the northern part of Canada lies much closer to the North Pole than to the equator, its climate is very cold. Some places remain frozze all year, and most of the region is tundra tundra, flat treeless land near the Arctic Circle. Also, places that are far from the equator have a great variation in the hours of sunlight they receive during the year. Winter days are very short, and the long period of darkness increases the cold. Because life in the far north is so harsh, about 90 percent of all Canadians live within about 200 miles of the U.S. border. Mild and Harsh Climates Bodies of water also influence Canada’s climate. The Atlantic and Pacific oceans have a moderating effect on the coasts; winters are warmer and summers cooler there. Similarly, the Great Lakes make the climates of southern Ontario and Quebec milder. In contrast, the Prairie Provinces, located far from the oceans, have very cold winters and warm to hot summers. The oceans and lakes make nearby lands humid, while the Prairie Provinces are drier. Mountains also play a role in causing this differennce Winds blowing in from the Pacific pass over the coastal mountaiins As they rise, they drop moisture, causing high rainfalls in parts of British Columbia. The lands east of the mountains are arid. FIND MAIN IDEAS Describe infl uences on Canada’s climate. Midnight Sun Under the midnight sun, snowmobiles pull sleds loaded with suppllie back to camp across the Arctic ice in Nunavut, Canada. What other means of transportation might people use on the Arctic ice? 160 Chapter 6ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com BEARS ON ICE! Churchill, Manitoba, is called the polar bear capital of the world. Polar bears live on sea ice and hunt seals. But in the southwestern Hudson Bay, the ice pack melts in summer, forcing the bears onto land. Every year in late fall, polar bears gather near Churchill waiting for the bay to freeze so they can return to the ice. Resources of the Regions KEY QUESTION What are the main resources of each region? Canada has many natural resources, which have helped it to develop a strong economy. Each region has its own distinct set of resources. • The Atlantic Provinces have an abundance of timber and minerra wealth, especially coal. The Gulf of St. Lawrence and coastal waters supply plentiful stocks of seafood for export. • The Core Provinces have a flat fertile plain in the south, plus a mild, humid climate that is good for farming. The St. Lawrence Seaway is a resource that aids transportation and economic growth. Other rivers are used to create hydroelectric power. • The fertile plains of the southern Prairie Provinces are used to raise grain. Oil and natural gas are found in the region, especiaall in Alberta. • British Columbia has forests, minerals, hydroelectric power, ocean fishing, and some fertile lands and valleys. The territories also have resources, such as oil, natural gas, and lead, that have not been developed because they are located far from markets. CATEGORIZE Describe the resources of each of Canada’s regions. LANDFORMS & WATER CLIMATE RESOURCES Atlantic Provinces Core Provinces Prairie Provinces British Columbia & Territories TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of • province • territory • Hudson Bay • Nunavut USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Categorize Use your completed chart to answer the following question: What mountain chain separates the Prairie Provinces and British Columbia? KEY IDEAS 3. Which two regions are the biggest farming areas of Canada? 4. Which two regions have ocean fishing as a major part of their economies? 5. Why haven’t Canadians developed the mineral resources of the territories? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Analyze Effects Give one economic advantage and one disadvantage of the Canadian Shield. 7. Contrast How is the climate of the center of the country different from the climates of the coasts? 8. CONNECT to Today What technologies might make it possible to use the mineral wealth of the territories? 9. SCIENCE Sketch a Map Learn about the Ice Age glaciers in an encyclopedia, a science book, or an educational Web site. Then sketch a map showing which parts of North America were covered by glaciers. 1 Canada 161The St. Lawrence Seaway GEOGRAPHY 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to enter the St. Lawrence Seaway @ClassZone.com SHIPS INTO THE HEARTLAND The St. Lawrence Seaway connects the Great Lakes to the Atlantic Ocean by way of the St. Lawrence River and a system of canals and locks. The seaway enables ships to sail into the heart of the continent. It was completed in the 1950s as a joint project of the United States and Canada. 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to see how millions of tons of goods are shipped on the seaway each year. Most of the freight, consisting of bulk cargo such as grains and minerals, travels from North America to Europe. 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to see how ships are raised and lowered 600 feet by a series of locks. A A seaway lock is a watertight chamber with gates at either end that allows a ship to be lifted or lowered from one level to another. Here the lock gates open to allow a ship to enter. B When all gates are shut, water is let into the lock through a sluice (small channel) to raise or lower the water level. C Once the water in the chamber is level with the canal ahead, the second gate opens and the ship moves on. B 162 Chapter 6ATLANTIC OCEAN Lake Superior Lake Michigan Lake Huron Lake Erie Lake Ontario St. Lawrence River St. Lawrence Seaway Duluth ClevelandBuffalo Quebec Montreal Detroit Chicago Toronto QUEBEC ONTARIO MAINE VT.N.H. MASS. N.Y. PENN. OHIO IND. ILLINOIS WISCONSIN MICHIGAN MINN. C A N A D A U.S.0 100 0 100 200 kilometers 200 miles N C A Build a Lock Use a cardboard shoebox to make a lock. If you have two or more shoeboxes, you might show ships moving in two directions. Use small plastic boats and trucks to show how the boats move in the seaway. Cargo trucks and other vehicles might be positioned along the docks. Route of the St. Lawrence Seaway Canada 163S E CTI ON2 GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Canada spans the continent, from the Atlantic to the Pacific oceans, and from the U.S. border to the Arctic Ocean. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Canada’s diversity is the result of regional differences and events in Canada’s history. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES bilingual using or able to use two languages equally First Nations organized cultural groups of Canada’s native peoples Inuit (IHN•yoo•iht) the native peoples who inhabit the Arctic region of North America Seven Years’ War a conflict (1756–1763) between Britain and France that was fought in North America, Europe, and India dominion in the British Empire, a nation that is allowed to govern its domestic affairs William Lyon Mackenzie King Canadian prime minister who led his country to independdenc Commonwealth of Nations an association including the United Kingdom and many of its former colonies separatist a person who wants a region to break away from the nation it is a part of BACKGROUND VOCABULARY Loyalist a person who supported Great Britain during the American Revolutionary War Reading Strategy Re-create the web diagram shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the outer ovals to note important details about Canada’s history. Skillbuilder Handbook, page R4 FIND MAIN IDEAS Visual Vocabulary bilingual FIRST PEOPLES TO MODERN NATION Early Inhabitants 1. 2. Under British Rule 1. 2. Canada Today 1. 2. 164 Chapter 6QUEBEC U.S. Quebec City SECTION HISTORY Connecting to Your World Marie is a student at a polyvalente, a secondary school in Quebec City. Most of her classes are taught in French, but she has one course in English conversaation Last year, Marie traveled as an exchange student to Manitoba. Unlike Quebec, most people in Manitoba conduct their daily business in English. Marie wants to become fluent in both languages to work in government. Canada is a bilingual country with two official languages— English and French. Early Inhabitants and First Explorers KEY QUESTION Which European countries started colonies in Canada? Earlier, you learned that many scientists believe that the first inhabitants of North America came from Asia by crossing over on a land bridge. A second theory suggests that some people journeyed to North America by boat. Over time, humans spread throughout the Americas. The people in different regions developed separate cultural groups whose ways of life were adapted to the places where they lived. Quebec City Samuel de Champlain, an early explorer, founded Quebec City, shown below. Marie A young participant in Quebec City’s Fétes de la Nouvelle France (Festival of New France) parade 2 165 First Peoples to a Modern NationCONNECT The Earliest Settlers In Canada, the organized cultural groups of native peoples are called First Nations Nations. In the east lived the Algonquian (al•GAHNG•kwee•uhn) peoples, who hunted, and the Iroquois (IHR•uh•KWOY), who hunted and farmed. On the plains, the main groups were the Blackfoot, Cree, Ojibwa, and Sioux (soo). Most lived by hunting bison. The mild Pacific coast was heavily populated. Some groups were the Haida, Kwakiutl (KWAH•kee•OOT•uhl), and Salish. The frosty Arctic lands were inhabited by the Inuit (IHN•yoo•iht), who survived by hunting polar bears, whales, and seals. First Colonies In 1497, the explorer John Cabot landed on the coast of Newfoundland and claimed it for England. In 1534, the French explorer Jacques Cartier (kahr•TYAY) arrived at the mouth of the St. Lawrence. He claimed the nearby lands for France. Many of the French who came to Canada were single men who wanted to grow rich by trading for furs. Some British who came to Canada also wanted furs. The British Hudson’s Bay Company set up many trading posts. But almost all the British who moved to North America came as colonists with families. Britain and France were bittte rivals for lands and wealth. The two nations fought several wars during the late 1600s and 1700s. SUMMARIZE Describe which countries started colonies in Canada. to History Create a Time Line Materials • paper • pencil • ruler 1. Draw a time line to visually express the dates at left. Draw a line that is 8 inches long. Place marks at each end and at twoinnc intervals. 2. Put these dates on your time line: 1450, 1500, 1550, 1600, 1650. 3. Put the events at left on your time line. Place each one in the right segment at the correct distance from the other dates. 1497 John Cabot sails to Newfoundland and claims it for England. 1534 Jacques Cartier reaches the mouth of the St. Lawrence River. A number of different European explorers contributed to knowledge of the lands that later became Canada. 1608 Samuel de Champlain founds Quebec City. A replica of John Cabot’s ship, the Matthew, in full sail during the making of a film. 1610 Henry Hudson explores an inland sea, later named Hudson Bay. 166 Chapter 6Under British Rule KEY QUESTION What steps did Canada take to gain independence? In 1754, fighting again broke out between the British and French in North America. The war, which spread to Europe and India, is called the Seven Years’ War because it lasted from 1756 to 1763 in Europe. (In the United States, it is called the French and Indian War.) Britain won and took French lands, including the colony of Quebec. Upper and Lower Canada Right after the war, French-speakers in Quebec outnumbered the English-speakers, but the population of English-speakers grew. After the American Revolution (1775–1783), thousands of Loyalists Loyalists, people who had supported the British, moved to Canada. French-speakers and English-speakers mistruuste each other. So in 1791, the British divided Quebec into English-speaking Upper Canada (Ontario) and Frenchspeaakin Lower Canada (Quebec). Canada Achieves Self-Government In the 1800s, Canada underwent many changes. Explorers pushed west looking for new places to find furs. Canadians increased their trade with the United States. In 1867, Canada became a dominion dominion, a nation in the British Empire that is selfgoverrning The British monarch remained Canada’s head of state, and the legislature was modeled on the British Parliament. During the late 1800s, Canada continuue to grow. In 1885, a transcontinental railroad was finished. European immigraant moved to Canadian cities and the wide-open plains. The economy boomed. Canadians began to question their role in the British Empire. After World War I, Canadian leaders such as Prime Minister William Lyon Mackenzie King sought independdence This was granted in 1931. Canada joined the Commonwealth of Nations Nations, an association of the United Kingdom and many of its former colonies. FIND MAIN IDEAS Explain how Canada gained independence. HISTORY MAKERS William Lyon Mackenzie King (1874–1950) Mackenzie King (top left) served as prime minister of Canada longer than anyone else. Perhaps his greatest accomplishment was leadiin Canada to independence. He also kept his country together during World War II by uniting French-speaking and English-speaking Canadians despite their opposing views. In the picture above, political leaders gather for the Quebec Conference in August, 1943. From the left: Mackenzie King, U.S. President Franklin D. Roosevelt, British Prime Minister Winston Churchill, and the Earl of Athlone (Governor General of Canada). ONLINE BIOGRAPHY For more on the life of Mackenzie King, go to the Research & Writing Center @ClassZone.com Canada 167ANALYZING Primary Sources Canada Today KEY QUESTION Which minority groups in Canada wanted to gain more self-rule? One major political issue was resolved when Canada became independdent but the country has faced other ongoing concerns since then. Two of those issues have involved responding to minority groups within Canada and dealing with the United States. Tensions over Quebec and Nunavut During the 1960s, some French Canadians campaigned against what they regarded as discriminnation A group of separatists separatists—people who want a region to break away from a country it is a part of—wanted Quebec to break away from Canada. In response, the national government passed a law that required services to be offered in French and English in areas where 10 percent of the people speak French or English. The separatisst continued to seek independence. The people of Quebec voted on the issue of separating in 1995, but the proposal was defeated. The French-speakers were not the only Canadians to want more self-rule. The Inuit of the far north had a similar desire. But instead of seeking separation from Canada, the Inuit wanted self-rule within the country. They negotiated with the government to gain a separate Inuit territory as part of Canada, and Nunavut was created in 1999. DOCUMENT–BASED QUESTION What aspects of cultural heritage do you think this act might apply to? The Canadian Multiculturalism Act (1988) set forth the government’s intention to help all members of Canadian society preserve their unique cultures. It is hereby declared to be the policy of the Government of Canada to . . . recognize and promote the understanding that multiculturalism reflects the cultural and racial diversity of Canadian society and acknowledges the freedom of all members of Canadian society to preserve [save], enhance [develop], and share their cultural heritage. Source: The Canadian Multiculturalism Act of 1988 Mural painted by children for Canada Day ONLINE PRIMARY SOURCE To learn more about the Canadian Multiculturalism Act of 1988, go to the Research & Writing Center @ClassZone.com 168 Chapter 6CONNECT Geography & History CANADA U.S. ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Environmental Partners Canada and the United States work as partners to fi ght pollution. One area at risk is the heavily industriaalize Great Lakes region. Air pollution was causing acid rain, which kills trees and fi sh. In 1991, the two nations signed an agreement to improve air quality. Since then, the gases that cause acid rain have been reduced by about a third. Relations with the United States At times, tensions exist between Canada and the United States. For example, the two countries have some differences in their views of how best to fight terrorism. Global warming and trade are two other issues on which Canada and the United States occasionally have differeen opinions and follow divergent paths. In spite of such disagreements, Canada and the United States have a good relationshhip Their 5,525-mile border is the longest unprotected border in the world, although guards do check papers and inspect vehicles. The U.S. and Canadian economies are closely linked. The two countries have signed agreements to promote trade with each other, such as the 1989 Free Trade Agreement and the 1994 North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA). From 1989 to 2004, U.S. exports to Canada more than doubled, and imports from Canada tripled. SUMMARIZE Explain which minorities in Canada wanted self-rule. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of • bilingual • Inuit • dominion • separatist USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Find Main Ideas Use your completed diagram to answer the following question: How has Canada accommodated the diversity of its population? KEY IDEAS 3. How did the rivalry between Britain and France affect Canadian history? 4. What did dominion status mean for Canada? 5. What is unique about the U.S.-Canada border? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Analyze Causes How did Canada’s history cause it to become a bilingual country? 7. Contrast What was the main difference between the goals of the Quebec separatists and the Inuit? 8. CONNECT to Today How do you think the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, have affected the number of border guards and inspections on the U.S.-Canada border? Explain. 9. WRITING Create a Venn Diagram Make a Venn diagram showing how Canadian history and United States history are alike and different. Then write a paragraph summarizing the main ideas. 2 FIRST PEOPLES TO MODERN NATION Under British Rule 1. 2. Early Inhabitants 1. 2. Canada Today 1. 2. Canada 169S E CTI ON3 GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com CATEGORIZE LANGUAGE RELIGION ETHNICITY ARTS & CULTURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Canada has a history that begins about the same time as that of the United States, and like the United States, Canada is a nation of immigrants. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Because Canada is a nation of immigrants, it has a diverse population and a variety of cultures shaped by many influences. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES Royal Canadian Mounted Police an organization of officers who were responsible for law enforcement in the Canadian West Inuktitut the language of the Inuit lacrosse a team sport invented by Native Americans BACKGROUND VOCABULARY igloo a house made of snow Reading Strategy Re-create the chart that is shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the chart to organize information about the diverse culture of Canada. Skillbuilder Handbook, page R7 Visual Vocabulary igloo Visual Vocabulary lacrosse 170 Chapter 6SECTION CULTURE Connecting to Your World Have you ever got caught up in the gunfights and horse chases of a television western? Like the United States, Canada also has a rugged western region that was settled later than the East. However, the settling of Canada’s West was more peaceffu than that of the U.S. West. A group of officers known as the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) provided law enforcement in the Canadian West. Famous for their bright red uniforms, the Mounties have become a symbol of Canada around the world. A Diverse Population KEY QUESTION Where have immigrants to Canada come from? One of the first jobs assigned to the Mounties was to keep peace between the First Nations and the settlers who moved into the Canadian West. Today, Canada is still seeking ways to prevent conflicts between cultuura groups. In general, the government works to protect the diversity of Canadian society. Mounted Police A constable in the RCMP wears the ceremonial red uniform. Nunavut An Inuit with his dog team stands outsiid his igloo in Nunavut near Hudson Bay. 3 171 A Nation of Immigrants0123456 Population in Millions Selected Ethnic Groups of Canada Chinese English French Scottish Ukrainian Ethnic Group Canada has been diverse from its beginning. The first inhabitants of Canada were different native groups, such as the Cree, the Ojibwa, and the Inuit. The first Europeans to arrive were the Norse, and then the English and French. In the 1800s and 1900s, people from a number of other countries moved to Canada—including people from Scotland, Ireland, Germany, Italy, China, Ukraine, Norway, and Sweden. Because of its history, Canada is a bilingual country with two official languages. About 59 percent of the people speak English as a first language, and about 23 percent speak French. About 18 percent, mostly immigrants, speak other languages. Some Canadians speak native languages such as Inuktitut Inuktitut, the language of the Inuit. About 43 percent of Canadians are Roman Catholic, and about 23 percent are Protestant. Many French Canadians are Catholic, as are many Italian, Ukrainian, and Irish immigrants. Many people of English descent are Protestant. About 2 percent of Canadians are Muslim. SUMMARIZE Describe where immigrants to Canada have come from. Life in Canada KEY QUESTION What are three distinct ways of life in Canada? Ethnic groups aren’t spread evenly across Canada. French Canadians are concentrated in the province of Quebec. Ukrainians tended to settle in the Prairie Provinces, where the land is similar to the plains of Ukraine. Many Chinese immigrants live on the Pacific coast. Ukrainian Dancers Dancers perform at the Pysanka Festival in Vegreville, Alberta. A pysanka is a decorated Ukrainian Easter egg. Why might people of British and French origins together make up more than one-third of the Canadian population? • The Canadian census provides information about 28 ethnic groups. • The bar graph above shows the number (in millions) of five ethnic groups out of a total Canadian population of close to 30 million people. Source: Statistics Canada 172 Chapter 6CONNECT Geography & Culture Where People Live As Section 1 explained, about 90 percent of all Canadians live near the southern border. One of the most densely populated regions of Canada is the area near the St. Lawrence River and the Great Lakes. Port cities are also densely populated. More than 75 percent of Canadians live in cities. In general, cities are more modern and offer more jobs and cultural opportunities. Rural areas tend to have more traditional ways of life based on farming. But in recent times, technologies such as satellite dishes have been bringing modern life to the rural areas of Canada. In Canada, a third way of life exists—Arctic life. For centuries, people in the Arctic region followed traditional ways. They lived in tents or igloos igloos, traveled by dog sled, hunted and fished, and made clothes from animal skins. Many Inuit still hunt and fish, but they live in wooden houses and wear modern clothing designed for cold weather. A Distinct Identity Canada has more land than the United States, but it has only about 10 percent as many people. As a result, Canadians sometimes fear that they will be overwhelmed by U.S. culture and customs. In fact, during the 1950s, the government issued a report warning that U.S. film, radio, and magazines were invading Canadian culture. The government legislated percentages of television and radio programming that had to have Canadian content. To fight U.S. cultural dominance, Canadians have worked to develop their national identity. Many are proud of being a northern people and of having such a beautiful country. And as you are about to read, Canada has made distinctive contributions to the arts. COMPARE Describe three distinct ways of life in Canada. Arctic Life and the Snowmobile Traditionally, the Inuit traveled by dogsled. Now, most Inuit families use snowmobiles instead. This new method of transportation is one of the changes allowing them to fi nd wagepayyin jobs. Dogs can be fed with meat caught by the Inuit themselves. Snowmobiles need gasoline that must be bought. Toronto, Canada The Toronto skyline gleams at night. 173CONNECT to Your Life Hi! My name is Kirima. I am a 13-year-old girl, and I live in the community of Taloyoak in Nunavut. My school has 240 students. We have a modern school with two computer labs, a science lab, and a gymnasium. But we are also proud of our traditional ways. A display about Inuit life is the very first thing that visitors to our school see. Let me tell you about my day. 9:30 A.M. I have a computer literacy class in the morning. Computer skills are very important, because e-mail and the Internet help link my community to southern Canada. 12:00 P.M. One day a week, one class is invited to stay at school for lunch instead of going home. Today is my class’s turn, and we eat caribou stew. I love caribou meat, even though it is stringy and gets caught in my teeth. 3:45 P.M. Some of the kids from my class are playing street hockey; they play right in the middle of the road because there are so few cars! My friends and I prefer to jump up and down on a trampoline made of a stretched animal skin. 7:30 P.M. After dinner, my grandmother gives me a sewing or knitting lesson. Inuit women are able to sew seams so tightly that our clothes are waterproof. Even though my family buys many of our clothes at the store, Grandmother says it is important to learn traditional skills. Journal Entry Think about the skills that you have learned. Which of them are modern and which are traditional? How is your life similar to Kirima’s life? Record your ideas in your journal. In Inuktitut, Kirima’s name looks like this: A Day in Kirima’s Life To learn more about Kirima and her world, go to the Activity Center @ClassZone.com 174 Chapter 6ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Arts and Popular Culture KEY QUESTION How have Canadians won worldwide fame? Education is an aspect of Canadian life that varies from region to region. Each province runs its own school system. Overall, Canada has well-educated people and a high literacy rate of 97 percent. Canadian literature is written in both French and English. Several Canadian novelists, such as Michael Ondaatje and Margaret Atwood, are read around the world. A popular children’s author is Lucy Maud Montgomery, who wrote Anne of Green Gables. The city of Stratford, Ontario, holds a yearly theater festival showcasing the plays of William Shakespeare. Because of Canada’s cold climate, winter sports are common. Ice hockey is one of Canada’s most popular sports, and Canadian hockey teams have won many international competitions. Wayne Gretzky, possibly the greatest hockey player of all time, is Canadian. Lacrosse Lacrosse, a team sport invented by Native Americans, is widely played in Canada. In fact, Canada has made ice hockey its official winter sport and lacrosse its official summer sport. FIND MAIN IDEAS Describe some areas in which Canadians have won worldwide fame. Wayne Gretzky Canadian Wayne Gretzky (known as “the Great One”) is shown at center competing in the 1998 Winter Olympics. LANGUAGE RELIGION ETHNICITY ARTS & CULTURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of • Royal Canadian Mounted Police • Inuktitut • lacrosse USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Categorize Use your completed chart to answer the following question: What are some elements and examples of the diversity that makes up the culture of Canada? KEY IDEAS 3. What languages are spoken in Canada? 4. What way of life is found in Canada but not in many other countries? 5. How has Canada’s geography influenced its sports? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Make Inferences Why do many Canadian performers pursue their careers in the United States? 7. Summarize What are some examples of Canada’s contributions to literature? 8. CONNECT to Today You learned in Chapter 5 that many of today’s immigrants to the United States come from Spanish-speaking countries. How would you explain the fact that Canada doesn’t have a large number of Spanish-speaking immigrants? 9. WORLD LANGUAGES Create a Travel Dictionary Think of 20 words that travelers should know. Then use a French-English dictionary to create a French dictionary for travelers to Quebec. 3 Canada 175S E CTI ON4 GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Although Canada is a land of great diversity, it has a small population for such a large geographical area. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Canada has a vast wealth of resources and an educated population to support its government and economy. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES constitution the set of laws and principles that defines the nature of a government constitutional monarchy a government in which the powers of the king or queen are limited by the constitution Parliament the legislature of Canada, named after the British Parliament prime minister the head of the Canadian government cabinet system a system of government that links the executive and legislative branches by choosing the prime minister and major department heads from the legislature REVIEW federal system a government system in which powers are divided between the national and state or provincial governments free enterprise an economic system in which businesses are free to operate without much government interference Reading Strategy Re-create the chart that is shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the chart to note the main ideas about the government and economy of Canada. Skillbuilder Handbook, page R4 FIND MAIN IDEAS GOVERNMENT ECONOMY 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 176 Chapter 6ONTARIOC A N A D AU.S. Ottawa SECTION GOVERNMENT & ECONOMICS Connecting to Your World Have you ever seen the feature-length cartoons Snow White or Alice in Wonderland? Snow White features an evil, jealous queen. In Alice, the Queen of Hearts starts shouting “Off with her head” every time Alice upsets her. Many old stories portray kings and queens as having total power; they make the laws and punish anyone who disagrees with them. But some modern-day kings and queens have much less power than a president or other head of government. One of those is the monarch of Canada. The Government of Canada KEY QUESTION What is the structure of Canada’s government? Canada’s monarch is the reigning king or queen of Great Britain. But under the law, the monarch really has no power. He or she is just a symbol of Canada’s past ties to Britain. Because the constitution limits the powers of the ruler, Canada’s governmeen is called a constitutional monarchy monarchy. Changing of the Guard This ceremony takes place on the lawn of Parliament Hill in Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. 4 177 Rich Resources in a Vast LandParliament and Government Canada’s government is also a representative democracy, but its government is quite different from that of the United States. The legislative body of Canada is called the Parliament Parliament. Like the U.S. Congress, the Canadian Parliament has two houses—the Senate and the House of Commons. Canada’s citizens vote for membeer of the House of Commons. Senators are appointed. The head of the executive branch is the prime minister minister. The prime minister is chosen because he or she is the leader of the dominant political party in the House of Commons (the legislative branch). The heads of the government departments also come from Parliament. They form a group of official advisers to the prime minister called a cabinet; this is called a cabinet system of government. Federalism The nation of Canada is divided into smaller political units called provinces and territories. As in the United States, power is divided between the national government and the governments of the provinces and territories. A government that divides power in this way is called a federal sys system tem. Originally, Canada’s national government had much more power than the governments of the provinces. The provincial governments have control over issues such as health care, education, and the use of resources. These issues have become vital to modern life, so the provincial governments have become more important. FIND MAIN IDEAS Describe the structure of Canada’s form of government. The Economy of Canada KEY QUESTION What is Canada’s biggest economic advantage? Canada’s economy is both similar to and different from the U.S. economy. One major similarity is that both economies are based on free enterprise enterprise, an economic system in which businesses are free to operate without much government interference. One difference is that the Canadian government plays a larger role in the economy (for example, in health care) than the U.S. government does. What Canada Produces Canada has an abundance of natural resources such as forests, minerals, and land. This wealth of resources is Canada’s biggest economic advantage. A second advantage that Canada has is a well-educated population. Some of the Canadian economy’s main industries are listed on the next page. Queen Elizabeth II The Queen accepts flowers while on tour in the province of Saskatchewan. Why might the Queen be popular in Canada? 178 Chapter 6Cattle CattleCattle Cattle Cattle Sheep Wheat Wheat Wheat Hogs Arctic Circle 60°N 50°N 40°N 30°N 70°W 80°W 90°W Vancouver Calgary Winnipeg Montreal Toronto Quebec UNITED STATES GREENLAND (DENMARK) CANADA Labrador Sea Hudson Bay Beaufort Sea Baffin Bay Davis Strait AT L A N T I C OCEAN 0 250 0 250 500 kilometers 500 miles N S E W Dairy farming Commercial grain Livestock ranching Livestock and crop farming Specialized horticulture Non-agricultural Chemicals Food processing High-tech industry Oil and gas Shipbuilding Textiles Timber Vehicles Farm products Agriculture Industry Wheat Agriculture, Forestry, and Fishing About two percent of Canadians work in agriculture, but Canada produces a great quantity of food. Wheat, beef, dairy products, and hogs are some of the main products. Forestry products include lumber, plywood, and paper. Fishing yields salmon, crab, and lobster. Mining and Energy Canada is a major producer of uranium, zinc, nickel, copper, iron ore, coal, gold, and silver. It also produces oil and natural gas, as well as hydroelectricity. Manufacturing About 14 percent of Canadians work in manufacturing, and five percent work in construction. One of the main industries is the processing of minerals and resources such as trees. Processing minerals involves removing useful metal from ore. Trees are processed into logs, boards, and wood pulp. Service Industries About 75 percent of all Canadians work in service industries. These include government, education, health care, retail stores, hotels, restaurants, and banking. Agriculture and Industry of Canada CONNECT Geography & Culture 1. Region Why do you suppose such a large portion of Canada is non-agricultural? 2. Location Where is most of Canada’s industry located? Oil Pump Oil being pumped from the ground near Calgary, Alberta, Canada. Canada 179ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Canada’s Role in the World Economy Historically, the econoom of Canada has always relied on trade. The fur trade between Canada’s native peoples and European fishermen was just the start of what would become a key Canadian industry. Today, Canada is a major participant in international trade. Because Canada has such a wealth of natural resources, it has always relied on exporting those materials to other nations. In recent decades, Canada has also begun to export manufactured goods such as automobiles and machinery. Many Canadian industries, especially those that process minerals and wood products, are partially owned by people in other countries. Most of those foreign owners are from the United States. As you might guess, Canada’s biggest trading partner is the United States, which is its closest neighbor and which has a much larger population. The United States buys up to 85 percent of Canada’s exports. Most of the products that Canada imports come from the United States. Trade between the two countries has boomed because of NAFTA (North American Free Trade Agreement), signed in 1992. Japan is Canada’s second largest trading partner. However, Canada has developed a growing trade relationship with China in recent years. FIND MAIN IDEA Explain Canada’s biggest economic advantage. GOVERNMENT ECONOMY 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. • constitutional monarchy • Parliament • prime minister • cabinet system KEY IDEAS 3. What role does the British monarch play in the Canadian government? 4. How is the prime minister chosen? 5. How has the Canadian economy changed recently? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Draw Conclusions Why do you suppose that Canadian industries process resources before exporting them instead of exporting raw materials? 7. Evaluate Is Canada’s government a good example of a representative democracy? Explain. 8. CONNECT to Today In 2010, Vancouver, British Columbia, will host the winter Olympics. Which part of the economy will benefit the most from that? 9. TECHNOLOGY Plan a Web Page Imagine that you work for the Canadian government, and your job is to encourage foreign industries to move to Canada. Plan a Web page that shows Canada’s advantages. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Find Main Ideas Use your completed chart to answer the following question: What are some examples of Canada’s government structure and economic advantages? 4 180 Chapter 63 7 6 10 14 19 11 lacrosse Crossword Puzzle NAME GAME Flip Cards 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to complete these and other activities online @ClassZone.com For Review and Study Notes, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com CHAPTER SUMMARY Key Idea 1 The physical geography of Canada varies greatly among its 13 provinces and territories, which has resulted in different ways of life. Key Idea 2 The history of Canada reflects the diversity of its regions and its population. Key Idea 3 Because Canada is a nation of immigrants, it has a diverse population and a culture that is shaped by many influences. Key Idea 4 Canada has a vast wealth of resources and an educated population to support its government and economy. Use the Terms & Names list to complete each sentence on paper or online. 1. I am a team sport invented by Native Americans. _____________________________________ 2. I am an organized cultural group of Canada’s native people. __________________________ 3. I am a Canadian political unit, similar to a U.S. state. _________________________________ 4. I am a government in which the powers of the king or queen are limited by law. ____________ 5. I am a territory that is home to many Inuit people. _______________________________ 6. I am a type of government that chooses the prime minister and major department heads from the legislature.__________________________ 7. I am a large inland sea in northern Canada. _____________________________________ 8. I am a waterway linking the Atlantic Ocean to inland North America. ____________________ 9. I am a nation in the British Empire that is allowed to govern its domestic affairs. _______________ 10. I am the legislature of Canada, named after a similar institution in Britain. ________________ cabinet system Commonwealth of Nations constitutional monarchy dominion First Nations Hudson Bay Inuktitut lacrosse Nunavut Parliament province Royal Canadian Mounted Police separatist Seven Years’ War St. Lawrence Seaway Complete an online puzzle to test your knowledge of Canada’s path from its first peoples to a modern nation. ACROSS 1. city founded by Samuel de Champlain in 1608 Use the online flip cards to quiz yourself on the terms and names introduced in this chapter. ?An organization of officers responsible for law enforcement in the Canadian West Royal Canadian Mounted Police 181Assessment C H A P T E R Response Rubric A strong response will: • explain the structure of Canada’s government • discuss the way Canada uses its resources • analyze the role of minority groups in Canada How is Canada managing its resources in the 21st century? Written Response Write a two-or threeparaagrap response to the Essential Question. Be sure to consider the key ideas of each section. Use the rubric to guide your thinking. VOCABULARY Explain the significance of each of the following. 1. province 2. territory 3. Canadian Shield 4. Hudson Bay 5. St. Lawrence Seaway 6. bilingual 7. First Nation Explain how the terms in each group are related. 8. dominion, Commonwealth of Nations, constitutional monarchy 9. Nunavut, Inuit, Inuktitut KEY IDEAS 1 Mountains, Prairies, and Coastlands 10. Where are the major mountains and plains of Canada located? 11. What is the economic significance of the St. Lawrence Seaway? 12. What is tundra? 2 First Peoples to a Modern Nation 13. How did the American Revolution affect Canada? 14. Why did Great Britain divide Quebec into Upper Canada and Lower Canada? 15. What was the most important accomplishment of William Lyon Mackenzie Smith? 3 A Nation of Immigrants 16. How has life in the Arctic changed recently? 17. What is an important annual event in Canadian theater? 18. What is the most popular sport in Canada? 4 Rich Resources in a Vast Land 19. How is the executive branch of the Canadian government linked to the legislative branch? 20. What are two economic advantages that Canada has? 21. How does Canada help the United States meet its energy needs? CRITICAL THINKING 22. Sequence Events Create a chart like the one below on your own paper. Fill in the events that led to Canadian independence in the proper order. 23. Make Predictions What problems do you think Quebec might face if it did become a separate nation from Canada? 24. Analyze Effects Do you think it will be easier or harder for the Inuit to preserve their traditional culture in the future? Explain. 25. Five Themes: Region Why do you think the United States is Canada’s main trading partner? 26. Connect Geography & History How might Canada be different if France had won the Seven Years’ War? 27. Connect Geography & Culture Canada has tried to build its population by encouraging immigration. What effect will this have on the cultural makeup of Canada and on Canada’s multiculturalism? Answer the ESSENTIAL QUESTION 6 182 Chapter 6Manufacturing Services Agriculture Other 1951 2005 4% 68.3% 17.2%12.3% 2.2% 51% 26% 18% Canadian Economy * Based on rounded employment statistics Source: Canadian Statistics STANDARDS–BASED ASSESSMENT • Online Test Practice @ClassZone.com • Test-Taking Strategies and Practice at the front of this book CHART Examine the chart below. Use the information and your knowledge of Canada to answer questions 2 and 3 on your paper. 2. What is one difference in the federal systems of the United States and Canada? 3. Who is the head of state and the head of government in Canada? PIE GRAPHS Use the pie graphs to answer question 1 on your paper. 1. Which sector showed the greatest increase in growth from 1951 to 2005? A. services B. manufacturing C. agriculture D. other 1. INTERDISCIPLINARY ACTIVITY—SCIENCE With a partner, use library books, encyclopedias, or Internet sites to learn more about the tundra and what grows there. Find out more about the climate of Arctic lands. Create an illustrated poster showing what tundra looks like and what plants grow upon it. Include a bar graph of average monthly temperature. 2. WRITING FOR SOCIAL STUDIES Unit Writing Project Revisit the television news broadcast that you developed to showcase an important issue. What other important issues would you like to present in a broadcast? Choose an issue and write a script that tells the viewer five things: who, what, where, when, and why. 3. MENTAL MAPPING Create an outline map of Canada and label the following: • Appalachian Mountains • Canadian Rockies • St. Lawrence River • Mackenzie River • Hudson Bay • Great Lakes • Great Slave Lake Comparing the Canadian and U.S. Governments Aspects of Government CANADA UNITED STATES Type Constitutional Monarchy (limited power) Constitutional Republic (limited power) Head of State Monarch President Head of Government Prime Minister President Legislature Parliament Congress System Federal (central and provinces) Federal (central and states) Canada 183184 Unit 3UNIT Latin America Why It Matters: Latin America is a region of many countries. The region spans a large area north and south of the equator. The region faces political and economic challenges. How it meets these challenges will have an impact on other parts of the world. Lat in America Physic al Geography & History C H A P T E R Middle America and Spanish-Speaking South America C H A P T E R Mexico C H A P T E R Paseo de la Reforma, Mexico City Amazon River The Andes Mountains, Chile Brazil C H A P T E R Marketplace in Guatemala 37 9 8 10 185U N ATLAS UN IT 7,888,955 sq. mi. 3,165,630 sq. mi. Latin America Continental United States United States 296,410,404 Latin America 561,346,000 Population (in millions) Nile 106,000 Mississippi 636,000 Paraná 777,000 Amazon 6,356,000 Discharge Rate (in cubic feet per second) 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 Length of Mountain Chains (in miles) Atlas 1,200 mi. Alps 750 mi. Himalayas 1,550 mi. Andes 5,500 mi. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Comparing Data Landmass Rivers Mountains Population The region of Latin America stretches from Mexico to the tip of South America. As you study the maps, notice geographic patterns and specific details about the region. Answer the GeoActivity questions on each map in your notebook. As you study the graphs on this page, compare the landmass, population, rivers, and mountains of Latin America with those of the United States. Then jot down the answers to the following questions in your notebook. Comparing Data 1. Compare the population of Latin America with that of the United States. How many more people live in Latin America than in the United States? 2. The discharge rate of a river measures how much water moves through a certain locatiio in a certain amount of time. The rate in this graph is measured in cubic feet per second. How much greater is the discharge rate of the Amazon River than that of the Mississippi River? 3186 Unit 3PAC I F I C OCEAN AT L A N T I C OCEAN AT L A N T I C OCEAN Caribbean Sea Gulf of Mexico 20°N 20°S 40°S Equator 0° Tropic of Capricorn Tropic of Cancer 120°W 60°W 40°W 80°W 100°W São Paulo Rio de Janeiro Mexico City Buenos Aires Santiago Belo Horizonte Caracas N S E W 0 500 0 500 1,000 kilometers 1,000 miles Persons per square mile Over 520 260–519 130–259 25–129 1–240 1. Place Where is the population of Mexico most dense? 2. Region Where do most people live in Latin America? THINK LIKE A GEOGRAPHER Population Density 187PAC I F I C OCEAN AT L A N T I C OCEAN AT L A N T I C OCEAN Caribbean Sea Gulf of Mexico 20°N 20°S 40°S Equator 0° Tropic of Capricorn Tropic of Cancer 60°W 40°W 20°W 80°W 100°W COLOMBIA MEXICO BELIZE PANAMA COSTA RICA NICARAGUA EL SALVADOR GUATEMALA HONDURAS CUBA JAMAICA DOMINICAN REPUBLIC HAITI BAHAMAS VENEZUELA BRAZIL ECUADOR PERU GUYANA SURINAME FRENCH GUIANA BOLIVIAPARAGUAY CHILE URUGUAY ARGENTINA Tropical Tropical wet Tropical wet and dry Dry Desert Semiarid Mid-Latitude Mediterranean Marine west coast Humid subtropical Highland 0 500 0 500 1,000 kilometers 1,000 miles N S E W ATLAS U N IT 1. Place What is the climate of the southernmost tip of South America? 2. Region In what parts of Latin America can you find a highland climate? THINK LIKE A GEOGRAPHER Climate 3188 Unit 3PAC I F I C OCEAN AT L A N T I C OCEANAT L A N T I C OCEAN Caribbean Sea Gulf ofMexico 20°N 20°S 40°S Equator 0° Tropic of Capricorn Tropic of Cancer 60°W 40°W 120°W 80°W 100°W COLOMBIA MEXICO BELIZE PANAMA COSTA RICA NICARAGUA EL SALVADOR GUATEMALA HONDURAS CUBA JAMAICA DOMINICAN REPUBLIC HAITI BAHAMAS VENEZUELA BRAZIL ECUADOR PERU GUYANA SURINAME FRENCH GUIANA BOLIVIAPARAGUAY CHILE URUGUAY ARGENTINA Sn Sn Santiago Buenos Aires São Paulo Rio de Janeiro Belo Horizonte Caracas Mexico City Monterrey 0 500 0 500 1,000 kilometers 1,000 miles N S E W Sn Bauxite Copper Fish Gold Iron ore Natural gas Oil Silver Timber Tin Other minerals Manufacturing center Major resources Commercial agriculture Livestock raising Subsistence agriculture Forestland Limited agriculture Land use 1. Place What do the colors on the economic activity map represent? 2. Human-Environment Interaction What are the main economic activities of Mexico? THINK LIKE A GEOGRAPHER Economic Activity Latin America 189ATLAS U N IT GEOGRAPHY HISTORY Regional Overview Latin America Latin America is a far-reaching region of many countries. The region spans a great distance both north and south of the equator. Latin America is diverse in its land, climate, and people. Mountain ranges and highlands make up a large part of Latin America. The Andes Mountains, along the western coast of South America, are the largest and the longest mountain range above sea level in the world. Volcanoes, some of them active, extend through parts of Mexico, Central America, and South America. Large plateaus and vast plains provide lands for grazing and farming. Latin America’s climate is as varied as its landscape. The climate ranges from dry deserts to hot, tropical regions to cold highlands. Vegetation in Latin America varies based on the climate. The Maya, Aztec, and Inca developed advanced civilizations in Latin America before the arrival of the Spanish in the 15th century. They built complex cities and structures and changed their environment to meet their needs. After the voyages of Columbus, Spanish conquistadors destroyed these civilizations. Spain and Portugal set up colonies in the region and controlled most of it for the next 300 years. By the early 1800s, most Latin American countries had gained their independence. Machu Picchu This ancient Inca city is located near present-day Cuzco, Peru. 3190 Unit 3GOVERNMENT ECONOMICS CULTURE Latin American culture today is a blend of several cultures—Indian, European, African, Asian, and peoppl of mixed ancestry. This blend is evident in the music, art, foods, and languages of the region. The majority of Latin Americans speak Spanish, but others speak Portuguese, French, English, and Dutch. Some Indian groups continue to speak their traditional languages. As colonies, Latin Americans had little or no say in how they were governed. This inexperience made it difficult to establish stable governments after gaining independence. As a result, the governments of many Latin American countries came under the rule of wealthy landowners or military dictators. By the 1980s, widespread protests against these governments occurred in several countries. Today more Latin American countries have democratic governments. Since the 1800s, many Latin American countries have depended on one or two products for export, particularly agricultural products, and have imported most of their manufactture goods. Recently, however, many Latin American countries began to develop other industries. Some Latin American countries have become major exporters of manufactture goods. Latin American countries have also establisshe organizations to promote trade among countries in the region. View of Medellin, Colombia 191 ATLAS U N IT N S W E N S W E N S W E N S W E N S W E N S W E N S W E N S W E 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to compare the most recent data on countries @ClassZone.com Country Almanac Latin America The Almanac provides information about the geography, economy, and culture of the countries of Latin America. Unit Writing Project As you read this unit, choose a country or an area of Latin America that interests you. Imagine that you are on a week’s vacation there. Write a daily journal entry describing what you’ve seen and learned about the area and your reactions to it. Think About: • an area that you find interesting • what you learned about the area that makes it interesting to you Barbados GEOGRAPHY Capital: Bridgetown Total Area: 166 sq. mi. Population: 270,000 ECONOMY Imports: capital goods; food Exports: food; sugar and molasses; rum CULTURE Language: English Religion: Anglican 26%; Pentecostal 11% Antigua and Barbuda GEOGRAPHY Capital: St. John’s Total Area: 171 sq. mi. Population: 68,722 ECONOMY Imports: machinery; agricultural products Exports: petroleum products CULTURE Language: English Religion: Anglican 32%; Moravian 12%; Catholic 11% Argentina GEOGRAPHY Capital: Buenos Aires Total Area: 1,068,302 sq. mi. Population: 38,747,000 ECONOMY Imports: chemicals; machinery Exports: food and livestock CULTURE Language: Spanish Religion: Catholic 80%; Protestant 5% Brazil GEOGRAPHY Capital: Brasília Total Area: 3,286,488 sq. mi. Population: 186,405,000 ECONOMY Imports: machinery; chemicals Exports: meat; sugar; coffee; soybeans CULTURE Language: Portuguese Religion: Catholic 72%; Protestant 23% Chile GEOGRAPHY Capital: Santiago Total Area: 292,260 sq. mi. Population: 16,295,000 ECONOMY Imports: machinery; metals; copper Exports: copper; food products; fruit CULTURE Language: Spanish Religion: Catholic 70%; Protestant 15% Bahamas GEOGRAPHY Capital: Nassau Total Area: 5,382 sq. mi. Population: 323,000 ECONOMY Imports: machinery; food products Exports: crustaceans and mollusks CULTURE Language: English Religion: Baptist 18%; Catholic 17%; Anglican 11%Bolivia GEOGRAPHY Capital: Sucre Total Area: 424,164 sq. mi. Population: 9,182,000 ECONOMY Imports: machinery; chemicals; food Exports: soybean products; natural gas CULTURE Language: Spanish; Aymara; Quechua Religion: Catholic 89%; Protestant 9% Belize GEOGRAPHY Capital: Belmopan Total Area: 8,867 sq. mi. Population: 270,000 ECONOMY Imports: machinery; mineral fuels; food Exports: seafood; sugar; bananas CULTURE Language: English Religion: Catholic 50%; Protestant 32%; nonreligious 9% 3192 Unit 3N S W E N S W E N S W E N S W N S W E N S W E N S W E N S W E N S W E 15 SEPTIE MBREDE1821 Costa Rica GEOGRAPHY Capital: San José Total Area: 19,730 sq. mi. Population: 4,327,000 ECONOMY Imports: general merchandise Exports: bananas; coffee; tropical fruit CULTURE Language: Spanish Religion: Catholic 86%; Protestant 9%; other Christian 2% Cuba GEOGRAPHY Capital: Havana Total Area: 42,803 sq. mi. Population: 11,269,000 ECONOMY Imports: food and livestock; cereals Exports: raw sugar; nickel; seafood; medicines CULTURE Language: Spanish Religion: Catholic 39% Dominican Republic GEOGRAPHY Capital: Santo Domingo Total Area: 18,815 sq. mi. Population: 8,895,000 ECONOMY Imports: refined petroleum; food Exports: ferronickel; ships’ stores; raw sugar; cocoa CULTURE Language: Spanish Religion: Catholic 82%; Protestant 6% Ecuador GEOGRAPHY Capital: Quito Total Area: 109,483 sq. mi. Population: 13,228,000 ECONOMY Imports: chemicals; food and live animals Exports: fish and crustaceans; cut flowers CULTURE Language: Spanish; Quechua; Shuar Religion: Catholic 94%; Protestant 2% Colombia GEOGRAPHY Capital: Bogotá Total Area: 439,736 sq. mi. Population: 45,600,000 ECONOMY Imports: capital goods; consumer goods Exports: petroleum; chemicals; coal; food; machinery; coffee CULTURE Language: Spanish Religion: Catholic 92% Dominica GEOGRAPHY Capital: Roseau Total Area: 291 sq. mi. Population: 69,029 ECONOMY Imports: food; machinery Exports: coconut-based soaps; cosmetics CULTURE Language: English Religion: Catholic 70%; six largest Protestant groups 17% Grenada GEOGRAPHY Capital: St. George’s Total Area: 133 sq. mi. Population: 89,502 ECONOMY Imports: machinery; food; chemicals Exports: electronic components; nutmeg; fish; paper products; cocoa beans CULTURE Language: English Religion: Catholic 58%; Protestant 38% Guatemala GEOGRAPHY Capital: Guatemala City Total Area: 42,043 sq. mi. Population: 12,599,000 ECONOMY Imports: machinery; chemicals; crude and refined petroleum; road vehicles Exports: coffee; sugar; bananas; spices CULTURE Language: Spanish Religion: Catholic 76%; Protestant 22% El Salvador GEOGRAPHY Capital: San Salvador Total Area: 8,124 sq. mi. Population: 6,881,000 ECONOMY Imports: machinery; chemicals and chemical products; food; petroleum Exports: clothing; coffee; paper; yarn CULTURE Language: Spanish Religion: Catholic 78%; Protestant 17% Rio de Janeiro Located on Brazil’s southeast coast, Rio de Janeiro is Brazil’s second-largest city. Latin America 193ATLAS U N IT N S W E N S W E N S W E N S W E N S W E N S W N S W E N S W Green Crested Basilisk This lizard is one of many species of animals found in the rain forests of Latin America. Honduras GEOGRAPHY Capital: Tegucigalpa Total Area: 43,278 sq. mi. Population: 7,205,000 ECONOMY Imports: food and livestock; machinery Exports: shrimp; coffee; palm oil CULTURE Language: Spanish Religion: Catholic 87%; Protestant 10% Nicaragua GEOGRAPHY Capital: Managua Total Area: 49,998 sq. mi. Population: 5,487,000 ECONOMY Imports: consumer goods; fuels Exports: food products; coffee CULTURE Language: Spanish Religion: Catholic 85%; Protestant 12% Haiti GEOGRAPHY Capital: Port-au-Prince Total Area: 10,714 sq. mi. Population: 8,528,000 ECONOMY Imports: food and livestock; machinery Exports: clothing; mangoes; cacao; essential oils; leather goods CULTURE Language: Haitian Creole; French Religion: Catholic 69%; Protestant 24% Mexico GEOGRAPHY Capital: Mexico City Total Area: 761,606 sq. mi. Population: 107,029,000 ECONOMY Imports: electronics; clothing; rubber and plastic products Exports: road vehicles; machinery; textiles CULTURE Language: Spanish Religion: Catholic 90%; Protestant 4%; Paraguay GEOGRAPHY Capital: Asunción Total Area: 157,047 sq. mi. Population: 6,158,000 ECONOMY Imports: machinery; chemicals; food Exports: soybean products; meats CULTURE Language: Spanish; Guaraní Religion: Catholic 90%; Protestant 5% Guyana GEOGRAPHY Capital: Georgetown Total Area: 83,000 sq. mi. Population: 751,000 ECONOMY Imports: consumer goods; fuels Exports: gold; sugar; shrimp; rice; timber CULTURE Language: English Religion: Hindu 34%; Protestant 28%; Catholic 12%; Muslim 9% Jamaica GEOGRAPHY Capital: Kingston Total Area: 4,244 sq. mi. Population: 2,651,000 ECONOMY Imports: consumer goods; petroleum Exports: alumina; bauxite; clothing; sugar; coffee; rum CULTURE Language: English Religion: Protestant 61%; Catholic 3% Panama GEOGRAPHY Capital: Panama City Total Area: 30,193 sq. mi. Population: 3,232,000 ECONOMY Imports: mineral fuels; petroleum; machinery; transport equipment Exports: bananas; seafoods CULTURE Language: Spanish Religion: Catholic 82%; Christian 13% 3194 Unit 3N S W N S W E N S W N S W E N S W N S W E N S W N S W Caribbean Islands The islands of the Caribbean are among the world’s most popular tourist destinations. St. Kitts and Nevis GEOGRAPHY Capital: Basseterre Total Area: 101 sq. mi. Population: 38,958 ECONOMY Imports: machinery; food; metals Exports: raw sugar; telecommunications equipment CULTURE Language: English Religion: Protestant 85%; Catholic 7% St. Lucia GEOGRAPHY Capital: Castries Total Area: 238 sq. mi. Population: 161,000 ECONOMY Imports: food; machinery; manufactured goods Exports: bananas; beer and ale; clothing CULTURE Language: English Religion: Catholic 69%; Protestant 22% Suriname GEOGRAPHY Capital: Paramaribo Total Area: 63,039 sq. mi. Population: 449,000 ECONOMY Imports: machinery; food; road vehicles Exports: alumina; gold; petroleum; rice CULTURE Language: Dutch Religion: Christian 50%; Hindu 18%; Muslim 14% Trinidad and Tobago GEOGRAPHY Capital: Port of Spain Total Area: 1,980 sq. mi. Population: 1,305,000 ECONOMY Imports: petroleum; industrial machinery Exports: floating docks; iron and steel CULTURE Language: English Religion: six largest Protestant bodies 30%; Catholic 29%; Hindu 24% Peru GEOGRAPHY Capital: Lima Total Area: 496,226 sq. mi. Population: 27,968,000 ECONOMY Imports: machinery; chemicals and chemical products; petroleum; food Exports: gold; animal feed; copper CULTURE Language: Spanish; Quechua; Aymara Religion: Catholic 96% St. Vincent and the Grenadines GEOGRAPHY Capital: Kingstown Total Area: 150 sq. mi. Population: 119,000 ECONOMY Imports: food products; machinery Exports: bananas; packaged flour; packaged rice; eddoes and dasheens CULTURE Language: English Religion: Protestant 58%; Catholic 11% Venezuela GEOGRAPHY Capital: Caracas Total Area: 352,144 sq. mi. Population: 26,749,000 ECONOMY Imports: machinery; chemicals; vehicles Exports: petroleum products; aluminum CULTURE Language: Spanish; 31 indigenous Indian Languages Religion: Catholic 90%; Protestant 2% Uruguay GEOGRAPHY Capital: Montevideo Total Area: 68,039 sq. mi. Population: 3,463,000 ECONOMY Imports: chemicals; food and tobacco Exports: leather goods; beef CULTURE Language: Spanish Religion: Catholic 78%; atheist 6% Latin America 195CONNECT Geography & History C H A P T E R Latin America Physical Geography and History ESSENTIAL QUESTION How have Latin America’s geography and resources helped shape its history? Use the map and the time line to answer the following questions. 1. What is the largest country in Latin America? 2. What country is named after Simón Bolívar, one of the leaders for South American independence? 1 GEOGRAPHY Physical Geography of Mexico, Central America, and the Caribbean 2 GEOGRAPHY Physical Geography of South America 3 HISTORY Ancient Civilizations 4 HISTORY From Colonization to Independence History A.D. 900 Classic period of Mayan civilization ends. Geography 1325 Aztecs establish their capital city, Tenochtitlán. 1200 B.C. Culture 1200 B.C. Olmec build the first known civilization in southeastern Mexico. Geography 1200s Inca settle in Cuzco Valley. N S E W 7 196 Chapter 7Manaus Mérida Guayaquil Salvador Belo Horizonte Fortaleza Guadalajara Tijuana Cayenne Rio de Janeiro São Paulo Monterrey Port-au-Prince Kingston Havana México City Georgetown Caracas Tegucigalpa Belmopan Bogotá San José Panamá City San Salvador Managua Guatemala City Paramaribo Asunción Brasília La Paz Sucre Santiago Lima Montevideo Buenos Aires Quito Nassau Santo Domingo Amazon R. Orinoco R. Paraná R. Negro R. Paraguay R. Rio Grande Madeira R. Araguaia R. PAC I F I C OCEAN AT L A N T I C OCEAN AT L A N T I C OCEAN Caribbean Sea Gulf ofMexico 100°W 110°W 120°W 20°W 30°W 40°W 50°W 60°W 70°W 80°W 90°W 30°N 20°N 10°N 10°S 20°S 30°S 40°S 0° Equator Tropic of Capricorn Tropic of Cancer Galápagos Is. (ECUADOR) Falkland Is. (U.K.) Juan Fernández Is. (CHILE) FRENCH GUIANA (FRANCE) ARGENTINA PARAGUAY ECUADOR SURINAME GUYANA DOMINICAN REPUBLIC PANAMA COSTA RICA EL SALVADOR GUATEMALA NICARAGUA HONDURAS BELIZE JAMAICA HAITI BAHAMAS CUBA VENEZUELA MEXICO COLOMBIA CHILE BOLIVIA URUGUAY PERU B R A Z I L UNITED STATES National capital Other city 0 500 0 500 1,000 kilometers 1,000 miles N S E W Present-Day Latin America GEOGRAPHY History 1521 Hernán Cortés conquers the Aztecs. History 1810 Father Hidalgo calls for Mexico’s independence from Spain. History 1810–1825 Simón Bolívar leads South American countries in their fight for independence from Spain. History 1532 Francisco Pizarro conquers the Inca. 1850 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to explore Latin America @ClassZone.com 1971 S E CTI ON GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED The United States and Canada share many cultural and geographic similarities. NOW YOU WILL LEARN The geography of Mexico, Central America, and the Caribbean Islands, south of the United States, contains mountains, highlands, and plains. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES Latin America the region that includes Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean Islands, and South America Sierra Madre Occidental mountain range that runs from north to south down the westeer part of Mexico Sierra Madre Oriental mountain range that runs from north to south down the eastern part of Mexico isthmus strip of land that connects two landmasses highlands mountainous and hilly sections of a country archipelago a chain of islands Greater Antilles the northern largest Caribbean islands that include Cuba, Jamaica, Hispaniola (which includes Haiti and the Dominican Republic), and Puerto Rico Lesser Antilles the smaller Caribbean islands southeast of the Greater Antilles REVIEW plateau a broad, flat area of land higher than the surrounding land tectonic plate a large rigid section of the Earth’s crust that is in constant motion Reading Strategy Re-create the chart shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the chart to organize details about the geography of Mexico, Central America, and the Caribbean Islands. See Skillbuilder Handbook, page R7 CATEGORIZE LANDFORMS INFLUENCES ON CLIMATE VEGETATION 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 198 Chapter 7Montserrat SECTION1 GEOGRAPHY Connecting to Your World What would you do if the ground started to open up as you were walking? That is what happened to a Mexican farmer in February 1943. The farmer watched in amazement as the ground rumbled and split open while he worked. Within 24 hours, a small smoking cone had appeared. The cone was the beginning of the volcano Paricutín (pah•REE•koo•TEEN). Volcanoes are just one feature of Latin America’s geography. Let’s take a look at some other geographic features. Mountains and Islands KEY QUESTION How is the geography of Mexico, Central America, and the Caribbean Islands alike? The region of Latin America includes Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean Islands, which together make up Middle America, and South America. The Spanish and Portuguese colonized much of the region. Their languages derived from Latin, so they called the region Latin America. In this section, you will learn about the geography of Middle America. Montserrat This Caribbean volcano lay dormant for 500 years, then erupted from 1995 through 1997. 199 Physical Geography of Mexico, Central America, and the CaribbeanMexico Mexico’s landforms include mountains, plateaus plateaus, and plains. You can see these on the map opposite. Two major mountain ranges are the Sierra Madre Occidental A , located in western Mexico, and the Sierra Madre Oriental B , located in eastern Mexico. Mexico sits on three large tectonic plates plates, and the movement of these plates causes earthquakes and volcanic activity. Between the two mountain ranges lies the vast Mexican Plateau, making up about 40 percent of Mexico’s land regions. Most of Mexico’s people live in this area. The plateau rises about 4,000 feet above sea level in the northern part to about 8,000 feet in the southern part. Several volcanoes frame the southern edge of the plateau. East and west of the plateau, along the Gulf of Mexico and the Pacific Ocean, lie the coastal plains. Mexico has few major rivers. Most of the rivers are not deep enough or wide enough for large boats to move through. Mexico’s largest river is the Rio Grande, which is the northern border with Texas. Central America South of Mexico are the countries of Central America. Central America is an isthmus isthmus, a strip of land that connects two large landmasses. It connects the North and South American continents. Highlands Highlands, the hilly sections of a countrry make up most of Central America. Like Mexico, Central America lies at the edge of tectonic plates, so earthquakes occur often. A string of volcanoes, some of which are active, lines the Pacific Coast. Plains lie along both the Pacific and Caribbean coasts. The Caribbean Islands East of Central America lie the Caribbean Islands. The islands are made up of three main parts. The Bahamas are an archipelago archipelago, a chain of nearly 700 islands. The Greater Antilles C include the largest islands of Cuba, Jamaica, Hispaniola (which includes Haiti and the Dominican Republic), and Puerto Rico. The Lesser Antilles D include the remaining smaller islands. Many of the Caribbean Islands are actually the exposed tops of underwater mountains. Mountains and highlaand make up the interior of most Caribbean Islands, and plains circle the highlands. COMPARE AND CONTRAST Describe how the geography of Mexico, Central America, and the Caribbean Islands is alike. Sea Turtles These hawksbill sea turtles are swimming over reefs in the Caribbean Sea off the coast of the Cayman Islands. 200 Chapter 7Orizaba Peak 18,700 ft (5,700 m) SIERRA MADRE SIERRA MADRE OCCIDENTAL ORIENTAL G r e a t er A nti ll e s Lesser Antilles W E S T I N D I E S Panama Canal Yucatán Peninsula Baja California M E X I C AN P LATEAU Galápagos Islands (Ec.) Netherlands Antilles Hispaniola Rio Grande PACIFIC OCEAN ATLANTIC OCEAN Caribbean Sea Gulf ofMexico Gulf of California 30°N Tropic of Cancer 20°N 10°N 0° Equator 110°W 100°W 90°W 80°W PANAMA COSTA RICA EL SALVADOR GUATEMALA NICARAGUA HONDURAS BELIZE JAMAICA HAITI DOMINICAN REPUBLIC BAHAMAS CUBA MEXICO UNITED STATES COLOMBIA VENEZUELA CE N T RA L A ME R ICA NORTH AMERICA SOUTH AMERICA Elevation Mountain peak (4,000 m) (2,000 m) (1,000 m) (200 m) (0 m) Below sea level 13,100 ft. 6,600 ft. 3,280 ft. 650 ft. 0 ft. 0 250 0 250 500 kilometers 500 miles N S E W Panama Canal FLORIDA PERU UNITED STATES SOUTH AMERICA CONNECT Geography & Economics Physical Geography of Mexico, Central America, and the Caribbean Islands Panama Canal The Panama Canal was built by cutting through the Central American land bridge, which connected the Atlantic and Pacific oceans. Before the canal was opened in 1914, a ship bringing copper from Peru to Florida had to sail south around South America and then north. Using the canal shortened the distance and time. CRITICAL THINKING 1. Movement By how many miles did the canal shorten a ship’s journey? 2. Make Inferences Why was Panama a good choice for building a canal? A B C D Route before canal (almost 14,000 mi.) Route after canal (roughly 4,000 mi.) 201COMPARING Climate and Vegetation KEY QUESTION What is a major infl uence on the climate of the Caribbean Islands? Latin America stretches across more than one-half of the Western Hemisphere. It has a wide variety of climates and vegetation. Mexico About half of Mexico lies south of the tropic of Cancer. The temperatures in this part of Mexico are generally warm and constant year-round, with abundant rainfall. Tropical rain forests thrive here. A greater variation in temperatures exists in places located north of the tropic of Cancer. The driest areas are in the deserts of northwestern Mexico, as well as in the northern part of the Mexican Plateau. Desert shrubs grow in this climate. In Mexico’s mountains and highlands, average temperatures vary with increases in elevation. The vegetation here consists mostly of coniferous and deciduous forests. Central America All of Central America is located in the tropical zone, so temperatures are generally warm year-round. The plains along the Caribbean coast receive the greatest amount of precipitation. The climate is perfect for the lush rain forests that grow there. As in Mexico, places at higher elevations in Central America experieenc cooler average temperatures than those at lower elevations. Winds that blow inland from the warm Caribbean Sea bring heavy Desert Barrel cacti grow in Mexico’s deserts. 1. How are these plants able to thrive in this dry climate? Rain Forest La Fortuna Waterfall is located in Costa Rica. 2. What kind of climate would you find here? Caribbean Islands This volcanic peak is in St. Lucia. 3. How does the water affect climate in the islands? Climates 202 Chapter 71 ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of KEY IDEAS 3. How did Latin America get its name? 4. Where do most people in Mexico live? 5. What affects climate in the mountains and highlands of Mexico and Central America? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Analyze Causes and Effects How did the Panama Canal help trade in Latin America? 7. Make Generalizations What generalization can you make about climate in Mexico, Central America, and the Caribbean Islands? 8. CONNECT to Today In 1999, the United States gave control of the Panama Canal to Panama. How do you think the country of Panama will benefit from the canal? 9. WRITING Create a Poster Choose a country in Central America or one of the Caribbean Islands and prepare a captioned poster for a geography fair. Include information about the country’s land, climate, and vegetation. • isthmus • archipelago • Greater Antilles • Lesser Antilles USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Categorize Use your completed chart to answer the following question: How does climate influence the location of rain forests in Central America? rains on the eastern side of the mountains. Places on the westward side and in the interior highlands receive the least amount of precipitation. Forests of oak and pine grow at higher elevations, while desert shrubs grow in the drier areas on the Pacific side. The Caribbean Islands Winds play a big role in the climate of the Caribbean Islands. The waters in the Caribbean Sea stay warm most of the year and heat the air over them. Warm winds blow across the islands, keeping the temperatures warm and constant year-round. The Lesser Antilles are divided into islands that face the wind and those that are protected from the wind. Those protected from the wind receive less rain than those facing the wind. As in Mexico and Central America, elevation influennce climate in the islands’ mountains. The islands’ climates allow diverse vegetation, including rain forests, deciduous forests, and desert shrubs, to grow there. SUMMARIZE Describe the major infl uence on the climate of the Caribbean Islands. Tree Frog A red-eyed tree frog, a unique animal found in Costa Rica’s rain forest, hops a ride on a caiman, an alligator-like reptile. LANDFORMS INFLUENCES ON CLIMATE VEGETATION 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Latin America: Physical Geography and History 2032 S E CTI ON GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED The physical geography of much of Mexico, Central America, and the Caribbean Islands consists of mountains and highlands. NOW YOU WILL LEARN The physical geography of South America consists of a wide variety of landforms and climates. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES Andes Mountains a mountain range located on South America’s west coast and extending the full length of the continent altiplano a high plateau llanos (YAH•nohs) grasslands of western Venezuela and northeastern Colombia Pampas grassy plains in south-central South America Amazon River South America’s longest river (about 4,000 miles, or 6,400 kilometers) and the second-longest river in the world REVIEW highlands mountainous or hilly sections of a country rain forest a broadleaf tree region in a tropical climate Reading Strategy Re-create the diagram shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the diagram to summarize each of the main parts of Section 2. See Skillbuilder Handbook, page R5 SUMMARIZE Visual Vocabulary altiplano SECTION 2 Landforms, Rivers, and Lakes Climate and Vegetation Summary Summary 204 Chapter 7PATA GO NIA SECTION2 Connecting to Your World Look carefully at a map of South America, and you will see many physicca features similar to those that define North America, particularly the United States. Just as the Rocky Mountains rise in western North America, the Andes Mountains stretch the entire length of western South America. Great river systems drain both continents, and large plains are central to both North and South America. Of course, as you will soon learn, there are important differences as well. Landforms, Rivers, and Lakes KEY QUESTION What are the main features of South America’s landscape? South America has nearly every type of physical feature, including mountains, grasslands, plains, and highlands highlands. The continent has few large lakes but is drained by five major river systems, including the Amazon River, one of the largest rivers in the world. Patagonia Deserts, plateaus, and highlands make up this area. GEOGRAPHY 205 Physical Geography of South AmericaNiagara Falls Sears Tower Angel Falls 3,212 ft. 1,450 ft. 176 ft. 1,000 ft. 2,000 ft. 3,000 ft. ANGEL FALLS Angel Falls in the Guiana Highlands of southeastern Venezuela, the world’s tallest waterfall, drops 3,212 feet. The waterfall was named for Jimmy Angel, an American pilot who spotted it from his airplane in 1935. The Andes As the map on the opposite page shows, the Andes Mountains A stretch along western South America for a distance of about 5,500 miles. Longer than any other mountain range above sea level, the Andes are the world’s second-highest range. Only the Himalayas in Asia are higher. The tallest Andean peak, Mount Aconcagua, is the Western Hemisphere’s tallest mountain. People living in the Andes grow crops on terraces cut into the mountains. The Andes region also includes valleys and the altiplano altiplano, or “high plateau,” shared by Peru and Bolivia. Made up of a series of basins between mountains, the altiplano is one of the world’s highest inhabitte regions. Its southern half contains important deposits of copper, silver, tungsten, and tin. Plains and Highlands The Central Plains extend eastward from the Andes and cover about three-fifths of South America. The llanos, Gran Chaco, Amazon rain forest, and Pampas make up the Central Plains. The llanos (YAH•nohs) are wide grasslands that stretch across northeastern Colombia and western Venezuela. There, cattle ranches and small farms are common. A tropical rain forest in the Amazon Basin B covers about 40 perceen of Brazil. The Gran Chaco is a largely uninhabited area consisting of subtropical grasslands and low forests. Nearly half of this region is located in Argentina. The remainder extends into Paraguay and Bolivia. Just south of the Gran Chaco lies a large grassy plain called the Pampas Pampas, Argentina’s most populated area. The Eastern Highlands are two separate regions. The Guiana Highlands C to the north of the Amazon Basin consist of tropical foresst and grasslands. The Brazilian Highlands D to the south cover about one-fourth of South America and consist mostly of hills and plateaus. 206 Chapter 7ATLANTIC OCEAN ATLANTIC OCEAN PACIFIC OCEAN Caribbean Sea Madeira Araguaia River River Amazon River River Paraguay Negro River Uruguay River Paraná River Amazon River Orinoco River Río de la Plata Lake Titicaca Falkland Islands Mount Aconcagua 22,834 ft (6,960 m) AMAZON BASIN Netherlands Antilles A N D E S BRAZ IL IAN G ran Chaco A l ti p l ano L la no s HI GHLANDS Pampas Atacama Desert Tierra del Fuego P a tago n ia GUIA NA HIGHLANDS Mato Grosso Plateau A N D ES Cape Horn 20°N 0° 20°W 30°W 40°W 50°W 60°W 70°W 80°W 90°W 10°N 20°S 30°S 50°S Equator 10°S Tropic of Capricorn ARGENTINA PARAGUAY ECUADOR SURINAME GUYANA VENEZUELA COLOMBIA CHILE B O L I V I A URUGUAY P E R U B R A Z I L CENTRAL AMERICA S O U T H A M E R I C A Drake Passage FRENCH GUIANA Elevation Mountain peak (4,000 m) (2,000 m) (500 m) (200 m) (0 m) Below sea level 13,100 ft. 6,600 ft. 3,280 ft. 650 ft. 0 ft. 0 250 0 250 500 kilometers 500 miles N S E W CONNECT Geography & History READING A PHYSICAL MAP Use the key in this physical map to identify the elevations of Patagonia and the Amazon Basin. 1. Place What two oceans border South America? 2. Region Where are large areas of highlands found in South America? Physical Geography of South America C B A D 207Rivers and Lakes South America has five large river systems. The largest is the Amazon river system, which carries about one-fifth of the Earth’s river water. The Amazon River flows from the Andes to the Atlantic Ocean and is about 4,000 miles long. The river and its tributarrie drain much of Brazil and Peru, as well as parts of Colombia, Ecuador, Bolivia, and Venezuela. South America’s other river systems are the Rio de la Plata, the Magdalena-Cauca, the Orinoco, and the São Francisco. South America has few large natural lakes. The largest, Lake Maracaibo in northwesteer Venezuela, covers an area of more than 5,000 square miles. About two-thirds of Venezuela’s total petroleum output comes from the Lake Maracaibo region. Lake Titicaca is the second largest lake in South America. Located in the altiplano at an elevation of 12,500 feet, Lake Titicaca is the world’s highest navigable lake. SUMMARIZE List the main geographic features of South America. Climate and Vegetation KEY QUESTION What kinds of vegetation are found in the tropical and desert climates of South America? South America has a wide range of climates—from the steamy rain forest of the Amazon Basin to the icy cold of the upper Andes. Because climate largely determines the vegetation of a region, South America has a great variety of plant life as well. Mountain Climates The climate of the Andes Mountains changes with elevation. For example, near the equator, the climate at the lowees elevations is tropical. However, if you were to climb midway up the mountains, you would most likely find a more temperate, or mild, climate. At an elevation of more than 15,000 feet, you would encountte extremely low temperatures and icy winds. The only vegetation would be a sparse assortment of mosses, lichens, and dwarf shrubs. Climate zones at various elevations in the Andes are compared on the opposite page. Lake Maracaibo A girl uses a pole to move her boat between houses on Lake Maracaibo. How have people living on Lake Maracaibo adapted to their environment? 208 Chapter 7COMPARING A B C D Mountain Climate Zones CRITICAL THINKING Draw Conclusions What zones are most productive for growing crops?B Tierra Fría (Cold Land) • 6,000–10,000 feet • Crops: wheat, apples, potatoes, barley D Tierra Caliente (Hot Land) • Sea level–3,000 feet • Crops: bananas, cacao, sugar cane, rice A Tierra Helada (Frozen Land) • Above 10,000 feet • Livestock: llamas, sheep C Tierra Templada (Temperate Land) • 3,000–6,000 feet • Crops: corn, cotton, coffee, citrus fruits Guanaco (a kind of llama) in the Chilean Andes Potato fields in Peru Corn fields in Ecuador Sugar cane fields in Colombia 209Tropical Rain Forests Much of South America lies in the low latitudes, which are tropical. There, the Amazon rain forest covers more than 2 million square miles. Located primarily in Brazil, the rain forest is bounded to the north by the Guiana Highlands, to the south by Brazil’s central plateau, to the west by the Andes, and to the east by the Atlantic Ocean. The rain forest climate is hot and wet. Although the average temperature remains a fairly constant 80°F, high humidity makes it seem hotter. Rain falls throughout the year, for a yearly average of between 50 to 175 inches. The Amazon rain forest has the world’s richest collection of life forms. In fact, many of its insects, birds, and plants have yet to be named. Wildlife includes jaguars, monkeys, and manatees. Plant life is abundant. The rain forest’s many varieties of trees include rosewood, Brazil nut, rubber, mahogany, and cedar. Grasslands Located in Venezuela and Colombia, the llanos cover an area of about 220,000 square miles. They extend north and west to the Andes and south to the Amazon Basin. The llanos have a warm climate, and their rainfall averages between 45 and 180 inches. The Pampas cover an area of about 295,000 square miles in central Argentina, and they extend into Uruguay. The grasslands are good for raising cattle, and the rich soil produces a variety of crops, particularly soybeans and wheat. In addition to being an important agricultural area, the Pampas are also home to most of Argentina’s cities. The Llanos Cattle graze on the llanos in Venezuela. Why is this area a good place to raise cattle? 210 Chapter 7ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 2 Deserts Desert climates occur along much of Peru’s coast, as well as in northern Chile’s Atacama Desert and southern Argentina’s Patagonian desert. Desert climates are dry, and temperatures may be hot or cold. The desert in southern Patagonia is an example of a cold desert, with temperatures averaging only about 44°F. The Atacama Desert is warmer, with summer temperatures averaging in the mid-60s°F. Although an ocean current from the Antarctic mixes with warm air to produce clouds and fog in the Atacama Desert, there is little rain. In fact, in the center of the Atacama, no rainfall has ever been recorded. There, nothing grows. Yet in the desert’s fog zones, cacti, ferns, and many other types of vegetation grow. CATEGORIZE Identify the kinds of vegetation found in South America’s tropical and desert climates. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of KEY IDEAS 3. What are the main river systems of South America? 4. Where are the Guiana and Brazilian Highlands located? 5. What relationship exists between elevation and climates of the Andes? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Compare and Contrast How are the four main regions of the Central Plains different from one another? 7. Analyze Causes and Effects Why is a variety of plant life able to grow in the Atacama Desert? 8. CONNECT to Today The Amazon rain forest is a popular destination for tourists today. What features do you think attract tourists to this area? 9. ART Create a Mural Draw a panoramic mural of the geographic features of South America. Include the continent’s landforms and waterways. USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Summarize Use your completed chart to answer the following question: How is Lake Maracaibo important to South America? Jujuy Desert The Jujuy Desert is located in northwestern Argentina. • altiplano • llanos • Pampas • Amazon River SECTION 2 Landforms, Rivers, and Lakes Climate and Vegetation Summary Summary Latin America: Physical Geography and History 2113 S E CTI ON GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Latin America contains a wide variety of landforms, climates, and vegetation. NOW YOU WILL LEARN People adapted to these challenging geographic and climatic conditions and developed great civilizations. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES Olmec an early civilization along the Gulf Coast of what is now southern Mexico Maya an early civilization located in what is now the Yucatán Peninsula, Guatemala, and northern Belize cultural hearth the heartland, or place of origin, of a major culture glyph a carved or engraved symbol that stands for a syllable or a word empire a political system in which people or lands are controlled by one ruler Aztec an early civilization in the Valley of Mexico chinampas artificial islands used for farming Inca an early civilization in the Andes Mountains of Peru REVIEW culture the shared attitudes, knowledge, and behaviors of a group BACKGROUND VOCABULARY jaguar a large cat mainly found in Central and South America Reading Strategy Re-create the Venn diagram shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the diagram to show how the Aztec and Inca empires were alike and different. Skillbuilder Handbook, page R9 COMPARE AND CONTRAST AZTEC EMPIRE INCA EMPIRE Visual Vocabulary glyphBOTH 212 Chapter 7Tikal GUATEMALA SECTION3 HISTORY Connecting to Your World How do you think the stone head pictured here was made? An ancient civilization in Latin America carved these heads about 3,000 years ago. What do you think of when you hear the word pyramid? Most likely, you think of the pyramids built about 4,500 years ago by the ancient Egyptians. Did you know that ancient civilizations in Latin America, such as the Maya, constructed these huge structures too? As you read this section, you will find out more about the Maya and other early civilizattion that thrived in what is now Latin America. The Olmec and the Maya KEY QUESTION How were the Olmec and Mayan civilizations alike? The first known civilization to develop in Latin America were the Olmec Olmec. They lived along the Gulf Coast of what is now southern Mexico about 3,200 years ago. Another civilization, the Maya Maya, developed in the highlaand and flatlands of what is now the Yucatán Peninsula, Guatemala, and northern Belize. Archaeological evidence shows that these two cultures built well-laid-out cities and complex civilizations. They were farmers, artists, and architects. Olmec Head The Olmec carved these large heads from a stone called basalt. The Tikal Pyramid The Maya built this pyramid in the rain forest of what is now Guatemala. 213 Ancient CivilizationsCONNECT History to Today The Olmec, a Cultural Hearth The Olmec were traders and skilled farmers. As farming began to thrive, the Olmec could count on a steady food supply. Having enough food led to a larger populatiio and allowed the Olmec to focus on tasks other than farming. An adequate food supply also led to the growth of cities. Olmec cities included plazas, housing areas, and ceremonial centeers Their oldest known city is San Lorenzo. The Olmec are known for their huge stone sculptures of heads. Some sculptures show a halfhumman half-animal jaguar jaguar, the Olmec’s chief god. The Olmec began to abandon their cities beginning around 600 B.C. for unknown reasons. However, historians consider the Olmec civilizatiio a cultural hearth hearth, the place of origin of a major culture culture. The Olmec culture shaped other cultures in the region, particularly the Maya. The Maya, Masters of the City The Maya lived in villages in southern Mexico and northeer Central America as early as 1500 B.C. At the height of their civilization, around A.D. 250, the Maya built impressive cities with stone temples, pyramids, plazas, palaces, and ball courts. They were farmers and traders. Corn, beans, and squash were important crops. The Maya also traded salt, chocolate, and cotton with other cultures. The Maya were advanced in their knowledge of science and technology. They created a 365-day calendar by watching the stars. The calendar identified events throughout the year, such as planting times and holidays. The Maya used a mathematical system based on the number 20 and were the first people to use the zero. They also developed glyph writing, carved symbols that stood for a syllable or a word. In about A.D. 900, the Maya started abandoniin their cities, like the Olmec had done earlier. The reasons remain unclear. However, descendaant of the Maya still live in the region today. COMPARE AND CONTRAST Explain how the Olmec and Mayan civilizations were alike and different. A Recent Maya Discovery In 2005, archaeologists working in Guatemala at the site of an ancient Mayan city made an exciting discoverrya stone monument with the carving of a woman’s face. The carving dates back to around the A.D. 500s, making it the earliest known likeness of a woman that the Maya carved in stone. This is significant because it suggests that women had important leadership roles in Mayan society early on in Mayan history. Stone Carving The drawing (right) helps to more clearly see what is carved in part of the stone monument. An archaeology student wraps the Mayan stone monument to take for further study. Image not available for electronic use. Please refer to the image in the textbook. 214 Chapter 7Cuzco Chichén Itzá Tikal San Lorenzo Tenochtitlán Tropic of Cancer 20°N 10°N 10°S 20°S 30°S 60°W 70°W 80°W 90°W 100°W Tropic of Capricorn 0° A N D E S A N D E S YUCATÁN PENINSULA C a r i b b e a n S e a G u l f o f M e x i c oPAC I F I C OCEAN AT L A N T I C OCEAN Olmec 1200 B.C.–600 B.C. Maya A.D. 250–A.D. 900 Aztec A.D. 1200–A.D. 1521 Inca A.D. 1438–A.D. 1533 0 500 0 500 1,000 kilometers 1,000 miles N S E W CONNECT Geography & History READING A THEMATIC MAP Thematic maps focus on specific types of information. When reading this thematic map, use • the title to find out what civilizations are featured in the map • the key to identify what civilization the colors and symbols stand for Place What civilization occupied the Yucatán Peninsula? GEOGRAPHY Olmec, Maya, Aztec, and Inca 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to explore these ancient civilizations @ClassZone.com Inca road in Bolivia Pyramid of the Sun, Mexico 215ANALYZING Primary Sources The Aztec and the Inca KEY QUESTION How did the Aztec and the Inca use their environments to develop their empires? Two great civilizations, the Aztec and the Inca, developed vast empires empires, political systems in which people or lands are controlled by one ruler. Both civilizations were very powerful in their regions until the Spanish conquered them in the 1500s. The Aztec, a Military Culture The Aztec moved from northern Mexico into the Valley of Mexico and what is now Mexico City in about the A.D. 1300s. They took control of the valley in about 1428 and ruled their empire until 1521. The Aztec built a strong military empire through warfare and by collecting tribute—money, goods, or crops—from the people they defeated. The Aztec built Tenochtitlán (teh•NOHCH•tee•TLAHN), their capital city, on an island in Lake Texcoco. The city included houses and causewaays or roads made of earth. At its height, the population reached around 300,000. A great pyramid dedicated to Huitzilopochtli, the sun and war god, stood in the center of the city. The Aztec used the watery environment around Tenochtitlán to create chinampas chinampas, or island gardens, to grow food and flowers. DOCUMENT–BASED QUESTION How did the Aztec know where to stop to build their capital city? The Eagle on the Prickly Pear Why would the Aztec build a city in the middle of a swampy lake? According to legend, one of their gods predicted that they would see a prickly pear cactus with an eagle sitting on top of it. The Aztec wandered until they saw this sign. There they built Tenochtitlán, which is now Mexico City. [A]s they passed through the reeds, there in front of them was the prickly pear with the eagle perched on top, . . . his claws punching holes in his prey. When he saw the Mexicans in the distance, he bowed to them. . . . The . . . spirit said, ‘Mexicans, this is the place.’ And with that they all wept. ‘We are favored,’ they said. ‘We are blessed. We have seen where our city will be. Now let us go rest.’ Source: The Eagle on the Prickly Pear, retold by John Bierhorst ONLINE PRIMARY SOURCE To read more legends of the Aztec and Inca, go to Research & Writing Center @ClassZone.com 216 Chapter 7ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 3 TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of • Olmec • Maya • Aztec • Inca USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Compare and Contrast Use your completed Venn diagram to answer the following question: How were the ways the Aztec and Inca modified their environments similar? KEY IDEAS 3. What are the earliest known civilizations in what is now southern Mexico? 4. How did the Aztec build their large empire? 5. How were the Inca able to communicate throughout their large empire? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Compare and Contrast How was the decline of the Mayan and Olmec civilizations different from the decline of the Aztec and Inca civilizations? 7. Identify Problems and Solutions What problems might an empire have in ruling millions of people? 8. CONNECT to Today Each year, around 300,000 people visit Machu Picchu. What problems do you think this presents for this archaeological site? Explain. 9. WRITING Write a Newspaper Article Imagine that you are a reporter visiting a city in one of the early Latin American civilizations. Write a short article that describes the city’s architecture. Inca, Mountain Empire The Inca lived in the Andes Mountains in what is now Peru. They controlled a large empire from the early 1400s until 1533. The empire centered around Cuzco (KOOZ•koh), the Inca’s mountaai capital city. By 1500, the empire extended about 2,500 miles along the west coast of South America. The Inca built complex cities such as Machu Picchu. To farm the steep land, they cut terraces into the mountainssides where they grew corn and potatoes. They built aqueducts, or canals, to irrigate the land. On higher areas, the Inca grazed llamas. The Inca adapted to difficult conditions. They built 14,000 miles of roads on which runners carried messages. To keep records, they used quipus (KEE•poos), counting tools of knotted cords. Today’s descendants of the Inca, the Quechua (KEHCH•wuh), make up about 45 percent of Peru’s population. They still use terraces and aqueducts, raise corn and potatoes, and graze llamas. SYNTHESIZE Describe how the Inca changed their environment to develop an empire. Machu Picchu Flowers grow on the slopes of Machu Picchu today. AZTEC EMPIRE INCA EMPIRE BOTH Latin America: Physical Geography and History 217ChinampasGEOGRAPHY ISLAND GARDENS Much of the land around Tenochtitlán, where the Aztec settled, was swampy, posing a challenge for farming. The Aztec were resourceful at adapting to their environment. They built chinampas, human-made islands creatte for planting. The rich soil allowed the Aztec to grow crops and flowers. 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to see how the Aztec built the chinampas. Learn how the Aztec used woven mats and mud from the lake to build the chinampas. 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to see how the Aztec lived on the chinampas. Learn where they lived, what they wore, and what they ate. 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to see how chinampas are used today and the problems they face. 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to enter the chinampas @ClassZone.com 218 Chapter 7Lake Texcoco Tenochtitlán Valley of Mexico Causeways Chinampas Tenochtitlán MEXICO Tenochtitlán Make a Model Work with a partner to create a small model of a chinampa. Apply what you have learned about how the Aztec built chinampas to make a model using materials similar to those the Aztec used. 2194 S E CTI ON GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Powerful civilizations arose in Latin America but eventually fell. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Life was hard, as the people of Latin America struggled to gain their independence. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES Columbian Exchange the movement of plants and animals between Latin America and Europe after Columbus’ voyage to the Americas in A.D. 1492 conquistador (kahn•KWIHS•tuh•DAWR) Spanish word for “conqueror” colony overseas territory ruled by a nation mestizo (mehs•TEE•zoh) person with mixed European and Indian ancestry Father Hidalgo father of Mexican independence Simón Bolívar leader for independence in northern South America José de San Martín leader for independeenc in southern South America REVIEW empire a political system in which people or lands are controlled by one ruler Reading Strategy Re-create the time line shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the time line to show the events that led to independence in Mexico and countries in South America. See Skillbuilder Handbook, page R6 SEQUENCE EVENTS A.D. 1521 A.D. 1826 Visual Vocabulary conquistador 220 Chapter 7ATLANTIC OCEAN NORTH A M E R I C A E U R O P E A F R I C A TobaccoPumpkin Quinine Sweet Potato Turkey Squash Pineapple Cacao Bean Cassava Peanut Tomato Corn Beans Vanilla Coffee Bean Peach, Pear Olive Banana Sugar CaneOnion Turnip Grape Citrus Fruits Honeybee Avacado Peppers Potato Livestock • Cattle • Horse • Sheep • Pig Disease • Smallpox • Influenza • Typhus • Measles • Malaria • Diptheria • Whooping Cough Grains • Wheat • Rice • Barley • Oats SECTION 4 HISTORY Connecting to Your World If you had lived in Europe before Christopher Columbus arrived in the Americas, you would have never enjoyed chocolate, corn, turkey, peppers, potatoes, or tomatoes. And if you had lived in the Americas, you would never have eaten oranges, bananas, beef, or pork. After the Spanish came to America, plants and animals were exchanged, or traded, between America and Europe. This came to be known as the Columbian Exchange Exchange. Conquered Lands KEY QUESTION How did Spanish rule affect life in Latin America? After Columbus arrived in 1492, life for the Indians changed dramatically. In 1521, a Spanish conquistador (kahn•KWIHS•tuh•DAWR), or conqueror, Hernán Cortés, defeated the Aztec. And in 1533 Francisco Pizarro, another Spanish conquistador, defeated the Inca. The Exchange The graphic shows the goods and diseases transferred between the two hemispheres. What vegetables did Europeans bring to the Americas? Columbian Exchange 221 From Colonization to IndependenceCONNECT 􀀳􀁅􀁔􀁔􀁌􀁅􀁍􀁅􀁎􀁔􀀀􀁍􀁁􀁄􀁅􀀀􀁂􀁙 􀁐􀁅􀁏􀁐􀁌􀁅􀀀􀁗􀁈􀁏􀀀􀁌􀁅􀁁􀁖􀁅􀀀􀁏􀁎􀁅􀀀 􀁃􀁏􀁕􀁎􀁔􀁒􀁙 Colonial Rule By the mid-1500s, the Spanish had set up colonies colonies, or overseas territories ruled by a nation, in various parts of Latin America. Spain’s goal was to take advantage of the resources and vast lands in its new empire empire. To rule the empire, Spain set up a class society. At the top were the peninsulares (peh•neen•soo•LAHR•ehs), people born in Spain. They held the high government positions. Below them were the criollos (kree•OH•lohs), Spaniards born in Latin America. They were often wealthy, but could not hold high government offices. These two groups controlled land, wealth, and power in the colonies. Below the criollos were the mestizos (mehs•TEE•zohs), people of Spanish and Indian ancestry. They had little power. Finally, African enslaved persons and Indians were at the bottom and had no power. Colonial Economy One of Spain’s main purposes in creating coloniie was to make Spain wealthy. To do so, Spain set up a system known as encomienda (ehn•koh•mee•EHN•duh). Under this system, Indians mined, ranched, and farmed for Spanish landlords. The Indians lived in poverty and hardship, essentially enslaved. Spain, however, grew wealthy. The Spanish established huge ranches to raise cattle and sheep and large plantations to grow sugar cane, coffee, and cacao in various parts of Latin America. Spain made huge profits from the gold and silver extracted from Mexican mines. SYNTHESIZE Explain how life changed for people in Latin America under Spanish rule. The time during which Spain ruled its colonies in Latin America is often referred to as the region’s colonial period. If you visitte Latin America today, you would see many examples of Spanish influence. In addition to hearing the Spanish language, you would see examples of Spanish architectural styles in buildinng that the Spanish constructed throughout their colonies, such as the church and fort pictured below. Make Vocabulary Cards Materials 1. Learn the new terms in this chapter by making vocabulary fl ip cards. 2. Write a term on one side of an index card. 3. Write the defi nition of the term on the other side. 4. If possible, draw a picture next to the defi nition to illustrrat it. to Language Arts • index cards • markers 222 Chapter 7Independence from the Spanish KEY QUESTION What events led to independence in Mexico and South America? In the 1800s, Spain began paying less attention to its Latin American colonies because it was fighting a war in Europe against Napoleon. Various groups in Latin America saw a chance to gain their freedom. The criollos and mestizos began to organize an independence movement. They called upon the Indians and enslaved persoon to join their rebellion. By 1826, all of Latin America, except Cuba and Puerto Rico, became independent. Mexico’s Path to Independence In the late 1700s and early 1800s, freedom was in the air. The people of Mexico had heard about the American Revolution of 1776 and the French Revolution of 1789. The rights of all people were being talked about around the world. Many people in Mexico became excited by these ideas. They wanted their independence from Spain. The first step toward independence happeene in 1810 in a small village in north central Mexico. Father Hidalgo Hidalgo, a priest in the village, called on the people to rebel against Spain. The rebellion failed, however, and Father Hidalgo was captured and executed by the Spanish. A new leader took Father Hidalgo’s place. José María Morelos y Pavón also organized an army to fight the Spanish. He and other revolutioonarie declared Mexico’s independence in 1813. However, the Spanish defeated Morelos, and he was executed in 1815. In 1821, the revolutionaries made a plan to win the support of all the groups in Mexico. The plan guaranteed independence, freedom of religion, and equality. Spain then declared Mexico independent with the Treaty of Cordoba in August 1821. Mexico’s struggle for independence lasted 11 years. But Mexico still had hard times ahead. You will learn more about Mexico’s struggle toward democracy in the next chapter. HISTORY MAKERS Father Miguel Hidalgo 1753–1811 Father Hidalgo, a priest in the village of Dolores, sympathized with the Indians and mestizos and joined a secret society to work for Mexican independence. On September 16, 1810, Father Hidalgo rang the church bell in Dolores and urged his parishioners to fight for freedom. Thousands joined his army, but with clubs and farm tools as weapons, they were no match against the Spanish soldiers. Today, Father Hidalgo is known as the father of Mexican independence. To honor him, Mexican Independence Day is celebrated on September 16. ONLINE BIOGRAPHY For more on the life of Father Hidalgo, go to the Research & Writing Center @ClassZone.com Latin America: Physical Geography and History 223CONNECT History & Economics ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 4Independence for South America Just as they did in Mexico, the American and French revolutions had inspired dreams of freedom among people throughout South America. Beginning in 1810, two leaders led the fight for independence from Spain. Simón Bolívar Bolívar, a Venezuelan general, led the fight in the northern part of South America. To honor his efforts, South Americans call him “the Liberator.” José de San Martín Martín, an Argentine general, led the fight for independeenc in the southern part of South America. By 1825, nearly all of South America was free from Spanish rule. Brazil, a Portuguese colony, also gained independence at this time. When Brazilians demanded independence in 1822, Dom Pedro, the son of the Portuguese king, declared Brazil independent and made himself emperor. You will read more about Brazil in a later chapter. SUMMARIZE Discuss the events that led to independence in Mexico and South America. Coffee Coffee was fi rst grown in Africa. European colonists brought coffee trees, like those shown in the illustration below, to the Americas in the Columbian Exchange. Brazil and Colombia, along with the rest of Latin America, produce two-thirds of the world’s coffee. A.D. 1521 A.D. 1826 USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Sequence Events Use your time line to answer the following question: How long was much of Latin America under Spanish rule? KEY IDEAS 3. Why were the mestizos important in Mexico’s fight for independence? 4. Who was Father Hidalgo and why was he important? 5. How did most of South America gain its independence? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Analyze Causes and Effects Why did Mexicans decide to fight for independence from Spain? 7. Evaluate What geographical challenges did South Americans have in their fight for independence? 8. CONNECT to Today What problems from the colonial days might still affect people in Latin America today? 9. TECHNOLOGY Write a Biography Use the Internet to find more information about one of the leaders for independence in Latin America discussed in this section. Then use a word processor to write a brief biography of that individual. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of • Columbian Exchange • conquistador • colony • mestizo 224 Chapter 73 7 6 10 14 19 11 terrace Brazil Use the Terms & Names list to complete each sentence on paper or online. NAME GAME GeoGame Crossword Puzzle 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to complete these and other activities online @ClassZone.com To play the complete game, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com For Review and Study Notes, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Present-Day Latin America CHAPTER SUMMARY Key Idea 1 The geography of Mexico, Central America, and the Caribbean Islands contains mountains, highlands, and plains. Key Idea 2 The physical geography of South America consists of a wide variety of landforms and climates. Key Idea 3 People adapted to these challenging geographic and climatic conditions and developed great civilizations. Key Idea 4 Life under the conquerors was hard, as the people of Latin America struggled to gain their independence. 1. I am built to make farming on mountainsides easier. ________________________________ 2. I am the civilization that built a vast empire in Peru. _______________________________ 3. I am a large plain in Argentina. _____________ 4. I am the civilization that is considered the cultural hearth of southern Mexico. __________ 5. I am the father of Mexican independence. _____________________________________ 6. I am a large region that includes Mexico, Central and South America, and the Caribbean Islands. _____________________________________ 7. I allowed plants, animals, and ideas to be traded between Europe and the Americas. _____________________________________ 8. I am the large islands in the Caribbean Sea. _____________________________________ 9. I am a landform on which the Panama Canal is located. _____________________________ 10. I am the place on which the Aztec grew food and flowers. ___________________________ chinampas Columbian Exchange Father Hidalgo Greater Antilles Inca isthmus Latin America Lesser Antilles Olmec Pampas Simón Bolívar terrace Complete an online crossword puzzle to test your knowledge of the geography and history of Latin America. ACROSS 1. Mayan writing—a carved symbol that stands for a syllable or word Use this online map to show what you know about present-day Latin America. Click and drag each place name to its location on the map. Brazil Mexico Caribbean Sea Gulf of Mexico Amazon River 225Assessment C H A P T E R Answer the ESSENTIAL QUESTION How have Latin America’s geography and resources helped shape its history? Written response Write a two-or threeparaagrap response to the Essential Question. Be sure to consider the key ideas of each section as well as specific details about how geography affected ancient civilizations. Use the rubric to guide your thinking. Response Rubric A strong response will: • discuss the geographic features in one region • summarize how the geography affected the history of the region’s people VOCABULARY Explain the significance of each of the following. 1. Latin America 2. isthmus 3. Andes Mountains 4. Pampas 5. Amazon River 6. Aztec 7. Inca 8. chinampas 9. mestizo 10. Simón Bolívar Explain how the terms and names in each group are related. 11. Olmec, Maya, and Aztec 12. Pampas, Andes Mountains, and Amazon River KEY IDEAS 1 Physical Geography of Mexico, Central America, and the Caribbean 13. Why are Mexico, Central and South America, and the Caribbean Islands called Latin America? 14. What are two mountain ranges in Mexico? 15. Why is Central America’s climate warm year-round? 2 Physical Geography of South America 16. Where is the world’s largest tropical rain forest? 17. What is the largest river system in South America? 18. What affects climate in the Andes Mountains? 3 Ancient Civilizations 19. Where was the Mayan civilization located? 20. What features did Tenochtitlán have? 21. How did the Inca keep records? 4 From Colonization to Independence 22. Who defeated the Aztec and Inca empires? 23. Who were the mestizos and why are they important? 24. How did most South American countries become independent? CRITICAL THINKING 25. Compare and Contrast Create a table to compare and contrast the landforms, farming methods, and building methods in the Aztec and Inca empires. 26. Analyze Causes and Effects How did the lives of Indians change after the Spanish conquered them? 27. Identify Problems and Solutions How might the Spanish have prevented rebellion? 28. Connect to Economics How did the encomienda system prevent the Mexican economy from being open to all people? 29. Five Themes: Human-Environment Interaction How did the Aztec and Inca use technology to change the environment? 30. Make Inferences What problems did Latin Americans likely face after independence? AZTEC INCA 7 226 Chapter 7Aztec and Incan Population Decline After 1520 05 10 15 20 25 30 1620 1600 1580 1560 1540 1520 Aztec Inca Population (in millions) Year Source: The Population of Latin America: A History STANDARDS–BASED ASSESSMENT • Online Test Practice @ClassZone.com • Test-Taking Strategies and Practice at the front of this book SECONDARY SOURCE Use context clues in the paragraph below to answer questions 1 and 2. The full knowledge of the Maya calendar must have been guarded . . . by the ruling elite, since it was undoubtedly a source of great power. . . . One might assume, however, that even the poorest farmer had some knowledge of the basic system, by which to guide his family’s daily life. 1. What is the most likely reason that the ruling elite guarded knowledge of the calendar? A. They did not want the farmers to be confused. B. They wanted to stop other people from stealing the calendar. C. They believed the knowledge gave them power over others. D. They didn’t want others to use the knowledge against them. 2. What statement does the paragraph support? A. The Maya did not know about the calendar. B. Most Maya had some knowledge of the calendar. C. Most Maya did not care about the calendar. D. The ruling elite wanted everyone to know about the calendar. LINE GRAPH Use the line graph below to answer questions 3 and 4 on your paper. 3. Between what years did the Aztec population show the sharpest decline? 4. What was the Inca population in 1520? In 1620? 1. INTERDISCIPLINARY ACTIVITY—DRAMA With a small group, find another legend from the ancient civilizations of Latin America, such as the Aztec legend about the volcano Popocatépetl. Create a skit of the legend to present to the class. 2. WRITING FOR SOCIAL STUDIES Reread the part of Section 2 about Tenochtitlán. Imagine that you are visiting the city. Write a letter to a friend telling about your visit. Describe the features of the city and give your impression of it. 3. MENTAL MAPPING Create an outline map of Latin America and label the following: • Mexico • Mexico City • Central America • Panama Canal • Greater Antilles • Lesser Antilles • South America • Amazon River Source: The Ancient Maya, by Robert J. Sharer Latin America: Physical Geography and History 227CONNECT Geography & History C H A P T E R Mexico ESSENTIAL QUESTION How does Mexico reflect both ancient traditions and the challenges of the modern world? 1 HISTORY & GOVERNMENT A Struggle Toward Democracy CULTURE 2 A Blend of Traditions 3 GOVERNMENT & ECONOMICS Creating a New Economy Use the map and the time line to answer the following questions. 1. What Mexican states are located on a peninsula on the Pacific Coast? 2. What was one result of the Mexican Revolution? History 1864 Napoleon appoints Maximilian as Emperor of Mexico. (Maximilian) 1848 Economics 1917 New constitution redistributes land more equally among the people. Geography 1848 Mexico signs treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo and loses territory to the United States. History 1910 Mexican Revolution begins. N S E W 8 228 Chapter 8 Tropic of Cancer 15°N 20°N 25°N 30°N 90°W 85°W 95°W 100°W 105°W 110°W 115°W Rio Grande Gulf of Mexico Bay of Campeche Gulf of Tehuantepec Gulf of California (Sea of Cortez) PAC I F I C OCEAN Tijuana Monterrey Puebla León Guadalajara Ciudad Juárez Mexico City SINALOA COLIMA TABASCO YUCATÁN QUINTANA ROO CAMPECHE PUEBLA MICHOACÁN NAYARIT AGUASCALIENTES MÉXICO MORELOS DISTRITO FEDERAL QUERÉTARO TLAXCALA GUERRERO GUANAJUATO ZACATECAS JALISCO OAXACA CHIAPAS HIDALGO DURANGO COAHUILA TAMAULIPASVERACRUZ SAN LUIS POTOSÍ CHIHUAHUA SONORA BAJA CALIFORNIA BAJA CALIFORNIA SUR NUEVO LEÓNU N I T E D S T A T E S BELIZE GUATEMALA HONDURAS 0 150 0 150 300 kilometers 300 miles N S E W National capital Other city Today GEOGRAPHY Present-Day Mexico Economics 1992 Mexico signs the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA). Government 2000 Vicente Fox is elected president of Mexico. Government ▲ 1929 The Institutional Revolutionary Party (Partido Revolucionario Institucional, or PRI) comes to power. Culture 1990 Octavio Paz wins Nobel Prize for Literature. 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 􀁅to explore Mexico @ClassZone.com 2291 S E CTI ON GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Mexico rebelled against colonial rule and gained its independence from Spain in 1821. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Mexico had to overcome many obstacles as the country moved toward establishing a democracy. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES Antonio López de Santa Anna (1794– 1876) Mexican general, president, and leader of Mexican independence from Spain Republic of Texas constitutional governmeen of Texas after independence from Mexico annex to add to an existing territory cession surrendered territory Benito Juárez (1806–1872) Indian who became president and a Mexican national hero Mexican Revolution a fight for reforms in Mexico from 1910 to 1920 Constitution of 1917 Mexican constitution written during the revolution that is still in effect today Vicente Fox Mexican president from the National Action Party who was elected in 2000 REVIEW constitution a formal plan of government revolution the overthrow of a ruler or government; a major change in ideas Reading Strategy Re-create the chart shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, look for the effects of the causes that are listed. See Skillbuilder Handbook, page R8 ANALYZE CAUSES AND EFFECTS CAUSES EFFECTS Mexico and the United States could not agree on the border of Texas. Benito Juárez instituted a new constitution in 1857. Huge gap existed between rich and poor; most Mexicans did not own land. The Constitution of 1917 was created. 230 Chapter 8SECTION1 HISTORY & GOVERNMENT Connecting to Your World Think what an important part George Washington played in the U.S. fight for independence from Britain. In Mexican history, General Antonio López de Santa Anna played a key role in Mexico’s fight for independence from Spain. He served as both a soldier and a president. As president, however, Santa Anna was not able to establish a secure government. Several factors made it difficult for the Mexican people to create a stable government. War and Reform KEY QUESTION What challenges did Mexico have in establishing a stable government? During Spanish rule, Mexicans had little control over their lives. Spain made many decisions for Mexico. As a result, after gaining independence in 1821, Mexico had trouble establishing a stable government. The Mexican people had no experience in governing themselves, and the nation had a weak economy. Invasion by foreign countries also prevented Mexico from establishing a strong government. Santa Anna Reform Demands Protests, pictured in this mural by David Siquieros, led to the Mexican Revolution. 231 A Struggle Toward DemocracyPAC I F I C OCEAN Gulf of Mexico Colorado River River Red River River Rio Grande Gila Arkansas San Francisco Los Angeles San Diego Mexico City MEXICO UNITED STATES Texas Annexation 1845 Gadsden Purchase 1853 Mexican Cession by Treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo 1848 90˚W 110˚W 120˚W 100˚W 20˚N 30˚N Tropic of Cancer San Jacinto, April 21, 1836 Alamo March 6, 1836 Battle Border of Mexico, 1824 Republic of Texas, 1836–1845 Present-day Mexico Through Texas Annexation, 1845 By the Treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo, 1848 Gadsden Purchase, 1853 Lost to the United States 0 200 0 200 400 kilometers 400 miles N S E W The Mexican War Until 1848, Mexican territory included what is now the southwestern part of the United States. In the early 1800s, few Mexicans lived there. To increase the population, Mexico encouragge settlers from the United States to move to Texas. To get land, the settlers had to follow Mexican law and pay a small fee. Soon, the American settlers wanted more independence. When the Mexican government refused to grant independence, Texans revolted and broke away from Mexico. Santa Anna and his troops won early victories against the Texans, including the Battle of the Alamo in San Antonio, but eventually they were defeated at the Battle of San Jacinto in 1836. That same year, Santa Anna signed a treaty granting Texas independence, and the Republic of Texas was established. Mexico faced another problem when the United States annexed annexed, or added, Texas in 1845. The United States and Mexico could not agree on the southern boundary of Texas. By 1846, the dispute led to a war that lasted two years. Then in 1848, Mexico and the United States signed the Treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo. As a result of this treaty, Mexico’s surrendered territory, or cession cession, included the northern half of what was once Mexico. Republic of Mexico 1824–1853 CONNECT Geography & History 1. Location What river formed the border between Mexico and the United States before the Texas Annexation? 2. Region How did the Treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo affect Mexican territory? 232 Chapter 8Fight for Reforms The Mexican War drained Mexico’s economy and left the government in disorder. After the war, two groups within the country, the liberals and conservatives, strugglle for power. Conservatives consisted of Mexico’s rich landowners and military leaders. The liberals generally consisted of the nation’s poor, landless people. A liberal leader, Benito Juárez Juárez, greatly influenced Mexican politics at this time. He led a reform movement that resulted in a new constitution in 1857. Among other things, the constitution guaranteed freedom of speech and called for a federal system of government. But it did not make Catholicism the official religion, as many church officials wanted. Juárez and other reformers fought against the opponents of the constitution. This struggle left Mexico weak and open to foreign invasion. France, Spain, and Britain sent forces to Mexico in 1861. France captured Mexico City in 1863 and named Maximilian, a European nobleman, as emperor of Mexico. His rule ended when the Mexican people overthrew and executed him. Juárez, who had been elected president in 1861, returned to that office until his death in 1872. ANALYZE CAUSES AND EFFECTS Explain why establishing a stable government was diffi cult in Mexico. Revolution and Constitutional Change KEY QUESTION Why was the election of President Vicente Fox signifi cant? After Juárez’s death, the reform movement weakened. Juárez’s successoor were more interested in developing the economy than in reform. They believed in government controlled by a small group. In 1876, General Porfirio Díaz became dictator. Unlike Juárez, he gave land, power, or favors to anyone who supported him. Those who did not support him were shut out of power. By 1910, the gap between the rich and poor had grown huge. Just one percent of landowners controlled more than 90 percent of the land. Most Mexicans owned no land at all. This gap set the stage for the Mexican Revolution. HISTORY MAKERS Benito Juárez 1806–1872 Benito Juárez, an Indian, was born in Oaxaca (wuh•HAH•kuh), where he received a law degree in 1831. Politics became Juárez’s life, and he served in many capacities, including governor of Oaxaca and president of Mexico. His work for fairness and equality made Juárez a hero in the eyes of many Mexican people. ONLINE BIOGRAPHY For more on the life of Benito Juárez, go to the Research & Writing Center @ClassZone.com Mexico 233CONNECT Geography & History The Mexican Revolution By 1910, Mexicans from various walks of life were protesting Díaz’s rule and calling for reforms. Farmers wanted land, and workers wanted fair wages and better working conditions. The Mexican Revolution began when Francisco Madero, a wealthy rancher, called for a revolution to defeat Díaz. Leaders arose in different parts of Mexico and gathered their own armies. Emiliano Zapata led an army in southern Mexico and fought for land ownershhi for poor farmers. Pancho Villa led forces in northern Mexico. He became popular for his policy of stealing from the rich to give to the poor. Madero became president, but was soon overthrown. The fighting among the various Mexican groups for control of the government continued, turning the Revolution into a civil war. By the time it was over in 1920, more than one million Mexicans had been killed. New Constitution The Constitution of 1917 was adopted during the revolution to meet the demands of Mexico’s various groups and regions. Land reform was the central issue. Eventually, the government redistributed nearly half of Mexico’s farmland to poor people. Millions of acres of farmland were divided into ejidos (eh•HEE•thaws), community farms owned by villagers. The constitutiio also brought about changes regarding workers’ rights and the relationship of the government and the Church. The Constitution of 1917 is still in effect in Mexico today. Pancho Villa: Knowing the Land Pancho Villa’s knowledge of northern Mexico’s geograaph helped him to avoid being captured by the U.S. army. In 1916, Villa, angry over U.S. involvement in the Mexican Revolution, led an attack in Columbus, New Mexico, in which 18 U.S. citizens were killed. The United States sent soldiers to capture Villa, but Villa’s knowledge of the land and his popularity helped him elude the U.S. army. Reforms of the Mexican Constitution of 1917 • Breakup of large estates • Restriction on foreign land ownership • Government control of resources like oil • State takeover of Church land • Workers’ minimum wage • Workers’ right to strike • Workers’ labor unions • Equal pay for equal work • Limited legal rights for women (spending money and bringing lawsuits) LAND RELIGION SOCIAL ISSUES LABOR 2341 ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Democratic Rule In the 1920s, one political party came to power by making peace among the various armies. Today it is called the Institutional Revolutionary Party (Partido Revolucionario Institucional, or PRI). The party controlled the government from 1929 until 2000. It helped introduce elements of democracy and stability to Mexico. But the party often blocked opposittio to its policies and was accused of corruption. In 2000, Vicente Fox Fox, a member of the National Action Party (Partido Acción Nacional, or PAN), was elected president. His election signaled Mexico’s move toward a multiparty democracy. In 2006, Felipe Calderon, also a member of PAN, won the presidential election. Today, besides PRI and PAN, there are at least five other political parties in Mexico. Today, Mexico is a democracy organized much like the U.S. government. Mexico is a federal republic made up of 31 states and a federal district. Mexico also has three branches of government. But the Mexican president has more control than the U.S. president. MAKE INFERENCES Explain the signifi cance of the election of Vicente Fox as Mexico’s president. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of • Antonio López de Santa Anna • Benito Juárez • Constitution of 1917 • Vicente Fox USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Analyze Causes and Effects Use your completed chart to answer the following question: What effect did the Constitution of 1857 have on Mexico? CAUSES EFFECTS Mexico and the United States could not agree on the border of Texas. Benito Juárez instituted a new constitution in 1857. Huge gap existed between rich and poor; most Mexicans did not own land. The Constitution of 1917 is created. KEY IDEAS 3. What dispute led to war between Mexico and the United States? 4. Why was the Mexican Revolution fought among different groups? 5. How did the Constitution of 1917 help farmers? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Analyze Points of View Before 1910, how did different groups in Mexico view the need for reform? 7. Make Inferences Why do you think that Benito Juárez’s background might have led him to support reform in Mexico? 8. CONNECT to Today How might having more than one political party benefit Mexico today? 9. TECHNOLOGY Use the Internet Find out more about a political leader mentioned in this lesson by using the Internet. Then prepare a bulleted list of the top five most interesting facts about the person. Campaign Rally Supporters take part in an election rally for PAN in June 2000. Mexico 235S E CTI ON2Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Mexico’s history reflects the impact of ancient civilizations, colonial powers, and the modern world. NOW YOU WILL LEARN These three influences affect the culture and daily lives of the Mexican people. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES Plaza of the Three Cultures plaza in Mexico City that shows parts of Aztec, Spanish, and modern influences in Mexico colonia a neighborhood in Mexico squatter person who settles on unoccupied land without having legal claim to it mural a wall painting Diego Rivera famous muralist who painted the history of Mexico on the walls of the National Palace fiesta a holiday celebrated with parades, games, and food Day of the Dead holiday to remember loved ones who have died REVIEW urban having to do with a city rural having to do with the countryside push factor a reason that causes people to leave an area Reading Strategy Re-create the chart shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the chart to summarize each of the main sections of Section 2. See Skillbuilder Handbook, page R5 SUMMARIZE SECTION SUMMARY People and Lifestyle Mexico’s Great Murals Celebrations and Sports GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Visual Vocabulary fiesta 236 Chapter 8Ruins of Aztec temple Spanish colonial cathedral Modern-day apartments SECTION CULTURE Connecting to Your World When you look around your community, do you see the influences of different cultures? Are there places that date back many years and places that are modern? Mexico today reflects a blend of different cultures, both traditional and modern. The Plaza of the Three Cultures in Mexico City displays this blend. The plaza contains the ruins of an Aztec city, a Spanish colonial church, and modern government buildings. Other parts of life in Mexico also reflect these influences. People and Lifestyle KEY QUESTION How do urban and rural life in Mexico differ? Mexico today is a living blend of Indian, Spanish, and modern influences. The majority of Mexican people are mestizos. Almost all Mexicans speak Spanish, the nation’s official language. Many Mexican Indians also speak their Indian languages, such as Maya and Náhuatl. Most Mexicans are Roman Catholics, but some belong to other religions. The Plaza of the Three Cultures This plaza in Mexico City reflects the influences of the Aztec, Spanish, and modern cultures. 2 237 A Blend of TraditionsCOMPARING City and Country Life Today, over three-fourths of Mexico’s people live in urban areas. More than 22 million people live in and around Mexico City, making it one of the largest cities in the world. Mexican cities include high-rise office buildings and modern apartment buildinngs as well as older houses built in the Spanish colonial style. The cities’ neighborhoods are called colonias colonias. Wealthy people generally live in prosperous neighborhoods, away from the city center. Poorer people live closer to the center of the city, sometimes in neighborhhood with unpaved streets and no running water. Some people work in factories or as street vendors, but many are unemployed. In contrast to city life, people in Mexico’s rural areas live in villages or on farms, near their fields. Homes are small, often having only one room and a dirt floor. Rural areas have few health-care services, roads, and schools. The Mexican government is working to improve the public services in rural areas. The poor conditions in the rural areas are the push factors that cause people to move to cities. But once there, they become squatters squatters, people who settle on unoccupied land without having legal claim to it. Over time, these areas develop into new colonias. Some rural Mexicans migrate to other countries, including the United States. Urban and Rural Life CRITICAL THINKING Make Generalizations What generalization could you make about rural life compared to life in a Mexican city? URBAN • Densely populated; about 75% of the population • Primary schools, secondary schools, and universities • Major source of energy is electricity • Clothes similar to those worn in the United States; bought in stores RURAL • Less densely populated; about 25% of the population • Primary schools; almost no secondary schools; no universities • Major source of energy is firewood • Clothes often traditional; sometimes homemade 238Family Life Family life is important in Mexico. In some families, severra generations of family members may live together. Older members of the family are honored. Children are taught to respect adults. The social life of many Mexicans centers on the family. Families gather together to celebrate birthdays and other kinds of holidays. Mexican children are required to attend school for nine years—six years of primary school and three years of middle school. Some contiinu their education in a three-year high school and then a university. In some rural areas, students attend classes in one-room schools. They often travel to nearby towns to go to middle school or high school. COMPARE AND CONTRAST Describe the differences between urban and rural life in Mexico. Mexico’s Great Murals KEY QUESTION What common subjects do Mexican artists and writers focus on in their works? Creating art has a long history in Mexico. The Olmec carved sculptures. The Aztec wrote music and poetry. The Maya created paintings in their pyramids and the Spanish in their colonial churches. Mexican art today blends these influences. After the Mexican Revolution, Mexican art experienced a great awakening. Just as ancient artists had created paintings on their pyramids, Mexican artists created murals murals, or wall paintinngs that often depicted scenes from Mexico’s history. Many important painters portrayed such scenes on murals in Mexico’s public buildinngs The most famous Mexican muralists are José Orozco, David Siquieros, and Diego Rivera Rivera. Frida Kahlo, another important Mexican painter, is known for paintings that show her personal feelings about events in her life. Mexican writers have often written about Mexico’s social and politicca problems. Octavio Paz, Carlos Fuentes, and Laura Esquivel are three well-known Mexican writers. Paz won the 1990 Nobel Prize for Literature; he was the first Mexican to win this award. Fuentes writes novels about Mexican history. In one popular novel, Esquivel described life for rural Mexican women during the Mexican Revolution. SUMMARIZE Describe the subjects that Mexican artists and writers focus on in their works. Self-portrait with Monkey Frida Kahlo is known for her self-portraits. Monkeys and other animals roamed the gardens around her home and were often included in her artwork. Image not available for electronic use. Please refer to the image in the textbook. Mexico 239CONNECT Celebrations and Sports KEY QUESTION What kinds of holidays do Mexicans celebrate? Mexicans celebrate many holidays and events with a fiesta. A fiesta is a celebration with fireworks, parades, music, dancing, and foods. At some fiestas, children enjoy themselves by trying to break open a piñata. A piñata is a decorated container filled with candy and toys, usually hung from the ceiling. Children are blindfolded and given a stick to break open the piñata and gather its treats. Fiestas bring people together to have fun. Celebrations Mexicans celebrate Mexico’s Independence Day on September 16. Mexicans also celebrate Cinco de Mayo (May 5), which is the day in 1862 when the Mexican army defeated the French. Mexicans celebrate religious holidays such as Easter with church services and processions. They celebrate the Day of the Dead on November 1 and 2 to honor family members who have died. La Quinceañera is a celebration of a Mexican girl’s 15th birthday. The girl dresses in a full-length gown. She first takes part in church services with family and friends. After church, everyone goes to a reception where a huge fiesta takes place. History & Culture PIÑATAS Piñatas are part of many Mexican fiestas. But where did piñatas come from? Some historians believe Marco Polo brought them from China to Italy in the 1200s. The Spanish brought them to Spain and then introduced them to Mexico. Day of the Dead This holiday has its roots in an ancient Aztec celebration, in which people remembered dead ancestoors Today, particularly in rural areas, relatives celebrate the Day of the Dead by gathering in cemeteries to decorate family graves with candles and flowers and to share stories about loved ones who have died. CRITICAL THINKING Make Inferences How does this holiday show the importance of family to Mexican people? 240 Chapter 8ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Sports The number one sport in Mexico is fútbol, or soccer. Mexicans enjoy playing it and watching it. Fans cheer on their favorite teams in stadiums located in several Mexican cities. Aztec Stadium in Mexico City holds 114,000 fans! Mexicans also enjoy playing baseball and watching their professional baseball teams. Many Mexicans enjoy bullfighting, a sport brought to Mexico by the Spanish. The numbbe of bullfights has decreased in recent years because some people have led campaigns to ban them. However, people still attend bullfights in the bullrings found in many Mexican cities. A sport growing in popularity in Mexico is jai alai, a fast-paced ball game played in a three-walled court. The equipment includes a hard rubber ball and wicker-basket scoops, which players use to catch and throw the ball. FIND MAIN IDEAS Identify the kinds of holidays that Mexican people celebrate today. • Plaza of the Three Cultures • colonia • mural • fiesta KEY IDEAS 3. What two cultures have influenced modern Mexico? 4. Where do most Mexican people live today? 5. What is the subject of many Mexican murals? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Draw Conclusions Why do many people in Mexico’s rural areas move to cities? 7. Form and Support Opinions What problems of urban and rural life do you think are most important for Mexico to address? 8. CONNECT to Today Some people have led campaigns to ban bullfighting. What kinds of campaigns does your area have on behalf of animals? 9. ART Create a Mural Panel Work with a group to research an important event in the history of your community. Decide what aspect of the event you want to illustrate. Then create a mural panel to depict the scene you have chosen. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Summarize Use your completed chart to answer the following question: What are some ways Mexicans spend their leisure time? SECTION SUMMARY People and Lifestyle Mexico’s Great Murals Celebrations and Sports Soccer in Aztec Stadium Fans watch as a player from the Mexican team (left) battles for the ball in a game with a player from Argentina. 2 Mexico 241 COMPARING Mexican culture is a blend of both Indian and Spanish traditions. The influences of both cultures are evident in Mexico today. Indian Traditions Before the Spanish conquest in 1521, Mexico’s Indian groups had well-established, unique cultures. Indian groups created cities with huge structures. They held celebrations, such as festivals to remembbe those who died. Crops such as corn, chilies, and tomatoes contributed to their flavorful diet. Mexico’s Cultural Traditions Festivals Mexican children of Indian ancestry dressed in traditional clothing participate in a local festival. Clothing These girls wear handmade, colorful dresses. Food Tortillas, a popular Mexican food made from corn, date back to the ancient Aztecs. Ruins of Mayan temple at Palenque, Mexico 242 Chapter 8Spanish Traditions The Spanish conquest brought European customs and traditions to the region. The Spanish built their traditioona square cities that surrounded plazas and included government buildings and churches. They honored their dead on All Saints’ Day and All Souls’ Day in November. They introduced foods such as oranges, wheat, beef, pork, sugar cane, coffee, and onions to the Mexican diet. 1. Evaluate Why are Mexican traditions today a blend of Native American and Spanish traditions? 2. Compare and Contrast Based on the large photos, how do Native American and Spanish architecture compare? Food Mexican sweet breads are made from wheat, which the Spaniards brought to Mexico. Clothing These dancers are dressed in traditional Spanish clothing from the colonial period. Festivals Mexican children participate in a procession celebrating Easter, a Roman Catholic holiday. CRITICAL THINKING Spanish colonial church in Taxco, Mexico Mexico 243S E CTI ON3 GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED The Mexican government has become more democratic with the elimination of the one-party system. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Mexico faces new challenges as the country takes steps to modernize its economy. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES maquiladora factory in which materials are imported and assembled into products for export global economy economy in which buying and selling occurs across national borders North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) agreement that reduced trade barriers among Mexico, Canada, and the United States REVIEW immigration process of coming to another country to live Reading Strategy Re-create the web diagram shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, find supporting details for each main idea in Section 3. See Skillbuilder Handbook, page R4 Visual Vocabulary X-ray table built in a maquiladora FIND MAIN IDEAS Increases its industries BUILDING A MODERN ECONOMY 244 Chapter 8SECTION GOVERNMENT & ECONOMICS 3 Connecting to Your World Do you add tomatoes to a salad or to your favorite kind of sandwich? Chances are that the tomatoes you eat were grown in Mexico. Tomatoes make up the largest percentage of vegetables that Mexico exports to the United States. Agriculture is an important part of Mexico’s economy. In this section, you will learn how Mexico has expanded its economy. Building a Modern Economy KEY QUESTION How has Mexico created a strong modern economy? Vicente Fox’s election as president in 2000 changed Mexico from a one-party system to a multiparty democracy. With a stable government, Mexico is working to improve the quality of life for its people. It has been modernizing its industry and economy by cooperating with other North American countries. Mexican Industry Workers perform their jobs on a floating oilrri platform off the Mexican coast in the Gulf of Mexico. 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 for an interactive map of Mexican industry @ClassZone.com GEOGRAPHY 245 Creating a New EconomyANALYZING Primary Sources Industrialization Traditionally, Mexico’s economy depended upon agriculture and mining. But since the 1940s, Mexico has become more industrialized. Mexico continues to be one of the world’s major producers of silver. Its most profitable industry is oil production. Today, Mexico is tied with China as the world’s fifth largest producer of crude petroleum. Other industries have also become important to Mexico’s econommy In recent years, many factories have been located along Mexico’s border with the United States. These factories are called maquiladoras. A maquiladora is a factory that assembles imported materials into finished goods that are exported. Jeans, appliances, car engines, and computers are some of the products manufactured in this way. Global Economy In 1992, Mexico took a stronger role in the global economy economy, in which nations cooperate to trade goods and services. It signed the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) with the United States and Canada. NAFTA created rules about trade in North America. The agreement made it easier for the three countries to transport goods and services across their borders. DRAW CONCLUSIONS Discuss the steps Mexico has taken to build its economy. Vicente Fox promised as president to improve education, jobs, and opportunities in Mexico. For his official portrait, Fox posed with Mexican people from all walks of life to show, as the caption indicates, that “We are all Mexico.” Read what Fox had to say in his inaugural speech. It is time we recognized that everything cannno be solved by the State [government]. . . . Quality education, employment and regional development are the levers to remove, once and for all, the signs of poverty. Source: Vicente Fox’s inaugural speech DOCUMENT–BASED QUESTION What does Fox think is the best way to reduce poverty? Vicente Fox ONLINE PRIMARY SOURCE To read more works of Vicente Fox, go to the Research & Writing Center @ClassZone.com 246 Chapter 8CONNECT 􀀭􀁅􀁘􀁉􀁃􀁏 􀀣􀁉􀁔􀁙 􀀣􀁁􀁉􀁒􀁏 􀀭􀀥􀀸􀀩􀀣􀀯􀀀􀀣􀀩􀀴􀀹 􀀧􀁏􀁖􀁅􀁒􀁎􀁍􀁅􀁎􀁔􀀀􀁅􀁆􀁆􀁏􀁒􀁔􀁓􀀚 􀂄􀀀􀀨􀁅􀁌􀁐􀀀􀁄􀁅􀁖􀁅􀁌􀁏􀁐􀀀􀁓􀁍􀁏􀁇 􀁃􀁏􀁎􀁔􀁒􀁏􀁌􀁓 􀂄􀀀􀀥􀁎􀁃􀁏􀁕􀁒􀁁􀁇􀁅􀀀􀁐􀁕􀁂􀁌􀁉􀁃 􀁔􀁒􀁁􀁎􀁓􀁐􀁏􀁒􀁔􀁁􀁔􀁉􀁏􀁎 􀂄􀀀􀀲􀁅􀁄􀁕􀁃􀁅 Facing New Challenges KEY QUESTION What are some problems Mexico must solve in order to continue to develop a stronger economy? Mexico faces two major challenges in continuing to develop a strong economy. It has to reduce pollution, and it has to create more jobs in order to improve conditions for its people and to slow migration to other countries. Pollution Like other large international cities, Mexico City has had to deal with increased air pollution, brought on in large part by industrialization. Mexico City sits in a valley, almost completely surrounded by mountains. The mountains help produce a layer of warm air above the city. This layer keeps gases from car exhaust and thousands of industries from blowing away. These gases react with sunlight to form smog, a thick brown haze, over the city. The smog causes health problems for many people. Recently, the Mexican government has taken steps to deal with the pollution problem. It has urged automobile manufacturers to produce cars that use cleaner fuels and helped companies develop smog controls. It has also encouraged public transportation. Like many modern cities, Mexico City became industrialized in the last 50 years. While developing a modern economy helps a country, the increase in industries often causes pollution problems. Many other cities have experienced situations similar to Mexico City’s. Mexico City Smog blankets the city. Create a Pollution Hot Spot Map Materials • newspapers and magazines • large blank world map • markers 1. Find information about pollution probleem in other parts of the world. 2. Locate and label the places on the world map. Include Mexico City on the map. 3. Choose one of the locations and fi nd out what is being done to reduce pollution there. 4. Present your map and fi ndings to the class. to Science Mexico 247ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Creation of Jobs The movement of people from rural to urban areas and across international borders presents a second challenge to Mexico’s economy. Many Mexicans from rural areas move to cities for jobs. There, they often live in poor conditions, with no jobs or low-wage jobs. Many Mexicans move to the United States for economic opportunities. Some risk the dangerous border crossing to the United States and enter the country illegally. Many earn money to help their families back home. Once in the United States, immigrants often work long hours at low-paying jobs, sometimes at more than one job. As the Mexican economy creates more and better-paying jobs, the problem of illegal immigration may improve. In the meantime, Mexico and the United States continue to cooperaat to strengthen security on their border and to find ways to resolve the immigration problems. IDENTIFY PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS Identify the challenges Mexico faces in developing its economy. Providing Jobs These men are working on a largesccal construction project. How might such projects help develop Mexico’s economy? • maquiladora • global economy • NAFTA • immigration TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Find Main Ideas Use your completed chart to answer the following question: What steps has Mexico taken to build a modern economy? KEY IDEAS 3. What was Mexico’s traditional economy based on until the 1940s? 4. What are Mexico’s most important industries? 5. What are two challenges Mexico faces today? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Evaluate What are the advantages and disadvantages of Mexico’s membership in NAFTA? 7. Analyze Causes and Effects How did the growth of urban areas and industrialization contribute to Mexico’s pollution problems? 8. CONNECT to Today Why is creating jobs important for Mexico today? 9. WRITING Prepare a Report Choose one of Mexico’s major industries. Find out how many people are employed in the industry, its major locations, and how much money the industry brings to Mexico’s economy. Prepare an illustrated report of your findings. Increases its industries BUILDING A MODERN ECONOMY 3 248 Chapter 83 7 6 10 14 19 11 Benito Juárez Republic of Texas Use the Terms & Names list to complete each sentence on paper or online. NAME GAME Crossword Puzzle 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to complete these and other activities online @ClassZone.com Flip Cards CHAPTER SUMMARY Key Idea 1 Mexico overcame many obstacles as the country moved toward establishing a democracy. Key Idea 2 Three cultures blended to create the heritage and daily life of the Mexican people. Key Idea 3 Mexico continues to face challenges as it tries to modernize its economy. 1. I am the place that became independent from Mexico in 1837. _________________________ 2. I am the place where the cultural sources of modern Mexico can be seen. _______________ 3. I am a document that brought reforms to Mexico and is still in effect in Mexico today. _____________________________________ 4. I am the president who broke Mexican one-party rule. _________________________ 5. I am a neighborhood or suburb of a Mexican city. ___________________________ 6. I am an agreement made between North American countries. ______________________ 7. I am a person who lives on land that is not my own. ______________________________ 8. I am a tax on imported goods. _____________ 9. I am a Mexican writer who won the Nobel Prize for Literature. __________________________ 10. I am a famous Mexican mural painter. _____________________________________ colonia Constitution of 1917 Vicente Fox Benito Juárez maquiladora NAFTA Octavio Paz Plaza of the Three Cultures Republic of Texas Diego Rivera squatter tariff Use the online flip cards to quiz yourself on the terms and names introduced in this chapter. Complete an online crossword puzzle to test your knowledge of the history and culture of Mexico. ACROSS 1. a holiday celebrated with parades, games, and food ? Mexican president and reformer who helped write the Constitution of 1857 For Review and Study Notes, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 249CAUSE Mexico’s conflict with Texas and the United States in the 1800s EFFECT Assessment C H A P T E R CRITICAL THINKING 26. Analyze Causes and Effects Complete a cause and effect diagram to explain the effects of Mexico’s conflicts with Texas and the United States in the 1800s. 27. Make Inferences How do Mexico’s holidays and arts show the influence of Mexico’s history? 28. Draw Conclusions How did Mexico’s frequent changes in leaders before the Mexican Revolution affect the country? 29. Connect History & Art Why did so many Mexican artists and writers paint and write about Mexico’s past? 30. Five Themes: Location How does Mexico City’s location contribute to the problem of smog in the city? How does Mexico reflect both ancient traditions and the demands of the modern world? Written Response Write a two-or threeparaagrap response to the Essential Question. Be sure to include a discussion of Mexican life, government, and economy. Use the rubric below to guide your thinking. Response Rubric A strong response will: • describe how Mexican life reflects both ancient and modern traditions • discuss the challenges Mexico faced in creating a democratic government and a modern economy Answer the ESSENTIAL QUESTION VOCABULARY Explain the significance of each of the following. 1. Republic of Texas 2. annex 3. Plaza of the Three Cultures 4. colonia 5. squatter 6. mural 7. Diego Rivera 8. fiesta 9. Day of the Dead 10. immigration Explain how the terms and names in each group are related. 11. Mexican Revolution and Constitution of 1917 12. Antonio López de Santa Anna, Benito Juárez, and Vicente Fox 13. maquiladoras, global economy, and NAFTA KEY IDEAS 1 A Struggle Toward Democracy 14. Why was it difficult for Mexicans to rule themselves after independence? 15. What contributions did Benito Juárez make to Mexico? 16. How and why did the Mexican Revolution happen? 17. Why was the 2000 presidential election in Mexico significant? 2 A Blend of Traditions 18. What are three influences on Mexican culture today? 19. What conditions led Mexican people to move from rural to urban areas? 20. Why is Mexican mural painting a continuation of ancient Mexican tradition? 21. What do Mexicans celebrate on Cinco de Mayo? 3 Creating a New Economy 22. Why is oil important to Mexico’s economy? 23. What steps did Mexico take to modernize its economy? 24. What factors contribute to air pollution in Mexico City? 25. Why do many Mexicans migrate to the United States? 8 250 Chapter 8PAC I F I C OCEAN Gulf of Mexico Natural gas Petroleum Silver Wheat Coffee Cotton Corn Fish N S E W Mexico’s Population Distribution Urban Rural 1910 28.7% 23.5% 76.5% 71.3% 2005 Source: National Institute of Statistics, Geography, and Informatics (Mexico) STANDARDS–BASED ASSESSMENT • Online Test Practice @ClassZone.com • Test-Taking Strategies and Practice at the front of this book 2. In what part of Mexico is cotton grown? A. in the southern part B. in the northern part C. only on the western coast D. only on the eastern coast CIRCLE GRAPH Examine the graph below. Use the information in the graph to answer questions 3 and 4. 3. What percentage of Mexico’s population was urban in 1910? in 2005? 4. What does this tell you about changes that have taken place in Mexican society? THEMATIC MAP Use the map and your knowledge of Mexico to answer questions 1 and 2. 1. In what region of Mexico is petroleum produced? A. along the Pacific coast B. along the U.S. border C. along the coast of the Gulf of Mexico D. along the interior of the country Selected Products of Mexico 1. INTERDISCIPLINARY ACTIVITY—SCIENCE Find out about the habitat of the monarch butterfly in Mexico. Research the butterfly’s migration pattern and life cycle. Find out what the Mexican government has done to protect these butterflies. Present your findings in an illustrated and captioned poster. 2. WRITING FOR SOCIAL STUDIES Create a guide for visitors to Mexico City. Use the Internet to learn about places to visit, such as museums, and cultural institutions, such as the ballet. Write a description of each of these places, and include illustrations. 3. MENTAL MAPPING Create an outline map of Mexico and label the following: • Mexico City • Rio Grande • Sierra Madre Occidental • Sierra Madre Oriental • Gulf of Mexico • Pacific Ocean Mexico 251CONNECT Geography & History C H A P T E R Middle America and Spanish-Speaking South America ESSENTIAL QUESTION How are the countries of this region working to strengthen their governments and economies? 1 FOCUS ON Central America 2 FOCUS ON The Caribbean 3 FOCUS ON Venezuela and Colombia 4 FOCUS ON Peru, Bolivia, and Ecuador 5 FOCUS ON The Southern Cone History 1804 Haiti is the first Caribbean Island to become independent. (Present-day Haitian flag) 1800 History 1895 José Martí leads Cuban revolution against Spanish rule. History 1821 Central American countries gain independeenc from Spain. History 1902 Cuba gains independence. Use the map and the time line to answer the following questions. 1. What country connects Central and South America? 2. Who led the Cuban independence movement? N S E W 9 252 Chapter 9Port-au-Prince Kingston Santo Domingo Havana Georgetown Caracas Tegucigalpa Belmopan Bogotá San José Panamá City San Salvador Managua Guatemala City Paramaribo Asunción La Paz Sucre Santiago Lima Montevideo Buenos Aires Quito Lesser Antilles Gr eater Antilles WE S T I N D I E S PAC I F I C OCEAN AT L A N T I C OCEAN AT L A N T I C OCEAN Caribbean Sea Gulf of Mexico 60°W 20°W 80°W 100°W 20°S 40°S 0° Tropic of Capricorn Equator Tropic of Cancer Galápagos Is. (Ecuador) Falkland Is. (U.K.) South Georgia (U.K.) Juan Fernández Is. (Chile) FRENCH GUIANA (France) ARGENTINAPARAGUAY ECUADOR SURINAME GUYANA PANAMA COSTA RICA EL SALVADOR GUATEMALA NICARAGUA HONDURAS BELIZE JAMAICA HAITI BAHAMASDOMINICAN REPUBLIC CUBA VENEZUELA COLOMBIA CHILE BOLIVIA URUGUAY PERU MEXICO B R A Z I L National capital 0 500 0 500 1,000 kilometers 1,000 miles N S E W Present-Day Middle America and Spanish-Speaking South America GEOGRAPHY Today Government 1959 Fidel Castro overthrows government of Fulgencio Batista. (Fulgencio Batista)History 1952 Puerto Rico becomes a U.S. commonwealth. History 1990s Many Central American countries develop democracies. Culture 1992 Rigoberta Menchú wins the Nobel Peace Prize. 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to explore this region @ClassZone.com Culture 1911 Archaeologist Hiram Bingham locates the site of Machu Picchu. (Incan watchtower) 253S E CTI ON1Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Mexico faces many challenges as it modernizes its economy. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Central American countries also face challenges as they develop democratic governments and improve their economies. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES ecotourism travel to a natural habitat in a way that does not damage the habitat dictator a person with complete control over a country’s government subsistence farming a kind of farming in which farmers grow only enough to feed their families Central America Free Trade Agreement (CAFTA) trade agreement to promote trade between the United States and countries of Central America service industry an industry that provides services rather than objects artisan a worker skilled in making products or art with his or her hands REVIEW maquiladora factory in which materials are imported and assembled into products for export North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) agreement that reduced trade barriers among Mexico, Canada, and the United States mestizo person with mixed European and Indian ancestry Reading Strategy Re-create the web diagram shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the diagram to outline the major aspects of Central America’s government, economy, and culture. See Skillbuilder Handbook, page R7 CATEGORIZE GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Government Economy Culture CENTRAL AMERICA 254 Chapter 9 COSTA RICA SECTION FOCUS ON 1 Connecting to Your World What is the most exotic animal you have ever seen? If you were to visit the rain forest in Costa Rica’s Corcovado National Park, you would see many exotic animals, such as macaws, coatis, and anteaters. People’s interest in visiting this and other natural habitats has led some countries in Central America to promote ecotourism ecotourism, or travel to natural habitats in a way that does not damage the habitat. Ecotourism is just one way that Central American countries are expanding their economies. Government and Economy KEY QUESTION What steps have Central American countries taken to improve their economies? Central America today faces major challenges. In most countries, a wide gap exists between the small number of wealthy people and the large numbbe of poor people. A large percentage of the population is unemployed. In many areas, people lack basic services, such as running water and electriccity In recent years, Central American countries have been working to improve their economies and to develop democratic governments. Ecotourism The people shown here are standing on a bridge, looking down over a rain forest in Costa Rica. Keel-billed Toucan This bird makes its home in the treetops of the rain forests. 255 Central America10°N 15°N 90°W 95°W 85°W 80°W PAC I F I C O C E A N Caribbean Sea Managua San José Panama City Tegucigalpa San Salvador Guatemala City Belmopan GUATEMALA BELIZE HONDURAS EL SALVADOR NICARAGUA COSTA RICA PANAMA Bananas Coffee Shellfish Sugar cane Timber Tourism Major resources Crops Grazing Forest Land use N S E W 0 50 0 50 100 kilometers 100 miles Path Toward Democracy Since gaining independence from Spain in 1821, most Central American countries have struggled to develop democratic governments. As in Mexico, the wealthy in Central America controlled most aspects of government. Most of the population remained poor, with no say in how they were governed. Costa Rica is the only country in the region that has been a democraac since the early 1900s. Nearly all the other Central American countries have been under the rule of dictators dictators, or leaders with compllet control over their governments. Starting in the 1950s, civil wars fought for equal rights led to years of suffering in countries such as Guatemala, El Salvador, and Nicaragua (NIHK•uh•RAH•gwuh). Since the 1990s, however, many Central American nations have developed democracies in which more people participate in government. Developing the Economy During the colonial period, Spain set up large plantations that focused on growing one kind of crop. Today, agriculture is the main economic activity in Central America. Large plantations still produce crops, mainly bananas, sugar cane, and coffeee for export. Cattle are raised on large ranches in the drier western parts of Central America. But most agriculture consists of subsistence farming farming, in which poor farmers grow a variety of crops, such as corn and vegetables, on small plots to feed their own families. CONNECT Geography & Economics 1. Location In what countries is tourism a major industry? 2. Place How is the land used in Panama? 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 􀁅to learn more about the resources of Central America @ClassZone.com Economy of Central America GEOGRAPHY 256 Chapter 9 COMPARING As the map indicates, timber is an important economic activity in forested areas, such as in Costa Rica. Tourism, and in particular ecotourrism has become a major industry in Costa Rica and Guatemala. Maquiladoras in Guatemala and Honduras produce goods such as clothing for export. In recent years, Central American countries have begun to develop technology and telecommunications industries to help expand their economies. Promoting International Trade As you have learned, the Panama Canal is important to world trade. It is a crossroads for goods that travel between the western and eastern hemispheres. The economies of many Central American countries depend on the canal for shippiin and receiving goods. Today, Central American nations are trying to increase trade with other countries of the world. The United States, Costa Rica, Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, and Nicaragua have signed the Central America Free Trade Agreement (CAFTA) CAFTA). Like NAFTA NAFTA, this trade agreement will lower tariffs and make trade easier among member nations. The five Central American nations hope the flow of money into Central America from CAFTA will help to develop more jobs and strengthen their economies. EVALUATE Discuss the steps Central American countries have taken to strengthen their economies. CRITICAL THINKING Compare and Contrast How do the two waterways compare in terms of the number of ships that pass through them every year? PANAMA CANAL ST. LAWRENCE SEAWAY Location Central America North America Length 50 miles 2,340 miles Tonnage 279 million tons 48 million tons Average time to cross 8 hours 8 days Average ships per year 14,000 4,000 Human-Made Waterways Cargo ships passing through the locks of the Panama Canal Middle America and Spanish-Speaking South America 257People and Culture KEY QUESTION How is the present-day culture of Central America a blend of several cultures? The cultures of Central American countries are a blend of Spanish, Indian, and African cultures. Two-thirds of Central Americans are mestizos mestizos. Most Central Americans are Roman Catholics. Spanish is the official language of all the Central American countries except Belize, where English is the official language. Many people also speak Indian languages. Rural and Urban Life Half of Central America’s population is urban. Many people in rural areas live in small villages built on mountainsides. Because they plant small fields for food, they grow barely enough to feed their families. Most Central American nations require children to attend school for nine years. However, rural schools are poorly equipped, and it is difficult to hire teachers to work in these areas. Children often do not attend school because they are needed to work on family farms. Generally, Central American countries have one large capital city, where factories and service industries are located. Service industries provide services, such as banking, rather than objects. Open-air markeets where people buy and sell products, are found in large cities as well as in small villages throughout Central America. Market days are a time for people to shop and to socialize. Daily Life The family is important in Central American life. A Central American family includes grandparents, parents, children, aunts, and uncles, who often live in houses built near one another. Family membeer frequently gather to celebrate family events and holidays. Open-Air Market Markets such as this one take place throughout Central America. What kinds of activities are taking place in this market? 258 Chapter 9 ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 1 Making a Mola This Panamanian woman is making a mola, a cloth panel used for decorating such things as clothing. Corn is the main ingredient in many Central American foods, such as tortillas. Meals include beans and vegetables such as chili peppers and avocados, and fruits such as guavas and mangoes. The Arts Central American countries are known for the work of their artisans artisans, peoppl skilled in making things with their hands. The works include Panamanian molas, Nicaraguan painted gourds, and Honduran baskets. Popular music includes calypso, salsa, and punta rock, a type of music created by Central Americans. It combines traditional rhythms with modern instrumennts A popular instrument is the marimba, a kind of xylophone played throughout the region. Famous Central American writers include Rigoberta Menchú, an Indian Guatemalan woman. She won the Nobel Peace Prize in 1992 for her work for the rights of Indians in Central America. SUMMARIZE Explain how the culture of Central America is a blend of several cultures. KEY IDEAS 3. What is the main economic activity in Central America? 4. What five Central American countries signed CAFTA? 5. What kinds of crafts do Central American artisans create? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Draw Conclusions How did the civil wars in Central American countries affect attempts to establish strong governments? 7. Identify Problems and Solutions What problems do people in the rural areas of Central America face? 8. CONNECT to Today Many ecotourists visit the various natural habitats in Central America. Why do you think ecotourism has become so popular? 9. TECHNOLOGY Make a Multimedia Presentation Choose a Central American country and research its art, music, and other traditions. In a small group, prepare a multimedia presentation of your findings. • ecotourism • dictator • CAFTA • artisan TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Categorize Use your completed diagram to answer the following question: What kinds of music are popular in Central American countries today? Economy CENTRAL AMERICA Government Culture Middle America and Spanish-Speaking South America 259S E CTI ON2 GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Mayan and Spanish influences are seen today in Central American cultures. NOW YOU WILL LEARN The influences of various European countries and Africa are reflected in the Caribbean island cultures. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES Taino Indian group in the Caribbean islands dependency a place governed by a country that it is not officially a part of one-crop economy an economy that depends on a single crop for income tourism industry that provides services for travelers Caribbean Community and Common Market (CARICOM) a trade organization of several Caribbean nations commonwealth a self-governing political unit that is associated with another country REVIEW Central America Free Trade Agreement (CAFTA) trade agreement to promote trade between the United States and countries of Central America dictator person with complete control over a country’s government communism a type of government in which the Communist Party holds all political power and controls the economy Reading Strategy Re-create the chart shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the chart to summarize what you have learned about the economies, governments, and cultures of the Caribbean islands. See Skillbuilder Handbook, page R5 SUMMARIZE ECONOMY GOVERNMENT CULTURE 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 260 Chapter 9 Caribbean Sea CUBA U.S. SOUTH AMERICA SECTION FOCUS ON 2 Connecting to Your World What images come to mind when you hear the words Caribbean islands? Many people think of beautiful sandy beaches and clear blue water. Thousands of people from all over the world travel to the Caribbean islands each year to enjoy the warm climate and outdoor activities. But the Caribbean islands are home for many thousands more. These people are shaping the economy and culture of the islands today. History and Economy KEY QUESTION How have Caribbean nations worked to develop their economies? Although Spain ruled most of Central America, several other European nations claimed and settled the Caribbean islands. In addition, Africans were brought to the islands as enslaved persons. The influences of all these people contributed to the diverse cultures in the Caribbean islands today. Beach in Varadero, Cuba261 The CaribbeanAT L A N T I C O C E A N Caribbean Sea AFRICA NORTH AMERICA SOUTH AMERICA 80°W 100°W20°N Tropic of Cancer Tropic of Capricorn 40°W 60°W 0° Equator To Brazil To Spanish Colonies of South America To Caribbean Islands To British Colonies of North America 500,000 2,000,000 Enslaved persons transported NS E W 0 1,000 0 1,000 2,000 kilometers 2,000 miles From Colonization to Independence After Columbus arrived in the Caribbean islands in 1492, the Spanish settled some of the islands and set up sugar cane plantations. They used the native Taino people as forced labor. By the 19th century, the French, British, and Dutch also claimed islands to profit from the sugar trade. After nearly all the Taino people died due to disease and cruel treatment, Europeans looked to enslaved Africans to replace the Taino. Forty percent of all enslaved persons brought to the Americas were brought to the Caribbean islands. In 1804, Haiti was the first island to achieve independence. The independence movement there started as a slave revolt against the French, who forced Africans to work on the sugar plantations. In 1898, Cuba gained independence from Spain, while Puerto Rico became a dependency of the United States. A dependency is a place governed by or closely connected with a country that it is not officially part of. Today, only a few islands are still under the direction of European nations or the United States. Economic Activities During colonial times, the Caribbean islands focused mainly on developing the sugar cane industry. Sugar was so profitable that European plantation owners raised few other crops. A country that depends on a single crop for most of its income has a one-crop economy economy. This kind of economy can be unstable. If a crop fails or prices for the crop are low, the entire economy suffers. CONNECT Geography & History 1. Region From what part of Africa did most enslaved persons come? 2. Movement About how many enslaved persons were brought to the Caribbean islands? Slave Trade from West Africa to Caribbean Islands 262 Chapter 9 In the late 1800s, the sugar industry in the Caribbean islands was in trouble. Places in other parts of the world that raised sugar cane charged lower prices for their sugar. As a result, the sugar trade in the Caribbean islands declined. The Caribbean nations found they had to diversify their economiies They began to raise other crops, such as bananas, pineapples, and citrus fruits. They also developed industries such as fishing, mininng and chemical plants. Tourism Tourism, which provides services for travelerrs has become a very important industry. Residents of the islands are able to find jobs in the hotels, restaurants, and resorts on the islands. They also work as guides on sailing trips, snorkeling, and other activities for tourists. Several Caribbean nations today are members of the Caribbean Community and Common Market (CARICOM) CARICOM), a trade organizatiio similar to NAFTA and CAFTA CAFTA. The purpose of the organization is to coordinate economic and trade relations among the member nations. DRAW CONCLUSIONS Explain what Caribbean nations have done to develop their economies. Two Different Governments KEY QUESTION How are the Puerto Rican and Cuban governments different? Most Caribbean nations have at some time been under the rule of dictators dictators. Today, most nations have democratically elected governmennts Two islands, however, Cuba and Puerto Rico, have developed two distinctly different forms of government. Cuba Spain controlled Cuba until the United States defeated Spain in the Spanish-American War in 1898. The United States military occupiie the island until Cuba became an independeen country in 1902. However, U.S. influence continued until 1959, when rebel forces led by Fidel Castro overthrew an unpopular dictator. By 1961, Castro had established communism in Cuba, with close ties to the Soviet Union. Communism is a type of government in which the Communist Party holds all political power and controls the economy. Castro’s government HISTORY MAKERS Fidel Castro born 1926 Castro was the son of a wealthy farmer. As a boy, he worked in his father’s sugar cane fields. He attended private schools and received a law degree from the University of Havana in 1950. There he also developed an interest in politics. As a lawyer, Castro worked on behalf of poor people. In 1953, he unsuccessfully tried to overthrow Cuba’s dictator, Batista. After succeeding in 1959, Castro himself has ruled as a dictator for more than 40 years. ONLINE BIOGRAPHY For more on the life of Fidel Castro, go to the Research & Writing Center @ClassZone.com Middle America and Spanish-Speaking South America 263COMPARING improved health care and education for the Cuban people. However, Castro has ruled Cuba as a dictator and has denied Cubans many rights and freedoms. Puerto Rico Like Cuba, Puerto Rico was a Spanish colony until 1898, when it became a U.S. territory. Puerto Rico, however, was never independent. In 1952, Puerto Rican voters approved a constitution that made Puerto Rico a commonwealth of the United States. As a commonwealth commonwealth, Puerto Rico is self-governing but is still a part of the United States. Although Puerto Ricans are U.S. citizens, they cannot vote for the U.S. president. COMPARE AND CONTRAST Describe the similarities and differences between the governments of Cuba and Puerto Rico. People and Culture KEY QUESTION Why has African culture been a major infl uence on Caribbean life? The cultures of the Caribbean islands reflect Indian, African, and European inf luences. Because the region was the center of the slave trade, African influences have left a mark on many aspects of CRITICAL THINKING Evaluate How does a two-party system help make a government more democratic? Puerto Rican and Cuban Governments PUERTO RICO CUBA Political Status U.S. commonwealth Independent country Type of Government Democracy Communist state Head of Government Governor President Voting Age 18 16 Number of Political Parties 2 1 Political Divisions Divided into 78 municipalities Divided into 14 provinces Relationship to U.S. Non-voting commissioner in the U.S. House of Representatives None 264 Chapter 9 ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 2 Caribbean life. People in the islands speak a variety of languages. Spanish is the official language in Cuba, French in Haiti, and English in Jamaica. Music in the Caribbean also reflects a blend of culturres Calypso music began in Trinidad. It combines styles from Africa, Spain, and the Caribbean. Steel drums and guitars accompany calypso songs. Reggae developed in Jamaica in the 1960s. It blends African music, Caribbean music, and U.S. music to make its own unique style. Caribbean music includes many guitar-like instruments that have been created in the region, such as the Puerto Rican cuatro and the Cuban tres. Most people in the Caribbean live in urban areas, where they hope to find jobs in the tourist industry. People celebrrat festivals, such as Carnival. Artisans create folk art, such as oil drum art and papier-mâché sculptures. Popular sports are football, known as soccer in the United States, and baseball. EVALUATE Explain why African culture has been a major infl uence on life in the Caribbean. ECONOMY GOVERNMENT CULTURE 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. KEY IDEAS 3. What was the main economic activity in the Caribbean islands during colonial times? 4. How did Fidel Castro come to power in Cuba? 5. Why do people in the Caribbean Islands speak a variety of languages? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Compare and Contrast How is Cuba’s government different from the U.S. government? 7. Draw Conclusions Why do most people in the Caribbean islands live in urban areas? 8. CONNECT to Today In recent years Puerto Ricans have debated the issue of becoming a state of the United States. Why might people support or oppose Puerto Rican statehood? 9. WRITING Write a Country Profile Choose one Caribbean island and prepare a country profile for its Web site. Include its location, the kind of government and economy it has, and tourist attractions. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Summarize Use your completed chart to answer the following question: Why did the Caribbean islands diversify their economies? • Taino • dependency • tourism • commonwealth STEEL DRUMS The steel drum was first made in Trinidad from the end and part of the sides of a 55-gallon steel oil barrel. The surface was hammered in certain ways to produce various tones. The steel drum is one of the few acoustic musical instruments created in the 20th century. Middle America and Spanish-Speaking South America 265S E CTI ON3Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES federal republic form of government in which power is divided between a national government and state governments Caracas capital city of Venezuela joropo (huh•ROH•poh) Venezuelan national folk dance Bogotá capital city of Colombia Gabriel García M Márquez rquez Colombian author and Nobel Prize winner Fernando Botero Colombian artist known for portraits of people with exaggerated forms REVIEW Simón Bolívar (boh•LEE•vahr) leader for independence in northern South America dictator person with complete control over a country’s government llanos (YAH•nohs) grasslands of South America’s Central Plains BACKGROUND VOCABULARY mosaic a picture made by placing small, colored pieces of tile or glass on a surface Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Many Caribbean nations are working together to increase trade. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Venezuela’s economy depends heavily on petroleum, while Colombia’s economy depends more on agricultural products. Reading Strategy Re-create the cluster diagram shown at right for Venezuela and Colombia. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the diagram to record details about the two countries’ government, economy, and people. Skillbuilder Handbook, page R4 FIND MAIN IDEAS VENEZUELA Government Economy People 1. 2. 1. 2. 1. 2. GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 266 Chapter 9 Caracas VENEZUELA SECTION FOCUS ON 3 Connecting to Your World Many civilizations have created beautiful mosaic art. A mosaic involves placing small, colored pieces of stone, tile, or glass next to each other on a surface to make a picture or design. The countries of South America form a kind of mosaic of their own, a cultural mosaic. People from different cultural groups live near each other but keep their own cultural identities. Mestizos, Indians, and people of African ancestry form part of the cultural mosaic in Venezuela and Colombia. Venezuela KEY QUESTION What are the main economic activities of Venezuela? Venezuela and Colombia are located in the northern and northwestern part of South America. Both countries border the Caribbean Sea, and Colombia also borders the Pacific Ocean. In both countries, most people live in urban areas. While Venezuela and Colombia share similar histories, their governments and economies have developed differently. Cultural Mosaic South Americans today reflect a blend of cultures. Caracas, Venezuela 267 Venezuela and ColombiaANALYZING Primary Sources History and Government Venezuela became part of Spain’s empire in the early 1500s. When Spanish explorers saw Indian villages built on stilts on Lake Maracaibo, they named the area “Venezuela” after Venice, an Italian city built on water. By the 1700s, Venezuela was a colony, and most residents had little control over their lives. Led by the Venezuelan Simón Bolívar Bolívar, Venezuela became the first colony to declare independence from Spain in 1811 and to win it in 1821. After independence, the country went through years of civil war and dictators dictators. Although establishing a democracy was not easy, Venezuela’s leaders have been democratically elected since 1958. Today, Venezuela is a federal republic republic, a government in which power is divided between a national government and state governmennts The national government consists of a president, a congress, and a supreme court. Venezuela has 22 states and a Federal District. Each state and the Federal District have a governor and a congress. Economy Venezuela’s economy today is dependent on oil productiion Its oil fields are located in the Maracaibo Basin, the location of Lake Maracaibo (South America’s largest lake), and on the eastern plains. Venezuela is one of the world’s leading oil producers. About 75 percent of the nation’s exports are oil exports, especially to the United States and Canada. But, like the Caribbean countries with onecrro economies, Venezuela’s dependence on one product sometimes results in economic instability, as oil prices rise and fall. Simón Bolívar (1783–1830) is known as the liberator of South America. But his dream of uniting South America into one nation failed. In a letter, he explained what kind of government he thought would be best for South America. Events . . . have proved that institutions which are wholly represenntativ are not suited to our . . . customs, and present knowledge. . . . As long as our countrymen do not acquire the abilities and political virtues that distinguish our brothers of the north [the United States], . . . popular systems, far from workiin to our advantage, will, I greatly fear, bring about our downfall. Source: Jamaican Letter DOCUMENT–BASED QUESTION What “abilities” would be needed to set up a representative system? Simón Bolívar 268 Chapter 9 About ten percent of Venezuela’s workers are farmers. More than half of them cultivate small farms, where they raise enough food and animals to support their families. Larger farms and ranches supply most of Venezuela’s commercial products. Large farms grow bananas, coffee, corn, oranges, and rice. Large cattle ranches are an important part of the economy of Venezuela’s llanos (YAH•nohs). People and Culture Like the majority of Central Americans, most Venezuelans are mestizos. Other Venezuelans are Indians or people of European or African ancestry. Because Venezuela is a former Spanish colony, the official language is Spanish, and most Venezuelans are Roman Catholics. Most Venezuelans live in cities, such as the capital city, Caracas Caracas. Many city dwellers live comfortably in houses and apartment buildings and work as professionals such as doctors, government workers, and lawyers. However, as in many parts of Latin America, the gap between the rich and the poor continues to be large. Many poor people from rural areas travel to cities in search of jobs. They live as squatters in crowded settlements outside the cities. To encourage people to stay in rural areas, Venezuela’s government has paved roads, created health and education services, and provided electrical service in many rural areas. Venezuelans enjoy sports, music, and dancing. Football (soccer) and baseball are among the most popular sports. Rodeos are populaar especially in cattle-raising regions in the llanos. The plains also inspired the joropo (huh•ROH•poh), Venezuela’s national folk dance. While Venezuelans love to dance to Caribbean salsa, meringue, and calypso, they change each dance to make it truly Venezuelan. CATEGORIZE Describe the economic activities of Venezuela. Baseball Fans Venezuelans cheer on their baseball team as it plays Italy in the 2006 World Baseball Classic. 269COLOMBIA CONNECT Geography & Economics Colombia KEY QUESTION What are the characteristics of Colombia’s population? Colombia was named after Christopher Columbus. It is second in population and fourth in size among South American countries. The Andes Mountains stretch across western Colombia. Hot lowlands are located along the coasts of the Caribbean Sea and the Pacific Ocean, and plains are found in the eastern part of the country. History and Government Like Venezuela, Colombia was a Spanish colony until 1819, when Simón Bolívar gained Colombia’s independennce Periods of violence and civil war followed. Colombians could not agree on what kind of government to establish. Some people wanted a strong central government, and others supported strong regional governments. Political violence and civil war continue to threaten the nation today. Today, Colombia is a republic. The national government is made up of a legislative, executive, and judicial branch. A president, elected to a four-year term, heads the executive branch. Colombia is divided into 32 departments and the district of Bogot Bogotá, the nation’s capital. Each department has an elected legislature and governor. Economy Unlike Venezuela, Colombia’s economy relies on agricultural products. Coffee is Colombia’s leading legal export. Large plantations produce bananas, corn, cottoon and sugar. Colombian ranches raise catttl for meat and for leather goods. Stopping the illegal cocaine trade has been a major economic challenge for Colombia. Over the past 30 years, Colombia has supported the cut-flower industry as an alternative to growiin cocaine-producing coca plants. It has become the second-largest exporter of cut flowers in the world. Manufacturing and service industries have become increasingly important to Colombia’s economy. Manufactured goods include clothinng chemicals, and processed foods. Service industries employ about 45 percent of Colombian workers. Colombia produces large amounts of coal and petroleum. Emeralds from Colombian mines account for more than 90 percent of the world’s supply. Coffee Coffee was brought to Colombia in 1808. Colombia today is the world’s second-leading coffee producer. Its land and climate are perfect for growing a certain type of coffee—Arabica. This coffee grows best in rainy regions near the equator, at elevations between 3,600 and 6,300 feet. One coffee tree produces only enough beans to make one pound of coffee a year! 270 Chapter 9 ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 3 USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Find Main Ideas Use your completed diagram to answer the following question: What kind of government do Venezuela and Colombia have today? KEY IDEAS 3. What are Venezuela’s main products and crops? 4. What three geographic regions are found in Colombia? 5. What industries are important to Colombia’s economy? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Identify Problems and Solutions How has the Venezuelan government attempted to curb the movement of people from rural to urban areas? 7. Compare and Contrast How are the histories of Venezuela and Colombia similar? 8. CONNECT to Today Much of Venezuela’s income comes from oil production. How can that be both positive and negative for its economy? 9. WRITING Write a Marketing Campaign Ad Choose a product from Venezuela or Colombia, such as oil or cut flowers, and write an ad to convince other countries to buy this product. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of • federal republic • Caracas • joropo • Bogotá People and Culture Spanish is Colombiia’ official language, and most Colombiaan are Roman Catholics. Most people are mestizos. About 70 percent of Colombia’s people live in the highland valley basins in western Colombia. Colombia’s capital and largest city, Bogotá, is located in a basin in the Andes Mountains. Most Colombians live in urban areas. People who work in the business, service, and government industries in the cities live quite comfortably. Since the mid-1900s, rural Colombians have moved to cities in search of a better life. However, their lack of education and skills make it difficult to find jobs. They sometimes end up living in poverty in squatter settlements that circle the cities. Colombia has produced famous writers and artists. Gabriel García Márquez Márquez, a Nobel Prize winner, writes about Colombian life using a mixture of realism and fantasy. Fernando Botero is an artist known for portraits that show people in exaggerated forms. SUMMARIZE Describe the characteristics of Colombia’s population. Bogotá Colombia’s capital city lies more than 8,000 feet above sea level and is home to nearly seven million people. VENEZUELA Government Economy People 1. 2. 1. 2. 1. 2. Middle America and Spanish-Speaking South America 271S E CTI ON4 BOLIVIA Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED The cultures of Venezuela and Colombia have been greatly influenced by their Spanish colonial heritage. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Indians and mestizos make up a large part of the population of Peru, Bolivia, and Ecuador. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES llama a South American mammal related to the camel alpaca a South American mammal related to the llama selva Spanish name for the eastern Peruvian regions that contain rain forests indigenous native to a region landlocked surrounded by land with no access to a sea quinoa a kind of weed from the Andean region that produces a small grain REVIEW altiplano the high plateau region of Bolivia BACKGROUND VOCABULARY edible fit for eating Reading Strategy Re-create the chart shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the chart to categorize details about Peru, Bolivia, and Ecuador. Skillbuilder Handbook, page R7 CATEGORIZE PERU BOLIVIA ECUADOR Government Economy People Visual Vocabulary landlocked GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 272 Chapter 9PERU SECTION FOCUS ON 4 Connecting to Your World How would you adapt to living in a mountain region, where it was cold much of the time? For hundreds of years, Indians have lived in the Andes Mountains, where they developed innovative ways to deal with their harsh environment. They raised llamas and alpacas alpacas, small camelliik animals, on the mountainsides. The Inca used the freezing nighttime temperatures and the strong daytime sunlight to preserve and store potatooe and meat by freezing and drying them. Today, people in the Andes Mountains continue to adapt to their environment. Peru KEY QUESTION What products are made in Peru’s coastal regions? The Andes Mountains are located in Bolivia, Ecuador, and Peru. Peru is South America’s third largest country. It has three land regions—the coast along the Pacific Ocean, the Andes Mountains, and the selva selva, an area of rain forests in eastern Peru. Adapting to the Mountains Farmers in Bolivia plant crops on mountain terraces, such as these. Peruvian Girl and Baby Alpaca 273 Peru, Bolivia, and EcuadorHistory and Government Between about 1200 and the early 1500s, Peru was home to the Inca civilization. The empire in the Andes Mountains extended from present-day Colombia to Argentina. In 1533, the Spanish conquered the Inca and ruled Peru for 300 years. Since gaining independence in 1821, Peru has suffered military takeovers, dictatorships, and wars with neighboring countries and revolutionary groups. Today, Peru is a democratic republic. In 2001, Peruvians elected Alejandro Toledo, the first Indian president. Economy Peru’s rugged geography and scarce farmland have made it difficult for the country to create a strong economy. About one-third of the people are farmers. Coffee, potatoes, and grains are grown on highlaan terraces. Sugar cane, cotton, and asparagus are grown in coastal valleys. Peru is one of the world’s leading producers of asparagus. Peru is a leading producer of copper, lead, silver, and zinc, which are mined in the Peruvian mountains. It also has a profitable fishing industry. Factories that process metals, fish, and sugar cane have been built along Peru’s coast. Peru also exports petroleum. People and Culture Mestizos and indigenous people, or people native to a region, make up most of Peru’s population. About ten percent are of European, African, or Asian ancestry. Spanish and Quechua (KEHCH•wuh) are Peru’s official languages. About 75 percent of Peruvians speak Spanish, and about 25 percent speak Quechua or another Indian language. Most Peruvians live in cities. While the middle and upper classes live in houses and apartment buildings, the poor live in slums or squatter settlemennts Peru’s government has tried to develop these settlements by providiin running water and sewer systems. Peruvians create beautiful sculptuure pottery, and textiles. Music and dancing are popular throughout Peru. As elsewhere in Latin America, football (soccer) is the most popular sport. CATEGORIZE Identify the kinds of products that are produced in Peru’s coastal regions. Peruvian Weaver This woman weaves colorful yarns with a hand loom. What do you think she will do with the products she creates? 274 Chapter 9CONNECT ECUADOR BOLIVIA Bolivia and Ecuador KEY QUESTION How are Bolivia’s and Ecuador’s geographies, histories, and economies alike? Bolivia is a landlocked country, surrounded entirely by land with no access to a sea. The country has two capital cities—Sucre, which is the official capital, and La Paz, which is the administrative capital. Ecuador is one of South America’s smallest countries. Large plains are located in northern and eastern Bolivia and on Ecuador’s Pacific coastal plain. The Andes Mountains circle a high plateau in western Bolivia and run through the center of Ecuador. History and Government Both Bolivia and Ecuador were colonized by the Spanish and achieved independence in the 1800s. Bolivia was named for Simón Bolívar. Ecuador is the Spanish word for “equator,” which crosses the country. Both Bolivia and Ecuador struggled to develop democracies. Each country has had several constitutions that provided for free elections. But dictators and military leaders often took control. Today, both Bolivia and Ecuador are democratic republics. Both governments include a national legislature, a supreme court, and an elected president. In 2005, Bolivians elected Evo Morales as president, the first indigenous person to be elected to that office in Bolivia. Geography & CultureThe Lake Dwellers The Uros, descendants of an ancient people, live on floating islands on Lake Titicaca. Titicaca, the world’s highest lake, is on the border of Peru and Bolivia. They use a kind of reed, or wetland grass, called totora (toh•TOH•rah) to make floating mats. They use the mats to create islands in the lake. The Uros also make reed boats and houses. They even have a floating soccer field! CRITICAL THINKING Make Inferences How might the Uros have contributed to making Lake Titicaca a popular tourist spot? Evo Morales An Aymara, Morales was elected president of Bolivia by a large margin in December 2005. He took office in January 2006. Middle America and Spanish-Speaking South America 275COMPARING Economy Bolivia and Ecuador both have natural resources that have not been fully developed. Bolivia has many minerals and fertile soil. Ecuador’s farm and timberland on the coast and in the eastern lowlands still need development. Both nations are working to develop their resources and help improve their economies. One of Bolivia’s leading exports is natural gas. Bolivia is also a leadiin producer of tin, but only a small percentage of the nation’s workeer are employed in this industry. About half of Bolivia’s workers are farmers. Potatoes, wheat, and quinoa quinoa, a kind of weed that produces a small edible grain, are grown on the altiplano altiplano, the high plateau region of Bolivia, just east of the Andes Mountains. Bananas, beans, cacao, coffee, soybeans, and corn are also important agricultural products. Ecuador’s major export is petroleum. Gold is also an important mineral product. Most manufacturing in Ecuador takes place in Guayaquil (gwy•uh•KEEL), the nation’s largest city, and in Quito, the capital. Ecuador’s major manufacturing products include cement, processed foods, and textiles. Ecuador is the world’s major supplier of balsa wood, used to make model airplanes. Like Bolivians, most Ecuadorians are farmers. They grow bananas, cacao, coffee, and sugar cane on the country’s coastal plain. CRITICAL THINKING Compare and Contrast What agricultural products do Peru, Bolivia, and Ecuador have in common? PERU • Major industries: mineral production, steel, petroleum refining, fishing (Above: fishing crew harvesting shellfish off the coast of Peru) • Major agricultural products: coffee, cotton, sugar cane, asparagus • Major trading partner: United States BOLIVIA • Major industries: mining, petroleum, food and beverages (Above: miner undergrooun in Bolivian silver mine) • Major agricultural products: soybeaans coffee, cotton, corn, potatoes • Major trading partner: Brazil ECUADOR • Major industries: petroleum, food processing, textiles, wood products • Major agricultural products: bananas, coffee, cacao, balsa wood, shrimp (Above: Ecuadorian workers in a bananaproceessin plant) • Major trading partner: United States Industries 276 Chapter 9ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 4 Playing a Panpipe Peruvian musicians play panpipes, like the one this girl is playing. People and Culture Spanish and the Indian languages Quechua and Aymara are Bolivia’s three official languages. Most Bolivians practice subsistence farming. They have traditionally raised llamas to transport goods and alpacas to provide food, clothing, and fertilizer. In fact, Bolivia has more llamas than any other place in the world! Most Ecuadorians are Indians or mestizos. Many Indians live in the Andes, speak Indian languages, and wear traditioona clothes. As they have for thousands of years, indigenous people in Bolivia today create jewelry, rugs, and shawls. Ecuadorian artists carve objects using the tagua plant. The tagua nut resembles ivory, which is a material that comes from elephhan tusks. The tagua nut is used to make buttons and works of art. No animals are harmed to create tagua art. Countries in the Andes Mountains are famous for panpiip music. Aymara and Quechua peoples play these flutetyyp instruments combined with drums and guitar-like instruments to create unique regional music. COMPARE AND CONTRAST Compare the geographies, histories, and economies of Bolivia and Ecuador. TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of KEY IDEAS 3. What kind of government do Peru, Ecuador, and Bolivia have? 4. How are most people in Peru, Ecuador, and Bolivia employed? 5. What groups of people make up a large percentage of the population of all three countries? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Analyze Causes and Effects How do you think being a landlocked nation affects Bolivia’s economy? 7. Make Inferences Why do you think that so many Indian communities have been able to keep their traditional customs and ways of life? 8. CONNECT to Today Why is it important for Bolivia and Ecuador to fully develop their natural resources? 9. WRITING Create a Picture Essay Choose an indigenous group in Peru, Bolivia, or Ecuador. Research their customs and ways of life. Create a captioned picture essay to present the information. • llama • selva • landlocked • quinoa USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Categorize Use your chart to answer the following question: How are Bolivia and Ecuador working to improve their economies? PERU BOLIVIA ECUADOR Government Economy People Middle America and Spanish-Speaking South America 277COMPARING Tropical and mountain climates are both found in Middle America and Spanish-speaking South America. Each climate supports its own unique vegetation and animal life. Tropical The climate in tropical regions is hot year-round, with abundant rainfall. This climate produces the thick, green rain forests and the many exotic plants and animals that live in them. Farmers plant crops, such as sugar cane and bananas, that thrive in the tropical conditions. Climate Regions Nevis Peak and Botanical Gardens on the Caribbean island of Nevis Outdoor Activities Scuba divers explore the coral reefs off the coast of Bonaire, one of the Caribbean islands. Wildlife Sloths, such as this one hanging upside down from a branch, live in the tropical forests of Central America and South America and spend most of their lives in trees. Agriculture A farmer harvests sugar cane on the island nation of Barbados. 278 Chapter 9Mountain Unlike the fairly constant climate of the tropicca areas, the highland climate of the Andes Mountains varies with changes in elevation. Temperatures range from warm in the lower elevations to freezing in the highest elevations. Farming is difficult in this climate, but several crops, such as potatoes, barley, and wheat, grow well there. Various species of plants and animals have adapted to the mountain conditions. 1. Compare and Contrast What differences can be seen between tropical and mountain climate regions? 2. Form an Opinion Which climate region is more appealing to you? Why? CRITICAL THINKING Outdoor Activities Ice climbers make their way up Huayna Potosi, a mountain in Bolivia popular among mountain climbers. Wildlife The spectacled bear makes its home in the Andes Mountains. It gets its name from the markings around its eyes. Agriculture These Ecuadorian farmers are harvesting barley. Sacsayhuamán, an ancient Inca fortress, overlooks the city of Cuzco, Peru. 279S E CTI ON5 CHILE URUGUAY PARAGUAY ARGENTINA Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Geography has influenced the economies and people’s ways of life in Peru, Bolivia, and Ecuador. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Geography has also influenced the economies of the nations in the Southern Cone. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES gaucho Argentinian cowboy Southern Cone South American nations located in the cone-shaped southernmost part of South America estancia (eh•STAHN•syah) large farm or ranch in Argentina Mercosur association of several South American countries to promote trade among the countries REVIEW José de San Martín leader for independeenc in southern South America gross domestic product (GDP) the total value of all the goods and services produced in a country in a year Pampas grassy plains in south-central South America landlocked surrounded by land with no access to sea Reading Strategy Re-create the web diagram shown at right for each country in the section. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the diagram to organize details about the nation’s history and government, economy, and population. Skillbuilder Handbook, page R4 Visual Vocabulary Southern Cone FIND MAIN IDEAS History and Government Economy Population GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 280 Chapter 9 ARGENTINA CHILE SECTION FOCUS ON 5 Connecting to Your World Cowboys played an important role in cattle ranching in the American West in the 1800s. In Argentina, gauchos gauchos, or cowboys, also play an important role in cattle ranching. As in the United States, the life and culture of gauchos is the subject of many Argentinian stories and movies. But the gaucho is just one aspect of the culture of Argentina and its neighbors. Argentina and Chile KEY QUESTION How do Argentina’s plains and Chile’s mountains affect their economies? Together with Paraguay and Uruguay, Argentina and Chile form part of South America’s Southern Cone Cone, the cone-shaped southernmost area of South America. The largest of the four countries is Argentina, a country of plains, plateaus, mountaiins forests, and a long coastline. The Andes Mountains make up much of Chile, the world’s longest and narrowest country. Argentina is bordered by Paraguay on the north and Uruguay on the east. Patagonia Sheep farmers round up their sheep. How would you describe the land on which this sheep ranch is located? Argentinian gaucho 281 The Southern ConeCONNECT History and Government The Spanish who first arrived in Argentina expected to find gold and silver. In fact, Argentina comes from the Latin word argentum, which means “silver.” Chile likely comes from the Native American word meaning “where the land ends.” In the 1500s, the Spanish came looking for gold and silver in both regions. Later, José de San Martín of Argentina helped both countries gain independence from Spain by 1818. Like other South American nations, Argentina was controlled by dictators into the 20th century. Chile’s government, on the other hand, was more stable. Presidents were often elected because they promised social reforms. In 1973, however, General Augusto Pinochet took control of Chile’s government and ruled as a military dictator until 1990. Today, Argentina and Chile are republics. In 2006, Chile elected its first female president, Michelle Bachelet. Economy In both Argentina and Chile, service industries make up most of the nations’ gross domestic product (GDP) and employ more than half of the nations’ workers. Most of Argentina’s manufacturrin occurs in factories in and around Buenos Aires. The Pampas and Patagonia are important to Argentina’s agriculture. Beef cattle and grain and fruits, such as wheat and grapes, are raised on large ranches and farms, called estancias (eh•STAHN-syahs), on the Pampas. Thousands of sheep graze in Patagonia. Petroleum from Patagonia is Argentina’s main mineral. Fishing along Argentina’s long coastline is also an important part of Argentina’s economy. Stock market in Buenos Aires, Argentina The GDP is an important indicator of the strength of a nation’s economy. A strong GDP indicates a healthy economy and usually influences a nation’s stock market in a positive way. to Math Make a GDP Bar Graph Materials • Gross domestic product fi gures for Argentina, Chile, Paraguay, and Uruguay • Graph paper 1. Research the latest GDP fi gures for Argentina, Chile, Paraguay, and Uruguay. 2. Make a graph. Label the horizontal axis “Country.” Label the vertical axis “GDP in U.S. billions of dollars.” Label the axis by 100s, starting from 0. 3. Draw a bar for each country to represent the GDP fi gure for that country. Michelle Bachelet Michelle Bachelet won more than 53 percent of the votes. She promised to bring more jobs to Chile and to work for social justice. 282 Chapter 9 PARAGUAY URUGUAY Because only about three percent of Chile’s land can be farmed, Chile developed copper mining in its mountains and fishing industries along its coast. Today, Chile is the world’s leading copper producer. Both Argentina and Chile are part of Mercosur Mercosur, an association of several South American countries, to promote trade among the countries. People and Culture Argentina and Chile have large urban populations, particuularl in the major cities of Buenos Aires and Santiago. Like other South American cities, these cities are surrouunde by squatter settlements. About 85 percent of Argentina’s population is of European ancestrry Although gauchos still work on Argentina’s ranches today, they are also celebrated, much like American cowboys, in Argentinian poetry, literature, painting, and music. The tango, a dance that combiine European and African influences, is Argentina’s national dance. Chile’s population, unlike Argentina’s, is mostly mestizo. Many Chileans have left difficuul conditions in rural areas for opportunities in the cities. Chile has produced many famous writers, such as poets Gabriela Mistral and Pablo Neruda. Chileans spend their leisure time going to the movies and playing and watching football (soccer), the most popular sport. DRAW CONCLUSIONS Explain how geography affects parts of Argentina’s and Chile’s economies. Paraguay and Uruguay KEY QUESTION How is the population of Paraguay different from Uruguay’s? Paraguay is a small landlocked country of rivers, hills, and forests. Hilly grasslands cover much of Uruguay, located southeast of Paraguay. Both countries won independence from the Spanish, experienced political turmoil, and today are constitutional republics. Paraguay Most people in Paraguay work in service industries and in agriculture. Cattle raising and most farming take place in eastern Paraguay, where the richest soil is found. Forests cover much of easteer Paraguay, and wood products are important industries. Paraguay is a founding member of Mercosur. Dancing the Tango The tango involves alternating long, slow steps with quick, short steps. Middle America and Spanish-Speaking South America 283ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 5 Mestizos make up most of Paraguay’s populattion and the Guaraní (GWAH•ruh•NEE) are the nation’s largest indigenous group. The Guaraní inf luence is ref lected in Paraguay’s arts, particularly in music and handicrafts. The Guaraní are especially known for nanduti lace, which incorporaate a lace-making technique introduced by the Spanish. Uruguay More than 60 percent of Uruguay’s people work in service industries. Uruguay’s plains and grasslands are perfect for raising cattle and sheep. Meat, hides, and wools are the nation’s biggest exports. Like other Southern Cone nations, Uruguay is a member of Mercosur. Most of Uruguay’s people are of Spanish and Italian ancestry. Most people live in cities, half in Montevideo, the capital city. Unlike many other South American nations, Uruguay’s culture is influenced more by European traditions than by native ones. Gaucho folklore has inspired Uruguay’s music and art and Montevideo’s Gaucho Museum. COMPARE AND CONTRAST Compare the populations of Paraguay and Uruguay. • gaucho • Southern Cone • estancia • Mercosur TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Find Main Ideas Use your completed diagram to answer the following question: What products account for most of Uruguay’s exports? KEY IDEAS 3. How are the histories of the Southern Cone nations alike? 4. What industry employs a majority of the people in Argentina and Chile? 5. Why does most farming and cattle ranching occur in eastern Paraguay? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Make Inferences Why have Southern Cone nations become members of Mercosur? 7. Draw Conclusions How might Argentina’s geography and size contribute to its strong economy? 8. CONNECT to Today In 2006, Chileans elected their first female president. What do you think this says about women’s role in Chilean politics? 9. MATH Create a Pie Graph Choose one of the Southern Cone nations and research its major exports. Make a pie graph to present the information. Montevideo The Plaza Independencia is located in the center of Montevideo in Uruguay. What other culture makes use of plazas in its cities? History and Government Economy Population 284 Chapter 9 3 7 6 10 14 19 11 Caracas dependency Use the Terms & Names list to complete each sentence on paper or online. NAME GAME GeoGame 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to complete these and other activities online @ClassZone.com To play the complete game, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com For Review and Study Notes, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Present-Day Middle America and Spanish-Speaking South America CHAPTER SUMMARY Key Idea 1 Central American countries face challenges as they improve their economies. Key Idea 2 Europe and Africa have influenced Caribbean cultures. Key Idea 3 Venezuela’s economy depends heavily on petroleum, while Colombia’s economy depends more on agricultural products. Key Idea 4 Indians and mestizos make up a large part of Peru, Bolivia, and Ecuador. Key Idea 5 Geography has influenced the economies of Southern Cone nations. 1. I am a place that is ruled by or closely connected with another country. ____________________ 2. I describe the countries in the southern part of South America. _________________________ 3. I describe the countries of Bolivia and Paraguay. _____________________________________ 4. I am the national folk dance of Venezuela. _____________________________________ 5. I am a measure of a country’s economy. ______ 6. I am a trade agreement made between Central American countries. ______________________ 7. I am an important animal in the Andes Mountains. ____________________________ 8. I am a kind of grassy plain. ________________ 9. I draw tourists to a natural habitat without harming the environment. _________________ 10. I am a large farm in Argentina. _____________ CAFTA commonwealth dependency ecotourism estancia gaucho gross domestic product, or GDP joropo landlocked llama llanos Southern Cone Complete an online crossword puzzle to test your knowledge of the region’s history, culture, government, and economics. ACROSS 1. a small camel-like animal, related to the llama Use this online map to show what you know about the geography of Middle America and Spanish-Speaking South America. Drag and drop each place name to its location on the map. Bogotá Caracas Cuba Panama Andes Mountains Crossword Puzzle 285Assessment C H A P T E R VOCABULARY Explain the significance of each of the following. 1. ecotourism 2. one-crop economy 3. Taino 4. commonwealth 5. landlocked Explain how the terms in each group are related. 6. CAFTA and Mercosur 7. dictator and communism 8. Pampas, gaucho, and estancia KEY IDEAS 1 Central America 9. What is Central America’s main economic activity? 10. What group of people makes up most of Central America’s population? 2 The Caribbean 11. Why did the Spanish bring enslaved Africans to the Caribbean islands? 12. What kind of government does Puerto Rico have? 3 Venezuela and Colombia 13. What product is the most important to the economy of Venezuela? 14. What is Colombia’s leading export? 4 Peru, Bolivia, and Ecuador 15. What are three economic activities in Peru? 16. What are the major mineral exports of Bolivia and Ecuador? 5 Argentina and Chile 17. What economic activity provides most of Argentina’s and Chile’s gross domestic product? 18. In what parts of Argentina does farming and ranching take place? 19. Where do most people in Uruguay live? CRITICAL THINKING 20. Compare and Contrast Create a chart to compare the industries and major products of Venezuela, Peru, and Argentina. 21. Evaluate What challenges do Central American countries face today? 22. Identify Problems and Solutions What have Central American and Caribbean nations done to help solve the problem of one-crop economies? 23. Five Themes: Movement How has the settlement of Caribbean nations affected the culture of those nations? 24. Connect to History What conditions created during the Spanish conquest of South America made it difficult for nations there to form stable governments? COUNTRY MAJOR INDUSTRIES/PRODUCTS Venezuela Peru Argentina How are the countries of this region working to strengthen their governments and economies? Written response Write a two-or three-paragrrap response to the Essential Question. Be sure to consider the key ideas of each section. Use the rubric below to guide your thinking. Response Rubric A strong response will: • discuss ways in which the countries have strengthened their governments • explain how the nations have strengthened their economies Answer the ESSENTIAL QUESTION 9 286 Chapter 949% 90% 69% 70% 59% 90% 94% 3% 2% 1% 9% 1% 41% 20% 10% 9% 5% 17% 1% 7% 2% 40% 11% PAC I F I C O C E A N GUATEMALABELIZE HONDURAS EL SALVADOR NICARAGUA COSTA RICA PANAMA Mestizo African Indian Caucasian Other STANDARDS–BASED ASSESSMENT • Online Test Practice @ClassZone.com • Test-Taking Strategies and Practice at the front of this book Literacy and Life Expectancy in Selected Countries Literacy Rate Life Expectancy Haiti 53 percent 53 years Costa Rica 96 percent 77 years Ecuador 93 percent 76 years Argentina 97 percent 76 years Source: The World Factbook, 2006 2. Which of the following countries has the largest percentage of mestizos? A. Belize B. Panama C. El Salvador D. Guatemala TABLE Use the table below to answer questions 3 and 4 on your paper. 3. Which country has the lowest life expectancy? 4. What conclusion can you draw about the relationship between literacy rates and life expectancy? 2. WRITING FOR SOCIAL STUDIES Write an ad that encourages people to visit one of the countries discussed in the chapter. Your ad should focus on the landforms, people, and cultural features that visitors to the country would find interesting. 1. INTERDISCIPLINARY ACTIVITY—SCIENCE Use the library or visit a zoo to find out about an animal that makes its home in the region, such as the Andean condor, spectacled bear, tapir, or toucan. Find out how the animal adapts to its environment. Present the information in an illustrated, captioned poster. 3. MENTAL MAPPING Create an outline map of South America and label the following: • Southern Cone nations • llanos • altiplano • Pampas • Andes Mountains • coastal plains • equator THEMATIC MAP Use the map to answer questions 1 and 2. 1. What percentage of Guatemalans are mestizo? A. about 59 percent B. about 33 percent C. about 3 percent D. about 1 percent Ethnic Populations in Central AmericaMiddle America and Spanish-Speaking South America 287CONNECT Geography & History C H A P T E R Brazil ESSENTIAL QUESTION How have Brazil’s people used the country’s abundant natural resources to make Brazil an economic giant? 1 HISTORY & GOVERNMENT From Portuguese Colony to Modern Giant CULTURE 2 A Multicultural Society 3 ECONOMICS Developing an Abundant Land Use the map and the time line to answer the following questions. 1. When was Brazil claimed by Portugal? 2. How far is Brasília from Rio de Janeiro? 1494 History 1822 Brazil declares independence from Portugal. Geography 1494 Spain and Portugal sign the Treaty of Tordesillas. History 1500 Pedro Álvares Cabral claims Brazil for Portugal. History 1888 Brazil abolishes slavery. N S E W 10 288 Chapter 1020°S 10°S 10°N 0° Equator 50°W 60°W 70°W Tropic of Capricorn AT L A N T I C OCEAN PAC I F I C OCEAN Amazon River Paraná River Negro River Purús River Madeira River Tocantins River Tapajós River Xingu River Brasília São Paulo Rio de Janeiro Salvador Manaus Pôrto Alegre Recife Fortaleza Belo Horizonte PARAGUAY ARGENTINA B R A Z I L URUGUAY BOLIVIA CHILE PERU COLOMBIA VENEZUELA GUYANASURINAME FRENCH GUIANA AMAPÁ PARÁ RORAIMA AMAZONAS RONDÔNIA MATO GROSSO MATO GROSSO DO SUL TOCANTINSMARANHÃO PIAUÍ CEARÁ RIO GRANDE DO NORTE PARAÍBA ALAGOAS SERGIPE BAHIA MINAS GERAIS GOIÁS SÃO PAULO ESPÍRITO SANTO RIO DE JANEIRO PARANÁ SANTA CATARINA DISTRITO FEDERAL ACRE RIO GRANDE DO SUL P E R N AMBUCO National border State border National capital Other cities 0 200 0 200 400 kilometers 400 miles N S E W Present-Day Brazil GEOGRAPHY Today Government 1960 Brasília becomes Brazil’s new capital. Culture 2002 Brazil wins its fifth World Cup in soccer. Government 1985 Military rule ends in Brazil. History ▲ 1889 Brazil becomes a republic. 􀀣􀁌􀁉􀁃􀁋􀀀􀁈􀁅􀁒􀁅 to explore Brazil @ClassZone.com 289S E CTI ON1 GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Geography plays an important role in the economic activities of the countries of the Southern Cone. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Brazil’s government is dealing with the problems resulting from urbanization. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES Treaty of Tordesillas (TAWR•day•SEEL•yahs) 1494 treaty that gave Portugal control over land that is now part of Brazil Pedro Álvares Cabral Portuguese explorer who in 1500 claimed land that is now part of Brazil for Portugal Dom Pedro I Brazil’s first Portuguese emperor; declared Brazil’s independence from Portugal in 1822 Dom Pedro II second emperor of Brazil, under whose rule slavery was abolished in Brazil in 1888 favelas Brazilian name for the poor neighborhoood that surround the cities Rio de Janeiro (REE•oh day zhuh•NAYR•OH) Brazil’s capital city from 1763 to 1960 Brasília Brazil’s current capital city REVIEW urbanization growth in the number of people living in urban areas Reading Strategy Re-create the time line shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the time line to show the major events in Brazil’s history and the development of a democratic government. See Skillbuilder Handbook, page R6 SEQUENCE EVENTS 1494 1988 Visual Vocabulary Dom Pedro I 290 Chapter 10Rio de Janeiro BRAZIL SECTION HISTORY & GOVERNMENT 1 Connecting to Your World What does the Statue of Liberty represent to you? For many people, it represents the United States, symbolizes freedom, and welcomes those who arrive at the nation’s shores. In Brazil, a similar symbol is the statue of Christ the Redeemer, which welcomes people to Rio de Janeiro, Brazil’s second largest city. Like the Statue of Liberty, it is one of the world’s bestknnow and most-visited monuments. Portuguese Build a Colony KEY QUESTION What helped to make Brazil a profi table colony for Portugal? After Columbus’ expeditions, Portugal feared that if Columbus had found a route to Asia, Spain might claim lands that Portugal had already claimed. So in 1494, both countries signed the Treaty of Tordesillas (TAWR•day•SEEL•yahs), which drew an imaginary line from north to south around the world. Spain could claim all lands west of the line, and Portugal those east of the line. This gave Portugal control of the land in what is now eastern Brazil. The treaty line is illustrated on the map on the next page. Rio de Janeiro The statue of Christ the Redeemer overlooks Rio de Janeiro and Guanabara Bay. Sugarloaf Mountain is seen in the distance. 291 From Portuguese Colony to Modern GiantTreaty of Tordesillas, 1494 SPAIN PORTUGAL EUROPE AFRICA SOUTH AMERICA 0 1,500 0 1,500 3,000 kilometers 3,000 miles Portuguese Spanish N S E W Treaty of Tordesillas The Colony Expands In 1500, Pedro Álvares Cabral landed on the coast of what is now eastern Brazil and claimed the land for Portugal. Like the Spanish in South America, the Portuguese came to find gold and silver. When they found neither, Portuguese colonists cleared out large areas of the land to establish sugar cane plantations. The huge demand for sugar made it an important export and a source of wealth for Portugal. The Portuguese later developed tobacco and cotton plantations and cattle ranches for meat and hides. They forced the indigenous people to work on the plantations and ranches. Many died from disease and overwork, and others fled into the rain forest. African slaves were brought in to replace them. The discovery of gold in the late 1600s and diamonds in the early 1700s west of presentdda Rio de Janeiro attracted many people farthhe inland. Coffee plants were introduced in Brazil in 1727, and by the mid-1800s coffee had become Brazil’s chief export. Independence to Republic Portugal controlled Brazil from 1500 to 1822. In 1807, the French ruler, Napoleon, invaded Portugal. As a result, Prince John, the Portuguese ruler, fled to Brazil and establisshe a monarchy there. In 1821, Prince John returned to Portugal, leaving his son, Pedro, in charge of the colony. Pedro and other officials declared Brazil’s independence from Portugal in 1822, and Pedro became Dom Pedro I I, Brazil’s first emperor. Unpopular with the people, he returned to Portugal in 1831, and his son became Emperor Dom Pedro II II. Under Dom Pedro II’s rule, Brazil started to become industrialized. Railroads and telegraph lines improved transportation and communication. Pedro II worked to end slavery, which was abolished in 1888. This angered wealthy plantation owners, who forced Pedro II to give up the throne. Brazil became a constitutional republic in 1889. FIND MAIN IDEA Explain what made Brazil a profi table Portuguese colony. CONNECT Geography & History Region In 1494, which country claimed most of the lands in North and South America? Dom Pedro II 292 Chapter 10COMPARING Challenges of a Modern Nation KEY QUESTION What challenges does the government of Brazil face today? After adopting a constitution in 1891 that was based on the U.S. constitution, Brazil struggled to establish a democratic government. Dictators and military leaders ruled the nation until 1985. Today’s government faces the problem of urbanization and the wide gap between the nation’s rich and poor. Establishing a Democratic Government After military rule ended, Brazilians voted for a president for the first time since 1960. Today, Brazil is ruled by the constitution established in 1988. Brazil’s federal government includes an executive branch led by a president, a two-house legislature, and a court system. The country is divided into 26 states and a federal district in Brasília. Since Brazil has many political parties with different viewpoints, elected officials have to work with all the parties in order to rule effectively. Urbanization During the last half of the 20th century, millions of people from rural areas moved to Brazil’s cities in search of jobs. Brazil’s urban population more than doubled between 1950 and 2000. Several of Brazil’s cities are among the largest cities in the world in population. All but two of Brazil’s heavily populated cities are located near Brazil’s eastern coast. CRITICAL THINKING 1. Compare How are the Brazilian and U.S. governments alike? 2. Contrast How are elections different in the two countries? U.S. & Brazilian Governments UNITED STATES BRAZIL Type of Government federal republic federal republic Branches of Government legislative, executive, judicial legislative, executive, judicial Election of President elected directly by the people and the electoral college elected directly by the people; must win 50 percent plus one votes Voting voters must be at least 18 years old; voting is a choice voters must be at least 16 years old; voting is mandatory for citizens ages 18 to 70 Brazil 29320°S 10°S 0° Equator 40°W 30°W 50°W 60°W 70°WTropic of Capricorn ATLANTIC OCEAN São Paulo Rio de Janeiro Pôrto Alegre Recife Belo Horizonte AMAPÁ PARÁ RORAIMA AMAZONAS RONDÔNIA MATO GROSSO MATO GROSSO DO SUL TOCANTINS MARANHÃO PIAUÍ CEARÁ RIO GRANDE DO NORTE PARAÍBA ALAGOAS SERGIPE BAHIA MINAS GERAIS GOIÁS SÃO PAULO ESPÍRITO SANTO RIO DE JANEIRO PARANÁ SANTA CATARINA DISTRITO FEDERAL ACRE RIO GRANDE DO SUL PERNAMBUCO 0 200 0 200 400 kilometers 400 miles N S E W Persons per square mile Over 250 60–250 0–60 COMPARING Urban and Rural Populations 1950–2000 Rural Urban 81.1% 18.9% 61.2% 38.8% 36% 64% 1950 Total Population: 53,975,000 1975 Total Population: 108,124,000 2000 Total Population: 173,858,000 CRITICAL THINKING 1. Draw Conclusions What is the population density in most of Brazil? 2. Evaluate About how many people lived in urban areas in Brazil in 2000? Population Density of Brazilian States São Paulo Tresópolis Urban and Rural Populations Source: Population Division of the Department of Economic and Social Affairs of the United Nations Secretariat, World Population Prospects: The 2004 Revision and World Urbanization Prospects: The 2003 Revision 294 Chapter 10ONLINE QUIZ For test practice, go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com 1 TERMS & NAMES 1. Explain the importance of • Pedro Álvares Cabral • favela • Rio de Janeiro • Brasília USE YOUR READING NOTES 2. Sequence Events Use your time line to answer the following question: How long after becoming a republic did military rule end in Brazil? KEY IDEAS 3. What European nation developed Brazil as its colony? 4. Where do most people in Brazil live today? 5. Why did the Brazilian government offer land to people to move to the nation’s interior? CRITICAL THINKING 6. Make Inferences How has uneven land distribution contributed to poverty in Brazil? 7. Analyze Causes and Effects Why has urbanization resulted in the creation of favelas in Brazil’s cities? 8. CONNECT to Today What is one action Brazil’s government hopes to take to narrow the income gap between its rich and poor? 9. WRITING Write a Newspaper Article Research information about Brazil’s government. Find out who is the current president, how the legislative branch is organized, and the term of office for both. Present your findings in the form of a newspaper article. Many poor Brazilians who moved from rural areas work at low-income jobs or are unemployed. Most live in neighborhoods called favelas favelas, located on the outskirts of citiees In 1960 the Brazilian government moved the capital city from Rio de Janeiro (REE•oh day zhuh•NAYR•oh) to Brasília Brasília, about 600 miles inland. The Brazilian government has encouraged people to move inland, even offering land to people who are willing to move to the nation’s interior. Bridging the Gap Between Rich and Poor Today, Brazil has one of the largest economies in the world. However, one of the major challenges facing Brazil is how to bridge the large gap between the rich and poor. A small number of Brazilians live comfortably or in luxury, but most Brazilians are poor. Brazil has one of the most uneven distributions of land in the world. Two percent of landowners own most of the land, while more than half of Brazil’s farmers work on less than three percent of the land. To help narrow the income gap, Brazil will have to create more jobs for the nation’s poor. SUMMARIZE Discuss some of the challenges facing Brazil today. Favela This favela is located outside of Rio de Janeiro. Why might it be located there? 1494 1988 Brazil 295S E CTI ON2 GRAPHIC ORGANIZERS Go to Interactive Review @ClassZone.com Key Ideas BEFORE, YOU LEARNED Brazil’s government is dealing with problems resulting from urbanization. NOW YOU WILL LEARN Several cultures have influenced Brazil’s unique culture. Vocabulary TERMS & NAMES Candombl Candomblé (kahn•duhm•BLEH) African religiiou practices that are mixed with Roman Catholic beliefs to produce a unique belief quilombos (kih•LOHM•buhs) communities created by escaped African slaves samba (SAM•buh) music and dance, with roots in African rhythms; the most famous form of Brazilian music worldwide cu cuíca ca (kwee•kuh) a friction drum used in the samba bossa nova (BAHS•uh NOH•vuh) a jazz versiio of the samba capoeira (KAP•oh•AY•ruh) a Brazilian dance combined with martial arts REVIEW immigrant a person who leaves one area to settle in another mural a wall painting Reading Strategy Re-create the chart shown at right. As you read and respond to the KEY QUESTIONS, use the chart to organize important details about Brazil’s people and culture. See Skillbuilder Handbook, page R7 CATEGORIZE ART AND ARCHITECTURE MUSIC ENTERTAINMENT 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Visual Vocabulary capoeira 296 Chapter 10SECTION CULTURE 2 Connecting to Your World Think about some of the foods you eat. Think about the music that you and your family enjoy. Chances are that many of the foods you enjoy and the music you listen to have their roots in a variety of cultures. If you visitte Brazil, you would see how a variety of cultures has also influenced the foods, music, and other aspects of Brazilian culture today. A Blend of Many Cultures KEY QUESTION What cultures have most infl uenced Brazil? Brazilian culture includes European, African, Asian, and Indian influencces Portuguese is the official language. Most Brazilians are Roman Catholic. At the same time, Brazilians of African ancestry mix Candomblé (kahn•duhm•BLEH), West African religious practices, with Catholicism to create a unique Brazilian blend. Brazilian Diversity These Brazilian girls are getting ready to participate in Carnival in Rio de Janeiro.297 A Multicultural SocietyANALYZING Primary Sources Native Brazilians Up to 6 million Indians lived in Brazil before the Portuguese arrived. Tens of thousands died from diseases brought by the European colonists. Today, only about 700,000 Indians live in Brazil, mostly in the Amazon rain forest. They make up less than one percent of Brazil’s population. The Tupi and Guarani make up the largest groups. Other tribes, such as the Yanomami and Bororo, still follow traditional ways of hunting and farming. The Brazilian government has set up reservations to protect these cultures. But even isolated groups now have contact with outsiders, such as miners, loggers, and researchers, who move into the area to study native cultures. This increased contact threatens the groups’ traditional ways of life, arts, crafts, and languages. CRITICAL THINKING Summarize How is storytelling important in the Munduruku culture? Daniel Munduruku is a Munduruku Indian. He has written several books about his culture. Here he describes learning the ancient myths of his people. When I was a . . . boy, my grandfather would . . . tell the stories that explained the origins of our people and the vision of the universe. . . . Now . . . I realize that those ancient myths say what cannot be said. They are pure poetry, and through them I see how an identity can be created in the oral tradition. Source: Tales of the Amazon, How the Munduruku Indians Live Yanomami Woman A Yanomami woman poses with her child. How might being photographed threaten the Yanomami’s traditional way of life? 298 Chapter 10CONNECT History & Culture Africans Today, most Brazilians with African ancestry live in the nation’s northern and coastal regions and make up about 6 percent of the population. The Portuguese brought Africans to Brazil between the 1500s and 1800s to work on the sugar plantations. In fact, of all the slaves brought to North and South America, more than a third were brought to Brazil. Some of these slaves escaped to freedom in Brazil’s inland northern region, where they established communities that were similar to their African homes. They called the settlemment quilombos (kih•LOHM•buhs), an African word for “housing.” By the end of the 1600s, as many as 25,000 Africans may have lived in these communities. Quilombos can still be found in parts of Brazil today, particularly in the northern part, where people continue their traditional way of life. Today most Brazilians of African ancestry live in the northeastern state of Bahia. Its capital, Salvador, was the center of the Portuguese empire, sugar industry, and slave trade. African inf luences are evident in varioou parts of Brazilian culture. African slaves created Brazil’s national food, feijoada (fayh•zhoo•AH•duh), a bean stew. African rhythms play an important role in Brazilian music. Brazil’s art and literature also reflect an African influence. Europeans and Asians In the 1700s, Europeans viewed Brazil as a place to acquire wealth. With the discovery of gold and diamonds, many immigrated to Brazil to make their fortunes. After Brazil declared its independennce many Europeans, including Italians, Spanish, Portuguese, and Germans, came to work in Brazil, mostly in the coffee industry. Today, people of European ancestry make up about half of Brazil’s populatiion Most live in the southern part of the country. Japanese immigrants first began arriving in Brazil in the early 1900s. Most came to work on coffee or tea farms. More Japanese arrived after World War II. Today Brazil has the largest Japanese population outside of Japan, with most making their homes in the state of São Paulo. In recent years, Asians from China and Korea have also immigrated to Brazil. EVALUATE Explain how Brazil’s culture is a blend of several cultures. African Infl uence on Brazilian Food Since most slaves brought to Brazil arrived from West Africa, West African cooking has had a strong infl uennc on Brazilian food. Palm oil, called dendê, and chili peppers, called malagueta, are basic West African cooking ingredients. Today, Bahian cooks make moqueca, a popular stew. It is made with seafood, coconut, garlic, onion, parsley, malagueta, and dendê. Brazil 299Arts and Entertainment KEY QUESTION What are some ways Brazilians enjoy holidays and leisure time? Brazil‘s art, literature, music, and celebrations reflect the nation’s blend of cultural traditions. Brazil’s Carnival, in particular, highlights Brazil’s cultural diversity. Architecture and Art Brazil’s earliest art included the crafts made by Brazil’s Indian groups. Their work included such items as pottery, baskets, and jewelry. Native American groups today continue to make these handicraafts many of which are sold to tourists in Brazilian markets. António Francisco Lisboa, known as Aleijadinho, is a well known sculptor of the coloniia period. He created religious sculptures for many churches in the mid-to late 1700s. Today, Mario Cravo Junior is an important sculptor who creates statues made with concrete. Cândido Portinari is a famous Brazilian painter and muralist. His six largest murals are found in New York’s United Nations building and in Washington’s Library of Congress. Much of his art reflects rural life and social concerns. Brazil is the home of Oscar Niemeyer, one of the world’s most famous architects. He is best known for designing several buildings in Brasília, Brazil’s capital. Niemeyer has also designed a variety of buildings in several countries throughout the world, including France, Ghana, Israel, and Lebanon. More recently, Niemeyer created a unique design for an art museum near the city of Rio de Janeiro. Music and Dance Brazilian music is a blend of African, European, and Indian cultures. Brazilians enjoy dancing to the samba (SAM•buh), the most famous form of Brazilian music. The samba developed in the early 1900s and has its roots in African rhythms. The samba has many forms, but the most popular is the street samba danced during the celebrations of Carnival, a Brazilian holiday. The drum plays a major role in Brazilian music. Brazilian drums come in many shapes and sizes, each producing its own sound and rhythm. Drummers play the surdo, a bass drum, and the cu cuíca ca (kwee•kuh), a friction drum, to create samba rhythms. HISTORY MAKERS Oscar Niemeyer born 1907 Oscar Niemeyer is a famous architect. As Brasília’s chief architect, he designed the National Congress building, pictured here, as well as the city’s commercial buildings and Cathedral. He also helped design the UN headquarters in New York City. Niemeyer’s building designs have been compared to Brazil’s music as being gracefuul curvy, and seeming to sway in the air. ONLINE BIOGRAPHY For more on the life of Oscar Niemeyer, go to the Research & Writing Center @ClassZone.com 300 Chapter 10